Class Book*i_i fc ^ w / Gop^Tight]^".. COPYRIGHT DEPOSST. / A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE FOR OUR l^IXTLK JUNIORS MARY H. PEABODY A FIRST BOOK OF HISTORY FOR THE CHILDREN OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY NEARLY FOUR HUNDRED ILLUSTRATIONS FROM FAMOUS PAINTINGS AND ORIGINAL DRAWINGS, UNDER DIRECTION OF GEORGE SPIEL MONARCH BOOK COMPANY, CHICAGO, ILL. PHILADELPHIA, PA. )l 4fiG88 COPYRIGHT lb MARY H. PEABODY. All rights reserved. TWO COPIES RECEIVED. ( ''L^ i//- ^% 8EC0N0 copy; PREFACE Children, what is the use of this history? What does it teach us ? History teaches how to live. It shows us to what nation we belong ; it shows how that nation's life began, how it has grown, and what its present conditions are. History teaches that the character of a nation grows out of the character of the people who compose it, so that each person's life has an influence for good or for evil in his country. This is especially true in America, for here a man's birthright to take part in " the government of the people, for the people, by the people " carries with it a duty which each is bound to fulfill — the duty of right living. History teaches us to keep our minds in order ; to know facts and circumstances before we attempt to judge the acts of people. It teaches us to study the principles of our national life and to be guided by them, as loyal children, at home, in the street, the school, the factory, the workshop, in business, and in social life. In the past, the greatness of America has come through the ability of her people to make laws for themselves, and through their having had the intelligence to obey those laws. In the present, we still depend upon this same thing ; intelligence and obedience to law. Without this power of self-government the nation would fall into ruins, and not all her land, nor her wealth, nor her millions of people could save her. \ What we do to-day will be history to-morrow. May a knowl- edge of the greatness and honor of the past, revealed by our country's history, serve as a light in the present to guide us, by the grace of God, in the way of national progress./ The Publishers. INTRODUCTION TO THE PARENTS In its outward form, history is " the record of past events "; but, in its real character and use, history is the study of hfe. In hfe, the child's starting point is himself. He looks out into the world and asks. What is this? Where did it come from? What are these people doing ? These questions show the desire of the child's mind. They show that he is searching for the origin, the character, and the use of things, as he sees them. The child's questions are clear and simple. They should have clear and simple answers — that is, in reply to his first inquiries, the child should be shown, first of all, the few great principles that underlie and make the framework of life. As we look into the world, the actions of man are many. They appear on the outside, and make the diversity of life. But the principles of human being and growth are few and simple, and these should be given as first lessons, because they explain what is being done. The child's interests and impulses are social. The people he sees are his own people. They are his family, his school, his town. He wishes to be with them all — to live and to work with them. In response to this desire, all the child's study should be social in its purpose. His books should be an explanation of what is going on. Their intention should be to help the child to discover, that is to recognize, his own place in the world. To help this recognition is the especial use of history. Froebel, the founder of the kindergarten, says : "In all things rests, works and rules, an eternal law." This is the law of growth. By it we are born, and by it we live and work. This law "rests," or abides, in each thing, because it is born alike in the plant, and in man. It " works," because all things, vi A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE in nature and in life, are born to express themselves, and to show the power that is in them ; and finally, this law of growth "rules," because a plan, or design, is born within everything. Under the control of this law, things and men grow after their " kind." In history men have grown to be nations. The nations are the great powers of the earth. Each has its land, its government, its religion, its relations with other people, its language, its literature and art ; each has its own character, apart from all others, and each, in closing its career, has left its influence and memory to the world. The nation is thus the first figure in history to be presented to the child. He recognizes his relationship. His own nation is the greatest whole to which, personally, he belongs. It is the whole, within which are found the other parts of his life. Its story includes the story of all its families and of all single individuals. Apart from the nation these are imperfect ; but in their place, as parts of the whole, we see their full character, and the reason for their actions, bad or good. Biography is pleasing, but, before the child's feelings and opinions are excited and enlisted on behalf of heroes and their personal work, he should have a clear idea of his country's exist- ence, and of its boundary, origin, character and growth. The child studies by comparison. As soon as he has recog- nized his own nation, he should be introduced to other great nations of the earth, both living and dead. This is to give him the idea of the unity and continuity of human life, with balance of mind, and a sense of relationship and proportion. It is to teach him how to think truly as to time, place, people and power, and to save him from egotism and false pride as he reads of his own country. All this is for a practical purpose. The child's rights are born with him. His duties follow. The study of history is to make us intelligent as to all these things. It is to fit us for citizenship and the enjoyment of life. In education children should be helped to be what they are born to be. The child needs to know where he is in the world, and who he is. He needs to see what is expected of him. INTRODUCTION vii and what he may expect of himself. In history, therefore, if we give him the ways and laws by which life moves and has moved on, he gets a real knowledge that will be useful all through his life. He gets a training for his thoughts ; he begins to look upon what he sees with some understanding, and above all, he is helped to begin to understand and to control himself. We live in an age of change, but every child begins at the beginning. To him all is new, and to the teacher, or parent, who seeks to set him on his way, nothing gives so much help as to see that the primary principles of life are the natural, prunary lessons for a child. TO THE CHILDREN In this book you will begin to read the history of nations. First, you will study the life of your own nation — the United States of America. Then you will read a little about some of the other and older nations of the earth, and then, again, you will come back to yourself, at home, and the story of your own country's life. It is said, sometimes, that children do not care for these things ; but whatever we love we like to know very well. We all love our country. We love the life that we are living in it now, and we all wish to know as much about it as we can. When you come to what you do not understand, or to what you think dull and dry, read it through carefully; then go on. Do not try to know any book of history by once reading, or by studying a page at a time. History needs to be read a great many times over before we see all that it says; and one part helps another. Read the book as a whole ; then go back and read its parts slowly, over and over, and soon you will remember how, and when, and where things happened. No one book of history tells you all things. In this, you ^Yi\\ find some ideas and some facts. In other books you will find what is not told here. viii A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE If, as you read, you will look carefully for every place that is mentioned, you will be studying geography, and you will also be able to understand, and to remember, the history of man, as he has lived upon the earth. As you read and study, you will see that, in our life here, in our own land, we now have a great deal to do with other people. For this reason every one needs to know where all great coun- tries are, where the cities are, where seaports are, where rivers run and how the oceans lie. In this study there are two things to rememl)er. First, that the earth was given, by the power of God, to be the home of man, and that it is so made that man can use and enjoy it ; and next that men have sailed and traveled about and have chosen the best places and all the best parts of the earth in which to live and work. When we think of all these things we find, that, to study the maps helps us to understand many things, both here at home and abroad among other people. M. H. P. CONTENTS PART I CHAPTER PAGE I. The Study of History . 17 II. The Land on Which We Live 21 III. The People and Their Occupations 25 IV. The Life of the People 29 V. The Union 35 YI. The Town and Its Government ....... 39 V^II. The Country 43 VIII. The City 45 IX. The State 47 X. The United States 51 XL The President 55 XII. The Flag and Seal of the United States 59 PART II I. The Old World 61 II. Egypt 65 III. India 67 IV. Babylon 69 V. The Phoenicians . 71 VI. The Hebrew 73 VIL Assyria 77 VIII. The Modes and Persians 79 PART III I. Greece 83 II. Rome 91 III. The Tribes— Kelts and Teutons 99 IV. Spain 105 V. The Crusades Ill VI. France 121 VII. England ......' 127 PART IV I. The American Indians 143 II. The French and Indian War, 1090 to 1763 155 III. The Colonies and England ........ 157 IV. The War of the Revolution 161 X A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE PART V CHAPTER Jj^QE I. The Nineteenth Century 177 II. The War of 1812 185 III. 1824 193 IV. The Mexican War , . . . . . . . . . 203 V. 1849 207 PART VI I. Progress of the Nation 211 PART VII I. Secession ............ 215 II. Emancipation .......... 227 PART VIII T. To the End of the Century 243 II. The Centennial .......... 249 PART IX I. The War with Spain 259 PART X I. Cuba and the Philippines 295 II. The Past and Present 311 Important Events in North American History 337 ILLUSTRATIONS Frontispiece — United States Capitol, Washington, D. C. An Apricot Orchard . . .17 Yosemite Falls . . , . 17 Mountain of the Holy Cross . ,17 Sitka, Alaska . . . , 18 On the Levee at New Orleans . . 18 Niagara Falls . , . . 18 Brooklyn Bridge . . . .19 Map— United States ... 20 A Maine Lumber Camp . . .21 Among the Palmettos . . . 21 The Tunneled Tree . . .21 Old City Gates, St. Augustine . 22 On the Border of British America . 22 Entrance to Garden of the Gods . 23 A Steamer on the Mississippi River . 24 An Early Illinois Scene . . 25 Transporting Logs . . . .26 Saw-Mill Near Seattle ... 26 Driving Logs . . . . .26 Herald Building, New York City . 27 Modern Printing Press . . .27 Interior of a Book Bindery . . 28 The First Day of Creation . . 29 A Porto Pico Belle ... 30 An African Negro . . . .30 An Egyptian Lady ... 30 A Camp of North American Indians 32 Women of the Philippine Islands . 34 Taking Papa's Lunch . . .35 PAGE A Game of Base Ball . . . 36 The Great Elms, Yale College . . 38 The Old Log School House . . 39 A Country School House . . .40 A Typical Farm House . . 40 Early Home of Frances Willard . 42 Michigan State Penitentiary . 43 Court House, Michigan . . .44 Michigan Insane Asylum . . 44 Water Works, Chicago . . .45 Fire Department ... 46 Elevated Railroad . . . .46 Old State House at Boston . , 47 State Capital at Indianapolis . . 48 Illinois State Militia ... 48 Marine Hospital . . . .49 Pennsylvania State Militia . . 50 Pennsylvania Avenue, Washington, D. C 51 The Senate Chamber ... 52 House of Representatives . . .52 Supreme Court Room ... 53 Soldiers' Home, Washington, D. C. 54 Patent OflRce, Washington . . 55 The White House . . . .55 East Room, Executive Mansion . 56 Department of State, War and Navy 56 New Congressional Library . . 57 Post Office Department . . 57 United States Treasury . . .58 "Don't Touch My Flag" . . 59 xu A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE PAGE United States Seal . " . . .60 House Where United States Flag Was First Designed ... 60 Egyptian Scene . . . .61 The Kiver Jordan ... 62 Chinese Wall 63 Syrian Women Making Bread . 64 A High Priest . . . .65 A Temple on the Nile . . . 66 Mummy of Eameses II. . . . 66 State Elephants of India . . 67 Tea Planter's House . . .68 A Temple in the Ganges . . 68 Ruins of Babylon . . . .69 Horse Market in Cairo . . 70 Bringing Cedars from Lebanon . 71 Mountain of Lebanon ... 72 Mount Sinai 73 Map 74 Early Tribes 75 Land of Gennesaret . . . 76 The Fall of Nineveh . . .77 Map— The AYorld ... 78 The Fall of Babylon . . .79 A Persian Stronghold ... 80 Cyrus Gave Him Liberty to Speak 81 Acropolis ..... 83 Athena 83 Prison of Socrates ... 84 Acro-Corinth . . . . .84 Zeus 85 New Stadium at Athens . . . 86 Euins of Olympia ... 88 The Erechtheum of Athens . . 88 Arch of Hadrian ... 89 The Koman Forum . . . .90 The Coliseum, Rome . . . 91 Roman Gladiators Apollo Belvedere Throwing the Disk . Chariot Race Julius Cffisar . Obelisks .... St. Peter's Church . Swiss Guards Castle Rhinesten Mouse Tower Armor of Early Teutons . Return of the Teutons A Camp of Arabs Gypsy Caves Mosque at Cordova . The Taking of Granada The Gates of Justice, Alhambra Court of Lions, Alhambra . Battlements upon tlie Roof Crusaders' Castle Rug Making . Convent La Rabida Columbus before Isabella The Landing of Columbus . Martin Luther Preaching Antwerp .... Charlemagne . Joan of Arc Room of Louis XIV. Napoleon Bonaparte when a Boy Marie Antoinette's Diary . Gardens of Versailles . Kenilworth Castle . Norman Gate, Windsor Tower of London Westminster Abbey Queen Elizabeth PAGE . 92 93 . 93 94 . 94 95 . 96 97 . 99 100 . 101 102 . 105 106 . 107 108 . 109 110 . Ill 112 . 113 114 . 115 117 . 118 119 . 121 122 . 123 124 . 125 125 . 127 128 . 129 131 . 131 ILLUSTRATIONS Xlll PAGE Hawarden Castle .... 132 Where Shakespeare Was Born . 133 Christ Church College . 135 Magdalen College 135 The Pilgrims' Departure from Hoi land ..... 137 Pilgrims' Landing . 138 Windsor Castle .... 139 Along the Suez . . . . 140 St. Paul's Cathedi-al . 142 Wigwams . . . . . 143 An Early Indian Chief 143 Pocahontas Saves Captain Smith's Life 145 Tobacco Plantation . . . . 146 William and Mary College . 147 Puritans Going to Church 148 Harvard College .... 149 Indian Atrocities . . . . 151 Fac-Simile of William Penn's Treaty with the Indians 152 William Penn's Meeting House 153 Prayers in Camp .... 154 Imploring Washington for Protection 155 Patrick Henry's Speech 156 Franklin's Experiment with Elec- tricity . . . . • . . . 157 Faneuil Hall, Boston . 159 First Blow for Liberty 161 Battle of Lexington 162 Death of General Warren 163 Bunker Hill Monument 163 Drafting the Declaration of Independ- ence 164 Independence Hall 165 Signing the Declaration . 166 Liberty Bell .... 167 PAGE Fac-Simile of the Signatures to the Declaration of Independence . 168 Washington Crossing the Delaware 169 Brave Mollie Pitcher . . . 170 Washington Praying at Valley Forge 171 Engagement Between the Bon Homme Richard and the Serapis . .172 Captain Paul Jones . . .172 Reading Death Warrant to Major Andre ..... 173 Surrender of Cornwallis . . .174 John Adams . , . .175 Washington and His Generals . . 176 Ginning Cotton .... 177 Negro Quarters . . . .178 Cotton Wharf . . . .178 United States Mint . . . .179 Old South Church . . .180 St. Paul's Church, New York . . 181 Benjamin Franklin . . .182 Thomas Jefferson . . . .182 The First Steamboat . . .183 Robert Fulton .... 183 James Madison . . . .184 William Henry Harrison . . .185 Perry's Victory on Lake Erie . 186 The British at New Orleans . . 187 Government Bank Building . . 188 Independence Hall . . . .188 James Monroe . . , .189 Andrew Jackson . , , .190 Henry Clay .... 191 John Quincy Adams . . .193 La Fayette Laying Corner-Stone of Bunker Hill Monument . . 194 The First Locomotive . . .195 Lehigh Valley Canal . . . 196 XIV A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE PAGE Washington Irving .... 197 Henry W. Longfellow . . . 197 John C. Calhoun . . . .198 Daniel Webster . . . .198 Martin Van Buren . . . .199 John Tyler 199 Map — British North America . . 200 William Lloyd Garrison . . 201 James K. Polk .... 202 General Winfield Scott . . 203 The Battle of Churubusco . . 204 City of Mexico 205 Washing Gold 206 Zachary Taylor .... 207 Slave Market 208 Pursuit of the Fugitive Slave . 208 Harriet Beecher Stowe . . • 209 "Westward the Course of Empire Takes its Way" . . . 211 Samuel F. B. Morse . . .212 Bayard Taylor . . . . 212 Ralph Waldo Emerson . . .213 Henry Ward Beecher . . . 213 Wendell Phillips .... 213 The Countersign . . . 214 Abraham Lincoln . . . .215 Jefferson Davis . . . 21G Alexander H. Stephens . . .210 War Governors of the Northern States 217 Map Showing Seat of War . .218 General George B. McClellan . 219 James Murray Mason . . . 220 JohnSiidell .... 220 Captain Charles Wilkes . . . 220 Ulysses S. Grant . . .221 Battle of Fort Donelson . . . '^22 PAGE The ■ Cumberland Eammed by the Merrimac .... 223 John Ericsson .... 224 Major-General Ambrose E. Burnside 225 Major-General Joseph Hooker . . 225 Camp of the Army of the Potomac 226 General Robert E. Lee . . . 227 Death of Stonewall Jackson . 228 Major-General George G. Meade . 229 General Hancock and Staff . . 229 Battle of Gettysburg, Thu-d Day 230 General Joseph E. Johnston . 231 Lieutenant- General James Longstreet 231 General John B. Hood . . 231 Sherman and His Generals . . 232 Major-General John M. Schofield . 233 Major-General George H. Thomas . 233 Generals Merritt, Sheridan, Griggs, Devin, Custer .... 234 Battle of the Wilderness . , . 235 Farragut at Mobile Bay . . 236 Officers of the Kearsarge . . . 237 Sherman's Foragers . . . 238 Ford's Theater, Washington . . 239 President Lincoln and His Cabinet 240 Appomattox Court House . . 242 Andrew Johnson .... 243 Ulysses S. Grant . . . .244 Entering Glacier Bay . . . 245 Pyramid Harbor .... 245 Alaska Curio Dealer . . . 245 Totem Poles at Sitka . . .245 Grand Canyon .... 245 Indian Women .... 245 Indian Burial Ground . . . 245 Place of Maximilian's Execution, Queretaro, Mexico . . . 246 ILL USTEA TIONS XV The Chicago Fire — Fleeing from the City 247 The Chicago Fire — Looking South from the Eiver .... 247 Panorama of the Centennial Exposi- tion at Philadelphia in 1876 . 249 The Centennial Exposition — Showing Machinery Hall .... 250 Rutherford B. Hayes . . .251 The Washington Monument . . 252 James A. Garfield . . . 253 Chester A. Arthur .... 253 Grover Cleveland . , .254 Benjamin Harrison .... 254 Art Palace, Now Field Museum . 255 The Midway Plaisance — Showing Ferris Wheel .... 255 Administration Building . . 256 Upper Basin and Macmonnies Foun- tain ...... 256 Liberal Arts Building . . . 25() L^nited States Government Building 256 William McKinley . . . 257 Executive Palace, Honolulu . . 258 Tomb of Columbus at Havana . 259 Spanish Infantry Surprised by Cuban Insurgents ..... 260 General Maximo Gomez . . 262 General Antonio Maceo . . . 262 Red Cross Society in a Cuban Hospital 263 Captain - General A'aleriano Weyler 264 Captain - General Ramon Blanco . 264 Morro Castle .... 265 View of Havana and Harbor . .266 Wreck of the Maine . . . 267 Patrol Boats Guarding the American Fleet 268 PAGE Rear-Admiral William T. Sampson 269 Rear-Admiral W. S. Schley . . 269 Major-General Nelson A. Miles . 270 United States Cruiser Olympia . 271 Map of Manila .... 274 Map of Manila, (Continued) , 275 Amelio Aguinaldo .... 276 Major-General E. S. Otis and Sta€ 277 Brigadier-General Thomas M. Ander- son 278 Brigadier (Jeneral Greene . . 278 Major-General Wesley Merritt . . 279 Major-General W. R. Shafter . 280 Major-General Joseph Wheeler . .281 Colonel Theodore Roosevelt . . 281 United States Infantry Marching to the Front 282 Major-General Henry W. Lawton . 283 Captain Robley D. Evans . . 284 Admiral Pascual de Cervera . 285 Destruction of Cervera's Fleet . . 286 Landing Stage for Small Boats, San Juan ..... 289 Street of the Cross, San Juan . . 293 Attack on the Spanish at Cavite . 294 Spanish Volunteers Doing Guard Duty . . ... 294 Soldiers Being Reviewed . . 294 Major-General John R. Brooke . 295 The Escolta .... 297 Transportation of Grain . . . 298 Common Mode of Punishment in the Philippine and Ladrone Islands 299 A Filipino Peddler . . . .300 A Native Policeman . . 301 A Road in the Interior . . . 303 A Sisters' School in the Philippines 304 XVI A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE PAGE A Typical Luzon Koad Nicholas II., Czar of Russia Eoyal Palace in the Wood — The Hague ..... A Wandering Tribe in Early Times ..... Idols in Elephanta Cave, Bombay Temple of Madura, India A Bamboo Garden in Japan A Japanese Court Yard Japanese Chess .... The Pantheon, Rome . Theater of Theseus, Athens Theater of Bacchus, Athens ' . The River Nile .... Bird's-Eye View of the Paris Exposi- tion, 1900 .... PAGE 305 Grand Entrance to Paris Exposition . 321 307 Esplanade des Invalides . . 332 Esplanade des Invalides, (Con- 308 tinned) 323 United States National Pavilion, 311 Paris Exposition . . . 325 312 Peter the Great .... 326 313 Greek Christian Church at Moscow 326 314 Palace of the Czar, Moscow . . 327 315 Retreat of Napoleon Bonaparte from 315 Moscow 328 316 General View of Basel . . . 331 318 Geneva, Switzerland ... 332 318 The Quay at Geneva . . .333 319 The Matterhorn, Switzerland . 335 "De Soto's Discovery of the Missis- 320 sippi" 338 A STOEY OF THE WOELD AND ITS PEOPLE o? o^ o? o? MOUNTAIN OF THE HOLY CROSS THE STUDY OF HISTORY AN APRICOT ORCHARD. Heee we are opening a book for the study of history — the history of the United States of America. Why is it that we study history ? Because there are things in this world that we wish to know. Here we are hving in our own country with a great many other people, and we ask, Who are we? Who are the people here? What are we all doing? How long has this life been going on ? What was the beginning of it all? These questions are asked by every one, and history answers them. It explains the things that are and the things that used to be ; it tells us who we are, where we came from, and why it is that we call this land our own. IT 18 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE SITKA, ALASKA live and e r . Our the United America. It that belongs are its peo- honie and we WE, THE PEO- In h i s - called the People who one country, one 1 a n - who live by themselves and carry on their own affairs in their own land are called a nation. As we belong to the United States of America we bear its name. Other lands in the world belong to other na- tions, as China belongs to the Chinese, Russia to the Russians, France to the ON THE LEVEE AT NEW ORLEANS. To begin, then, see what these words mean: HERE, THE LAND. We say, here we are — in our own home. As a plant, if it is to grow, must have earth and room to grow in, so all people who are to grow to greatness must first have lands of their own, where they can work togeth- country is States of is the land to us. We pie, it is our love it. PLE. tory we are Americans, are born in who speak guage and NIAGARA FALL$. THE STUDY OF HISTORY 19 French people, England to the English. Every nation lives its own life in its own land, and all nations have their own written histories that tell who they are, where they came from, what they have done, and what they are doing in the world. We are living here now, in the present time. Our country has a history in the times that are already past, a present history, in what is being done now, and it will have a history in the days that are to come — the future. Thus, as we see, we belong to the land as it now is, to the people who are now here and to the time in which we live Our study begins with the land. BROOKLYN BRIDGE FROM SOUTH STREET NEW YORK CITY. 20 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE A MAINE THE TUNNELED TRE CALIFORNIA. CHAPTER II THE LAND ON WHICH WE LIVE On the map see where this country hes between the Atlantic and the Pacific oceans, with Britisli America and the Great Lakes at the north and the Gulf of Mexico at the south. Look at this land. On the east the Atlantic cuts the coast into many harbors from Maine to Florida. On the west the Pacific leaves a smoother coast, with its deepest bay at San Francisco. In the Gulf are several bays from Galveston to Tampa. On either side of the country as we come in from the oceans, we find, not far from the coast, long lines of mountains running side by side, from north to south. At the west are the coast range, the Cascade Mountains and the Sierra Nevada. Back of these, toward the middle of the country, stand the great Rocky Mountains, cut sharply down on the inland side, with tablelands and wide valleys like the Yosemite scattered through them. Here and in Alaska, which belongs to the United States, are the highest mountain peaks in the country. 21 n A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE OLD CITY GATES, ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA. At the east are the Appa- lachians. Rising at the north into the White Mountains, the Green, the Adirondacks and the Cats- kills, they become, in the south, three long chains, the Alleghany, the Blue Ridge, and the Cum- berland. These great chains of mountains, east and west, not only make the land beautiful, but are, on the outside, bearers of for- est trees — oak, maple, chestnut, ash, birch, pines and others, whose wood we use for fuel, furniture and building ; while within they are stored with rocks and miner- als of great value — granite and limestone, marbles white and colored, iron, zinc, and lead, with copper in rich masses, fine quicksilver, petroleum and coal both hard and soft, in vast quantities. With these are found also gold and silver — a little at the east, a great supply in California, New Mexico, Nevada, Oregon and Alaska. A boy once called this western region " the natural National Bank of America." At the east the mountains are broken by low lands and wide val- leys, through which flow many rivers, making good soil for planting, giving water power for mills and, near the ocean, carrying boats for travel and busi- ness. On the western coast the rivers are fewer and larger. In general you see that, from the Appalachian Mountains, ON THE BORDER OF BRITISH AMERICA. THE LAND 23 ENTRANCE TO THE GARDEN OF THE GODS, PIKE'S PEAK IN DISTANCE. the rivers run eastward to the Atlantic, and from the Rocky Mountains westward to the Pacific. But between these mountains what have we? A great central low-lying plain, with the land sloping gently from each side to where the Mississippi River cuts a pathway from its source in Minnesota to the Gulf. Downward from the mountains on either side other great rivers come running to meet this central stream — the Missouri, the Ohio, the Arkansas, the Red and many more, making a rich, well watered country, where on the rolling lands from north to south are raised wheat crops, corn, rye and oats, cotton and sugar-cane, mth fruits and vegetables for markets at home and abroad. As we travel we find in this country changes of climate. These come from the cold and heat of north and south, from the winds of the oceans and mountains, from rain-fall and dryness in the air. In the north, from east to west, winters are snowy 24 A STORY OF THE ]V0ELD AND ITS PEOPLE and cold, and summers are hot. Down the western coast the cooler summer and warmer mnter are more equal. In the south the hot season is by far the longest. In these different climates different crops are raised. East of the Appalachians, in the north, grow small crops of grains, vegetables and fruits ; farther south grow large crops of tobacco, and southward still, cotton and rice. In the great central lands, in the northern part, large crops of wheat, corn and apples are raised, while in the south we get cotton, sugar-cane and oranges. On the Pacific grow quantities of fruit. These varieties of soil, climate and product make the wealth of the country. As a whole the land has a storage of rocks, ores and metals, varied scenery mth noble mountains, abundant rivers, lakes and seacoasts, dense forests, wide grassy i)lains for the raising of horses and cattle, a mild climate with a brilliant sky and a soil for every kind of crop, northern, middle and tropical. A STEAMER ON THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER. CHAPTER ni THE PEOPLE AND THEIR OCCUPATIONS This is the land. Look now at the people who live in the land. Scattered over the country in town, city and neighborhood are the homes of millions of Americans. What are these people doing and how do they live ? We all need food to eat, clothes to wear and homes to live in. When and how do we get them ? The things we eat, our bread, meats and vegeta- bles, butter, milk and eggs either grow out of the earth or come from animals who live upon it. The clothes we wear are of cot- ton, woolen, silk and linen. These materials grow on earth or come from animals that live upon it. "^ For food and clothes, then, we go to the earth. We plow the ground and plant seed, cultivate, gather and BREAKING GRouND-AN EARLY gtore the crops ; we raise and train our do- mestic animals. This work is farming and agriculture. Our houses are of stone, brick and wood. These are products of the earth. But doors, windows, carpets and chairs do not grow ready made. Agriculture only gives materials, these have to be made over and this work is manufacture — making by hand. Man is not able to do all his work mth his hands alone, so to help himself he makes tools — engines and other machines to sew m^ 26 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE and weave, to cut and polish, to dig, lift, hammer, carry and put together the materials that he wishes to use. These machines do not work of themselves, they are directed by the hand of man, so this machine work in shops and factories is still called manufac- ture. These things are sold from the factories in large quantities — by wholesale to men who sell them again in small quantities — at retail. This buying and selling is trade. We buy and sell, however, not only at home but with other countries. TRANSPORTING LOGS. A SAWMILL NEAR SEATTLE, STATE OF WASHINGTON. Gr o o d s are sent from the factories to o u r sea- ports, where there are good harbors for merchant ships to load and unload. Goods sent out to foreign countries are exported. Goods brought into this country are imported. This trade with other countries is commerce. Through these things, through having a vast variety of products and manufacture, through sending much away and taking much from other countries, our cities are centers of business, and as we walk along the streets of Chicago, New Orleans, New York or in other cities or towns we see how steadily things come and go, how busy the people are, and how many different kinds of work they are doing. And in any town we also see that beside this raising of mate- rials and making of things for shelter, wear and use, a great deal DRIVING LOGS. THE PEOPLE AND THEIR OCCUPATIONS 27 of work is done by clergymen, by doctors and nurses in our fami- lies and our hospitals, by lawyers in their offices and courts, by teachers in our schools and colleges, by writers of books and edi- tors of magazines and newspapers, by our artists with their paint- ings, statues and illustrations, and by the men and officers of our army and navy. This work is going on every day all over the country; the country is wide and the people of one city are often far from those of another ; still, as we see, we are able to do all this business together, because we have such good ways of travel and com- munication. W e have railroads cross- ing the lands, steam- boats on the water ; we have our regular THE HERALD BUILDING, NEW YORK CITY. mails, with post- offices everywhere ; we have the tele- graph and tele- phones, by which we can send messages quickly all over the country, while by means of the sub- MODERN PRINTING PRESS— PRINTING AND FOLDING 48,000 8-PAGE NEWSPAPERS IN ONE HOUR. marine cable under the ocean, we have connection with Europe. Thus every day news comes from all over the world, and as it comes, in every city and large town newspapers are printed to give the news to the people. These papers are sent by mail trains at once all over the country and thus even in small towns far from the seaboard, and even in lonely places, we are able to 2g A STORY OF THE WORLD A KB ITS PEOPLE know what is going on at home and abroad. Our army and navy have never been large except in times of war, when men have to be called from their homes to serve as sol- diers; still we have always a regular force of armed men and officers who are sta- tioned at the forts and military posts of the country, and we have battle-ships with men and officers of the navy to protect us upon the seasf Now, after this general study of what we are doing here in this large country of ours, we will study it all over again more closely to see how it is that so many people live and work and make one great life together. INTERIOR OF A BOOK BINDERY. CHAPTER IV THE LIFE OF THE PEOPLE In history we study life — our own and that of the people. Life is born and works within us. We may be silent or idle, but life goes on. We think. When we speak and act we show both what we have been and wh at we are thinking about. And now see how it is that we do speak and act and show the life that is within us to others. It is by means of the different parts or organs of the body. We have organs of sight, organs of speech, organs of loco- motion — going from place to place. These are separate, as your hands, your feet, your eyes and brain, yet all belong to- gether and are the parts of one whole thing. This idea of having one body with different parts or organs fitted to do different kinds of work is called organiza- tion. It is an old idea. To see how old it is read, in the Bible, Genesis i. 1 : "In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth." We call this work Crea- tion. We see its different parts. We live in one part of it ourselves, for " we live in the sky, not under it." The sun, in the heaven, gives light and heat. Our earth, by itself, is dark and cold. On it without the sun no plant could grow, no child be born, but though these two bodies are far apart, they belong together and work together THE FIRST DAY OF CREATION. ^^ parts of Si whole. The sun is the cen- 30 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE ter of our part of creation. Eound about it, in great circles, one outside another, go eight great moving bodies, of which our earth is one. These, beginning next the sun, are, first, Mercury, then Venus, next our Earth, then ilars. Beyond these are Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Nep- tune ; this from Sol, the sun, is called the Solar Sys- tem. Creation, then, is an organiza- tion. The^ idea begins' with God. It AN EGYPTIAN LADY. ciple. A prin- ciple is the thought that leads or guides any work that is done. By this principle of many parts working together as one — the coming and going of day and night, summer and winter, seed time and harvest — all things in creation are differ- ent in form and in the work they do, yet the sun and the earth, light, heat, wind, water, the rocks, the plants of the earth and even its animals and man are but different parts that work together aiKl THE LIFE OF THE PEOPLE 31 make up one great whole. Study this a httle further. Take a kernel of corn, an apj^le seed or a bean. What lies in each ? The life and plan of the corn, the bean, and the apple. How do these plans and powers come to be there ? They come by birth. Each seed is thus a whole, having stored up within itself all the parts that are to be. Plant one, and out of it will grow roots, stems, leaves, buds, flowers and finally fruit like itself. These parts are all born in the seed ; they all work out of it, take their own places and do their own work. Every seed has its own way of growing, and grows after its own plan, but all have one end and aim — that is, to unfold and spread out their different parts or organs, and become a perfect whole. In the seed, then, we see the plan and power ; in the gTo^vth we see the unfolding of parts from within, each part, from the ro(^t in the earth to the blossoiu in the air, finding place and room for its own life and work, and by that unfolding of parts we see at last the whole — the bean, the corn, the apple tree. These things teach us again that organization is the grand plan, principle or law by which life works in this world. It shows us the idea of the whole and the parts, and how, within the whole of a thing, the parts that belong to it act by one law, and how by acting together in order, they come out into the world and find and fill places of use and beauty. THE NATION We have been talking about wholes and parts. When sev- eral parts grow or are put together to make a whole, they are united, A unit is a single thing. Take a cord, for instance. It is one thing. Untwist it, and you find three strands united. This is for strength and use. In music three tones, as Doh, Me, Soil, if sung or played together, make a chord, a harmony, a union of tones, stronger and more pleasing than any single tone can be. Our country is often called the Union. It is a union of peo- ple. We belong to it and so do those about us, but how are we really united, and how did we become so ? If we look at ourselves we can see. 32 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE FAMILY In the plant world life is in order. The apple tree bears apples, the grape vine grapes, the rose bush roses. They may grow well or badly, but each is " after his kind." In the life of man, how is this ? To begin with yourself, you live with your " kind." You live with your father, mother, broth- ers and sisters. You live with your family. You are a part of it, the others are your relations, and this makes the whole. Every family has its own last name. All who come into one family take its name as a birth- right. This shows who people are and to whom they belong. It shows that life has a plan and is in order. The family is a union of persons, and as these things are the same the world over, we see by ourselves at home that all great nations must be unions of families, and the families of any country taken together must make the nation. A CAMP OF NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS, THE RACES But this is not all. The people of the world are not all alike, and to begin mth, as we can see in almost any place, they are different in color, in the shape of their heads, in the growth of the hair and in the languages that they naturally speak. Some people are Black, some are Yellow and some are White. This is the difference of race. It includes all people. It comes by birth and is a natural part of lif^, THE LIFE OF THE PEOPLE 33 BLACK. Negroes. YELLOW OR MONGOLOID. Old Chaldeans. Chinese. Japanese. American Indians. WHITE. Semitic. Arabians. Assyrians. Hebrews. Phoenicians. Babylonians. Aryans. INDO-EUROPEAN. Hindoos. Persians. Medes. Greeks. Romans. KELTS. Gauls. Britons. TEUTONS. Goths. Vandals. Lombards. Angles. Saxons. Scandinavians. SLAVS. Russians — and others. In our country there are people belonging to all of these great races. The Negroes whom you see belong to the Black race. The Indians, the Chinese and the Japanese, although so unlike, all belong to the Yellow race; while most of the people whom you see here, those that from the first built up and made this country, belong to the white race. These things teach us that every man comes into life as the plants do — " after his kind" — and by looking at the life about us we see for ourselves that things do not merely happen, but that life moves after its own great natural order. So, as we see, by birth every man comes into life belonging all at once to three great forms — the family, the race and the nation. 34 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE The smallest and nearest body to which we belong is the family. The farthest and largest is the race. The highest and greatest body, that includes the other two, and to which we all belong, is the nation. Among these, you know your family very well. You begin your life in its shelter and take part in its growth and action. Your race you know but little about, still any one who thinks about it can tell to what race he belongs and can see what others of his race are like and what they are doing. As to the nation, while you belong to it, you cannot under- stand it without study. It is a great organization with many parts. We see that it is a union of families — how is it a union of states ? WOMEN OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. CHAPTER Y THE UNION Begin where you are. You are at home in your family and your country, and also in your town or city, your county and your state — as John Smith. Nashville, Cumberland Co., Tennessee, U. S. A. These are the parts of the country. They belong to you and you to them — and these parts belong together; still they must be studied separately, because, as in a plant, while all the parts belong together as a whole, each part is still a thing by itself, apart from all the rest, and so, in the country each part is complete in itself. Each town, county, or state has its own name and you can see on the map their places, size and boundaries. The country, as you see it then, is a union of states. The states are a union of counties and towns, the towns are unions of families, the families are unions of single persons. So you get back to your- self and the town you live in. THE TOWN A town is a corporation. It is made up of people who act together in a body as one. When the parts of a plant come out into the light and air and grow to their full shape and size and use, we call its life organic — having organs for its different kinds of work, these organs being full of power that flows from within to all the parts. 35 TAKING PAPA'S LUNCH. 36 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE GOVERNMENT When men choose to hve together, they organize. They meet, think, talk, lay out a plan, and agree to live by it, each man taking his part in carrying it on. This agreement of men to live together, in unison, according to one plan, is government. The idea of government begins in the family, where there are rules and regulations that all obey, as the hours for meals, for school and business, the keeping of the holidays, and all the general way of life. When the family rules are followed things are kept in order ; the elder members give protection and support, 5AME OF BASEBALL. the younger ones give obedience and duty, and each person knows what to expect and what to do. As to this idea of government outside of the family, what is a game of ball ? A set of persons meet, make a plan, agree to follow it in all they do and then proceed to play. The players make the rules themselves, the game shows what the rules are, the rules make the game, and there could be no game without them. In a small game the rules can be told to new players, but in great games of base-ball and foot-ball the rules or laws of the game are written and printed so that all who wish to play can study them. The first thing is to know the laws of the game, the next thing is to carry them out. The players take opposite sides, but they play in unison because the laws are the same for both THE UNION m sides, and because both sides agree to play under the laws. All the players have these laws in mind, and each good player obeys them and is free to do all that he can within them. If one breaks a rule the game is thrown out of order, and if any player disobeys on purpose he is not allowed to go on playing, because he prevents the others from showing their power under the directing laws of the game. In order that all the players shall "play fair," one who knows the laws stands by, as umpire, to see that the rules are obeyed. This government of the game provides for all the players. It shows each one when and how to act, both for his own good and for the good of all. From time to time, as the players see some better way to do, they agree to change or amend the laws. If any question comes up it is settled by reference to the general rules. In the beginning those who choose, meet and form themselves into clubs or bodies of persons who agree to play together. The club chooses a captain, lays out the work of the game, so that each man has his position and is responsible for it, decides how much money is needed and what part each player must pay ; decides how it shall be used for the good of the club, and api^oints one of its members as treasurer to receive this money, to spend it as directed, and to report to the club what he has done with it. A game of ball is then an organization. The players are the parts. They come together for the game. To have the game they first have a government. The principle is, united action according to laws which the players themselves have made. This is the way by which we play our games, and it is also the way by which we live in our towns. It is the way that is natural to us. We get the idea from our own minds, for just as the life of the flower is born in the seed and comes forth to show itself beneath the sun, so our life is born within us and comes forth to take its place in the world, growing and unfolding after its own way — that is, with all the parts together, in united organic action. This has not always been so in the world, as we shall see, and for this reason we should study our own life, see how it is that we do live and what it is that we are trying to do over here in our new western country. THE GREAT ELMS, TEMPLE STREET. YALE COLLEGE, NEW HAVEN. CONNECTICUT. SI CHAPTER VI THE TOWN AND ITS GOVERNMENT A town, then, is an organization of life. You can see, wher- ever you live, that each town must have its own land, its own people, its industry — that is, the work the people do ; the money that the ])eople get from their land and their labor — and over all it must have its g o V e r n m ent — that is, the laws that the people make for them- selves, and their life together under these laws. i HE OLD LOu. SCHOOLHOUSE OF YEARS AGO. When fami- ne s live in a neighborhood they must have roads, a post-office, churches, schools, shops, houses, and farms. All this life and business must go on in an orderly way. Every man must have his rights and be careful that his neighbor has his also, so that the town may be prosperous, have a good character, and be pleasant to live in. The town government provides for all these things, and this government is the work of the townspeople. Once a year a public meeting is called, to which all the town may go. The meeting is called to order under a man chosen as a " moderator," and here the townspeople take up the affairs of the town, one after another, and agree among themselves as to what they wish to do in the town and what they can do that year. 39 40 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE A COUNTRY SCHOOLHOU5E OF THE PRESENT TIME. They decide how much money they m.ust raise, and what it shall be used for, and who shall attend to these different things that are to be done for the gen- eral good ; and this agree- ment of the people, as to their life together in the town, makes the town gov- ernment. Town government is direct and simple. It is called primary, because the townsmen go themselves to attend to their own affairs. They do not send any one to do it for them. This is possible because a town is a small place and those who choose to go can meet in one large hall, where all can hear what is said and done. Any man can speak at town meeting, to say what he wishes to have done, or to object to what he thinks should not be done. Men have different opinions about things, and in these to^vn meetings people lea rn how to work together, how to ta lk things over from both sides, how to speak for themselves, and how to listen, how to push matters, and how to yield so as to act for the best good of the town. They learn how to govern them- selves and to have true public spirit. In a town people need roads, fences, and bridges ; they A TYPICAL FARM HOUSE IN MICHIGAN. THE TOWN AND ITS GOVERNMENT 41 need to keep the town clean ; to take care of very poor people, and have a water supply, street lighting, and a fire depart- ment ; to attend to permits and licenses for burials and marriages ; to see that true weights and measures are used in their* stores and in sales of hay and wood; to have public schools, and to provide well for the peace and well-doing of the town. To attend to these things the townspeople choose or elect three or more " select " (selected) men to take general charge of affairs ; a school committee, a constal)le to look after and arrest wrong- doers, a treasurer who takes and pays out the money that is given by the people to be used for the town and makes a report of all this at the next town meeting, and a town clerk who keeps a record of what is done both at the meeting and during the year. VOTING AND ELECTION These officers are chosen by the people. Each man casts a ballot — a written or printed vote. A vote is a wish — a clear and distinct desire. When all are in, these votes can be read and counted. In this way each man votes as he pleases, for the things he wishes to have done and for the men whom he wishes to have hold office. TAXES As in a family money is needed every day for food, clothes, and general comfort, so in a town money must be had for its expenses. This money comes from the townspeople. What they choose to do they agree to pay for. The money that each person pays is called his tax, and the people who pay it are the tax- payers. The things that are done are for the good of all the people, and each agrees to help pay for what is wanted. There is first the poll-tax — so much a head. Each tax-payer pays this for himself as a person. This poll-tax is the same for all the town, but for other things there comes the question how much each man's tax shall be, and this the people settle according to the amount of property that each man owns. Some men have house and lands ; some have none. Those who have the most property pay the most money to carry on the town. To find out just how much this should be for every one, town officers, called assessors, 4a A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE once a year get from each tax-payer a statement as to what he owns. From this the right amount is made out, the tax bill is sent, the tax-payer pays it and the money is put into the town treasury to be used as the people have directed. The amount of the tax depends upon the amount of work that is to be done. If the people agree to have a new schoolhouse, a bridge, or any great work they agree to give the money for it, and taxes are high. If there is less to do the people pay less and taxes are low. But a town does not stand alone. While within its borders are the families of which it is made, outside are the county and the state to which it belongs, and for these also some money has to be raised and used by the town. THE EARLY HOME OF FRANCES WILLARD, OBERLIN, OHIO. CHAPTER YII THE COUNTY On the map you can see that a number of towns are grouped together to make a county. Each state is thus a group of counties. In some parts of the country, towns have at first been small and far apart, or people have been so scattered that they could not become towns, but have lived on their own lands in the county only; and in some cases it is still the habit for the men of a county to meet at one town, the county-seat, to settle their affairs. Thus there is a county government. The county laws are made by the meeting of men from all the towns in the county. And now we have taken one step away from home. The men of the county can not all go, as the men of a town can go to town-meeting, so each town chooses certain men to go and represent them at the county meeting — that is, to speak j_and vote for them, to say what the town that sent them wishes to have done in the county affairs. It is only in the town that government can be primary. After that, whert' there r and MICHIGAN STATE PENITENTIARY, 44 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE COURT-HOUSE, IONIA COUNTY, MICHIGAN. are more people and more land, government becomes representa- tive ; that is, a few men are chosen and sent to decide matters accord- ing to the wish of those who sent them and according to the laws of the people. The county officers are the commissioners, the sheriff and others. They have charge of the county, to see that its highways are kept in order, that boundary lines of towns are rightly laid and kept ; they oversee school districts ; they look after the poor of the county ; they provide for the holding of state elections ; they buy land and build the jail and court-house for the county. The sheriff is the peace officer. He looks after disturbances or riots in any town. He has charge of prisoners for the county court and obeys the orders of the court. Courts of law are a part of government. They are of two kinds, criminal courts, before which persons are taken when charged with any wrong-doing, and civil courts, to which people go when they have questions to settle in regard to property and other matters, where no wrong is intended, or where injustice is done. In court many cases ar» ' tried before a jury — a body of twelve men chosen from among the people. The jury hear the case, the explanations and arguments of the lawyers on both sides, and under the charge of the judge they decide the case and give their verdict. These courts are held in the county seat. MICHIGAN CRIMINAL INSANE ASYLUM. CHAPTER VIII THE CITY In a county there may be both towns and cities. Cities are different from towns in size, in population and in government. Some cities are very large, as Chicago, New York and Philadel- phia. They are settled by many kinds of people and the govern- ment is not primary — at first hand by all the people — but representative. In a great city the peo- ple cannot all meet as towns- men do, nor do they all know enough of the city affairs to be able to say what should be done. In a city there are many streets; buildings with every kind of business ; there are the people who will not keep the laws, the sick and poor people, many children for public schools, and fami- lies of every kind who live all manner of lives. The government must {provide for the health and comfort of the city. There must be streets and street railways, and street cleaning, a good water supply, gas and elec- tric light for streets and buildings, a fire department and a police force, with hospitals, libraries, courts, city buildings, museums and parks — in short, a great city means a great life spread out into many parts where everything needs constant care. So for those who have these affairs in charge there are many 45 '^ ^i THE WATER WORKS AT CHICAGO. 46 A STORY OF TUB WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE questions to meet, many fjroposals to make, many peoj^le to deal with and the need of a great deal of money every year for the city expenses. To do all this worlv < iffirci's are chosen by the people of the city. They are the Mayor, the Alder- men and City Coun- cil ; also Commis- sioners, heads of departments and under officers, in such numl)er as may be needed, are FIRE. DEPARTMENT. chosen and appointed. The money that is to l)e used for the city is paid by the people as taxes, it is given to the officers of the city government to be used for the city, and to be so used that the people may have what they pay for — a well-ordered, comfortable city life. This crowding of life and business into one place, the many kinds of people and the many things that should and should not be done, makes city government one of the great problems of the world. THE ELEVATED RAILROAD AT 116TH STREET, NEW YORK CITY. CHAPTER IX THE STATE And now we come to the state. The state is made up of its own free towns and counties. It has its boundaries and within these its government, its own set of laws and its officers to carry them out. The laws of the state are made by the people of the state. As they cannot all go to any one point in the state, each town chooses and sends certain men to represent it. These men meet at the capital, or head city of the state. They are called the )se / 'A State Legislature, or law-making body. It is m the Senate and House of Representatives. These work together. At the head of the state is a cer, the Governor, who sees that the laws are The Governor has with him the Secretary of keeps a record of state affairs, the State Treas receives the money — the state taxes ])aid by the and the Auditor, through whom this paid out. There are also other offi- Commissioners and Superintend to look after special affairs such as the state prisons, rail ways, work in harbors and on new lands, the immi- grants or new people who come into the state to live, and all things of this kind. The state has also a department of justice — the Superior Court, with an At torney-General who hel]3s Governor, the legislature and other state lawyers to under- the old state house at boston, 47 two parts — two bodies chief offi- carried out. State, who u r e r, who BUILT IN i7r3. 48 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE stand the state laws and act as they direct. There is also a Su- preme Court, which tries, in each county, all cases, civil and crim- inal. To these state courts the people go with cases that do not get settled by courts in smaller towns or cities where they first may have been tried. So we see the state is a great organiza- tion. It is called a Common- wealth, be- cause, by means of its g o V e r n m ent, the people try to pro- vide for the common weal, or well- be i n g , of e V e r y b ody within its borders. The idea of having a state is for the protection and guidance that it can give to its people. It has great power, but it moves with the people, not against them. Its government is set up by the people, as the captain and officers of an ocean steamship are put in charge to help the people to travel. Thus if the people of the state have need of help in their voting, in their business or town relations, they can carry the FIRST INFANTRY, ILLINOIS STATE MILITIA. THE STATE 49 matter to the state legislature or to the state courts and have it attended to. In all this great business for so many people many laws are needed. These laws, when made, are printed and kept as state law books and thus the people know what has been done and what laws they still have need to make. STATE EIGHTS By all this way of life we see that the people have a great idea of rights. Beginning with ourselves, families live as they choose, so long as no one disturbs the peace and order of the town. The town has the right to do certain things as it pleases, so long as it protects its families and renders due thought and service to the state. The state has certain rights which it keeps for itself, so long as it protects and guides the towns and renders due thought and service to the one great whole that is above it — the nation — the United States. The state laws are in harmony with those of its towns and also with the laws of the United States. Every state has, how- ever, very clearly its own rights, which can not be interfered with, or taken away — as the rights to hold its own elections — the choosing of its officers; to have its militia — its own state soldiers, and to call them out in defense of the state as shall seem best ; to lay out its own school districts and direct its own schools, and in general to manage its own concerns. But with all this liberty and greatness there are certain things that no state can do — and this brings us to the power above the state, to the United States. UNITED STATES MARINE HOSPITAL, CHICAGO. CHAPTER X THE UNITED STATES In the study that we have made so far, we have seen that, when things grow, the hfe within keeps working out into the larger and larger forms, as from a tiny seed a plant grows up and spreads its leaves and flowers until it fills a large space. History shows the separate parts of our life, the family, the town and the state. Each of these forms is self-governing. Now we shall see them set together in one great whole, which, in itself, as a whole, with all its well-governed, living parts, is self-governing also. The government of the United States is called Federal — bound together by its own inner life — working as a whole by virtue of the k faithful spirit with which each sep- / Jik\ a r a t e part does its duty to itself and to the whole. In place and power this govern- m e n t is central and ^^^^ ■■■^^m^^^^ reaches over the .^^^HIIiMlHHI^^^^H^^^HiilllHi^l whole country, in- cluding all the ' 4 states. Still, PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, EAST FROW THE TREASURY BUILDING. 5i 52 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE SENATE CHAMBER. a 1 1 li o u g h this central power is so great, it does not come from outside and set itself up to rule over us. It comes from within our own borders and from within the hearts and minds of the people. It is the kind of government that we choose to live under. We have the plan of it in our minds ; we meet and agree to live together and carry out that plan. This makes the nation. Its idea is organization and growth according to the laws that we ourselves make and agree to obey. This is the "government of the people, for the people, by the people." The capital of the country is Washington, in the District of C o 1 u m b ia. At this central point the officers of the government meet and man- age the affairs of the country. THE GOVERNMENT Our govern- ment has three parts — Congress, the President, and the Su2:)reme Court of the UniteO. DtateS. hou^e of representatives THE UNITED STATES S3 CONGRESS Congress is the law-making part of our national government. It is divided into two parts — the Senate and the House of Repre- sentatives. The Senate is the upper house. Its members, the Senators, are chosen and sent by the states — that is, by the legis- latures of the states meeting in theii* own capitals. Each state sends two Sena- tors. These men go to Washing- ton to represent and act for the states. They are chosen for a term of six years. The other part of CongT-ess is the House of R e presentatives. These men repre- sent the people. They are chosen directly by the people of each state. They go for a term of two years each. All of these con- gressmen are chosen in their own states according to their own state election laws, but when they meet at Washington they act as an organized body and for the United States. They act as a legislative body. They make the laws for the country. They know what the people who sent them wish to have done and the people at home can appeal to them in case of need. SUPREME COURT ROOM. 64 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE PATENT OFFICE, WASHINGTON. CHAPTER XI THE PRESIDENT When the laws of the land are made by Congress we need one chief officer to see that they are carried out in all the states and by all the people. This officer is the President or the chief executive, who holds his office for four years. To him certain rights and powers are given. He is commander-in-chief of the regular army and navy and, if he has need, he can at any time call also the troops of the separate states into service. He appoints ? ;; > ,:. other public offi- " , ■ - i. cers, first sending their names to the Senate for approval, and in the making o f new laws he acts with C o n g r ess in this way. First, he sends a written message to Congress, show- ing what he wishes to have done. Next, Congress takes up affairs and when a matter has been agreed upon by both houses, it is sent to the President. If he signs it, it passes and is a law. If he vetoes, or objects to it, the matter goes back to Congress to be reconsid- ered, but if two-thirds of the congressmen still approve it, it becomes a law in spite of the President's objection, or veto, and without his signature. The people elect also a Vice-President to take charge of affairs if there should be need, and the President chooses certain men to assist him — his Cabinet. These officers are the Secretary of State, 55 THE WHITE HOUSE, WASHINGTON, D. C , OFFI CIAL RESIDENCE OF THE PRESIDENT. 56 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE EAST ROOM IN THE EXECUTIVE MANSION. who has charge of the business of our govern- ment with foreign nations; the Secretary of the Treas- ury, who has charge of the National Treasury; the Secretary of War, who has charge of the business of wars and the army; the Secretary of the Navy, who has charge of business relating to the na\^; the Secretary of the Interior, who has charge of public lands and other business of the government at home ; the Post- master-General, who has charge of the mail service; and the Attorney-General, who is the chief lawyer of the government. The President also appoints embassadors, ministers and consuls to live in foreign countries and attend to American affairs as may be needed, while ministers from abroad come to Washington for the benefit of their people and governments. As the President, as commander-in-chief, has direction of all military move- ments in case of war, so has he also the power to make various treaties with for- eign nations, but before any treaty can pass and be acted upon it has to be rati- fied — that is, agreed to by two-thirds of the oenators. department of state, war and navy. THE PRESIDENT 57 THE UNITED STATES COURTS The govern- ment has for its third and last branch the Su- preme Court of the United States, with other courts below it. The Supreme Court know the land thoroughly to the justice of people, as a whole, ffive over to them. NEW CONGRESSIONAL LIBRARY. THE POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT In our towns we agree to leave certain things to be done by the town. For instance, no one interferes with the lighting of streets. If anything goes wrong we complain to the selectmen whose busi- ness it is to see to these things. This keeps life in order. In the same way the states, all over the country, agree to leave certain things to the Federal Government. The rights thus given make the powers of the government and its duties. These rights are — the mail service, the coining of one kind of money for all the states, raising an army and navy for the protection of the country, buying lands and Imilding forts, military posts and navy y a r d s, making war and keeping peace be- tween the states and with foreign coun- tries and laying POST-OFFICE DEPARTMENT. 58 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE taxes to raise money for the use of the government. These are the chief rights of the government. They were given by the states to make a government for the whole country, and no state by itself does any of these things. Congress is careful not to take any power from the states that belongs to them, and to make the laws of the nation agree with the laws of the states. THE CONSTITUTION But the power of the government is great. We have given it control of our lives in case of war and control of millions of UNITED STATES TREASURY. money, which all comes from the hands of the people. How is it safe for us to do this ? Here are Congress, the President and the Supreme Court. What prevents a great central government like this from taking too much from the people, from making laws that would injure us, from using our money improperly and disturbing our peaceful life together ? By what laws do we put these men into these high offices, and what holds them together and directs them, year after year, as the old men go out and the new ones come in ? We have a power that keeps these things in order. It is the power of law — a written law — the Constitution of the United States. This is the law of the country as a whole. Under its guid- ance we are a nation of states — free, yet united. CHAPTER XII THE FLAG AND SEAL OF THE UNITED STATES Every nation has its flag, and we have ours. It is the sign that we display at home and abroad when we wish men to know ns as Americans. It is the sign of our right to be with other nations upon the seas and in foreign countries. It is the sign of our government, the symbol of the land that is ours and of ourselves as a people among the great powers of the earth. So, because we love our country, we love and honor our flag wherever it may be. Our country also has a seal. This is used at Washington by the government for the sealing of public doc- uments. On the face of the seal is an eagle, bearing upon its breast a shield, which has thirteen ver- tical stripes below an open 'field. Above the head of the eagle are thir- teen stars set in a halo of light. In the right talon of the eagle is an olive branch, the sign of mercy and peace ; in the left are thirteen arrows, the sign of the power of war. In its beak the eagle bears a scroll with the motto : E Pluribus Unum. Out of many, one. Out of many families, DON'T rOUCH MY FLAG. Copiiright, l!i9H, by FT. D. Henderso i. Used by permission. 59 60 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE triangle : Novus — A new order of As we go on of our country we our flag and seal cided upon, and mean to us. Conclusion — come back to the which we started — Here in our coun- try, wide and good ; here in our nation, a Republic, where all the people have part in public af- fairs, and here we live, tailing our own ways in agricultui'e, commerce, education, literature and all the arts — in company with the nations of the earth. When and where did all these things begin? towns and states, one great united people. On the other side of the seal, seldom if ever used, is a pyramid, unfinished, to show that the nation is still grow- ing; and above it, looking down through a glory of light, is a single eye — the eye of God. Above is the motto, Annuit C oe p t i s — God has favored the u n d e r t aking ; and below in a Ordo Seclorum ages. with the history shall see when were first de- just what they And now we words with Her ( ' Ave are. How began BETSY ROSS HOUSE, ARCH ST PHILADELPHIA, WHERE TH U. S. FLAG WAS FIRST DE SIGNED. beffin in showing us grow and who began it? History answers; but how all that is here really did begin in the world, it takes us far away to other times, to other lands, to other people. PART II CHAPTER I THE OLD WORLD In history when we have long periods of time to speak of we count by centuries. A century is one hundred years. All years and centuries are counted from the birth of Christ. Very much happened in the world before that time. Many things have happened since. Write the letter C. for the time of Christ and then count after it each square a century, to the present day. (See diagram at bottom of page.) In what year are we living ? In the year 19 . In what century are we living ? In the twentieth. The twentieth century begins with the year 1901. Now count the time B. C. or before Christ, each square a century back to the twentieth. The history of America begins in the fifteenth century A. D., but long before that time, in the centuries B. C, many things happened that we need to know because they explain what is being done now in the world. Indeed, the history of the world, as we know it, is really all one great story. Different nations have B.C. A. D. (Anno Domini. In tlie year of our Lord). 19 18|l7|l6|l5|H|l3|l2|ll|l0l9|8|7|6|6[4|3[iiri C C | i|2|3|4|5|g| 7|8|9| lo| ll| 12| 13| 14|l5| 16| 17|l8| 19| | 6i 62 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE RIVER JORDAN— PILGRIMS' BATHING PLACE lived at different times in different places, spoken different languages and done work after their own minds in business, in home life and in their government, but the life and work of one nation has always had something to do with the work and life of others, and to know something about the great nations of early times helps us to u n d e r s tand what we are d o i n g over here. We over here are young. In Asia and in Egypt — in the " Old World," lived the old people of history and so again we have the land, the people and the time to inquire about. For the time go back to the twentieth century B. C. Now on the map look for China, on the eastern coast of Asia, and for Japan on its islands beyond ; find India on its southern peninsula running out into the Indian Ocean, then come across to Egypt upon the Nile in Africa, and then, upon the lands where the two rivers, the Tigris and the Euphrates, flow together to the Persian Gulf, find old Babylon and the country of Assyria above it. Some of these names and places are gone now, but the lands remain. Find also the land of Palestine to the west along the Jordan, and in what is now called Syria find the very edge of the land on the coast of the Mediteii'anean Sea. This little strip of country was Phoenicia. In these countries of the old world history began — that is, the first things that we know. The real beginning of these old nations we scarcely know at all, but that is no matter — we can begin in the middle of the story and say — ^the times were old. ]S[ow wh^t shall we look for ? What do we want to know ? THE OLD WORLD 63 We know already that when peox)le wish to hve or to work or to play together, the first thing is how to do it. The question is, How do you play this game ? — and in the lives of nations the first thing- is government — ^laws and rules to "go by." Our country is "the land of the free." We have equal rights in all the states — " civil rights " — ^the rights of citizens, the rights of those who belong to one body and are at home in one place. If we want to go to Florida we do not have to ask first if we may enter the state. We may go t(j Chicago without asking leave of Illinois. We ask no officer what we shall do in our business, our religion, or our family life. We go, we live, we act in freedom. The only requirement is that each person as he goes and as he works and plays shall take heed to protect the general rights of the people, do nothing to injure life or property, and at all times and in all places be ready to obey tlie laws which, as a people, we have made THE GREAT CHINESE WALL. 64 A STORY OF rili: WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE SYRIAN WOMEN MAKING BREAD. for ourselves — for all this freedom l)etween people and states comes through our having one great law under which we are one people, and move together in unity of life. In the old world this was not so. For the most part the king ruled, and the people oljeyed. When one man rules over other men and rules after his own will, with the people subject to him, he is a despot and the government is called a despotism. It is the opposite kind of life from ours and when we look back to America from Asia we see, better than before, what kind of life we live over here. CHAPTER II EGYPT THREE THOUSAND B. C. First then, we will g-o to Egypt, where the Nile flows through the desert, at the Avest of Africa. V."} . • A HIGH PRIEST IN ROBES AND BREASTPLATE. In the twentieth century B. C. Egypt was an old and powerful country. It had a great, and for that time, a good govern- ment, Ijut not like ours. The kings, the Pharaohs, had abso- lute jjower. Under them the ])e()ple were carefully divided into the priests, who were near- est to the king, the soldiers, the farmers and the shepherds. For these the king and his high priests laid down absolute I'ules. Thus everything i n Egypt was done under one l)lan and in one way — the way of the king. The })eople raised great (^i-ops on their rich lands, built cities, temples and tombs, cut the rock into great sculp- tures, covered the walls with pictures of Egyptian life and with their writing in beautiful and 1 jrilliant colors ; they wove fabrics and had varied indus- tries, with fine work in stones and metals and glass. They paid great taxes that were closely counted and kept in order. They 65 66 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITU PEOPLE celebrated festivals and gave much time to religious services ; still all this great life moved by order of the king—under one plan and in one way. Egypt was great in her ideas of religion and life, great m ner work, a giver of ideas to her neighbors, and her government was com- plete and well carried out ; but it did not allow the people freedom to live and grow after their own ideas. The people of old Egypt are classed as white men. They are almost entirely gone. Other people of many kinds have owned the country for centuries. MUMMY OF RAMESES II. CHAPTER III INDIA THREE THOUSAND B. C. And now we will go to India, the peninsula in the south of Asia, where the mighty snow-covered ranges of the Himalaya Mountains look down to the tropical waters of the Indian Ocean. Here is another old story. In the twentieth century B. C. this country had, for a long time, heen occupied by a group of Aryans of the white race, whom we call the Indians or Hindoos. Indus IThe River the and others flow across the Ganges STATE ELEPHANTS OF INDIA. plains of India, where two or three crops a year may grow, and the whole country is rich with the gifts of nature. There are teak and mahogany wood for fine cabinet work, wild animals with beautiful skins — the lion, tiger and all the great cat family — there are cotton, wheat, sugar, tea, fruits, spices and rich nuts, plants for dyes and perfumes and oils ; there are mines of salt, iron and coal, mth gold and silver and gems — rubies, emeralds, diamonds and others, and below the coast, the pearl fisheries. In all the old countries India was well known for these things 67 68 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE — its fine wool and skins, its delicate work in wood, tortoise shell, gold and silver, weavings of earners hair, cotton and silk, its jewels, robes and shawls ; and from earliest tunes other nations wished to find ways to trade with her. As to the In- dians or Hindoos themselves, they were high-minded people of a strong, bright spirit, with a beautiful langur.ge, TEA PLANTER'S HOUSE IN THE HIMALAYAS. the Sanscrit; they had a store of sa- c-red hymns, ad- dressed to the light and the [)0wers of the sky — they were scholars in a s- tronomy, mathe- matics and gram- mar, and were fond of poetic and dramatic speech and writing. As to their government or way of life, these Aryans, before they were disturbed by strangers from outside, were never gathered as one people and ruled over by one despotic king. We know them first as families or near kinsmen. This was the tie of blood. Next the families grew into villages — groups of families having separate dwellings and owning land. Here they held the village council, with their chief at its head. Thus the people took part in their own government. They did not grow great in law- making. Most of their meetings were complaints and the A TEMPLEON THE RIVER GANGES. INDIA 69 straightening out of affairs according to the village customs and ideas of justice. India never grew into one great nation with laws of its own. In later times, since the second century B. C, India has been invaded by many foreign people who have stayed there with their own religions, government and ideas of life. In the seventeenth century the English set up trading posts on her shores, then, by degrees, they gained control of the country, and India is now under the government of Eh'giand. CHAPTER IV BABYLON THREE THOUSAND B. C. And now we will go westward and up the Pei'sian Gulf to Babylon, the famous city, so old that no one knows its beginning. In earliest times people of the yellow race lived there. Very industrious and in- ventive these people were. By observa- tion of the sun, moon and stars _^they made the time-table that we use — our minute s, hours, day s, and weeks; they made canals and dykes to carry water through dry lands, they in- vented weights and measures, made pot- tery on the potter's wheel, wove fine silk, linen and cotton and did fine work in the cutting of gems. Out from this busy industrial life some of these people went eastward and founded China, where these same industries have always been followed. BABYLON— RUINS OF PALACE AND HANGING GARDENb. CHAPTER V THE PHOENICIANS TENTH CENTUEY B. C. And now we mil go from Babylon clear out to the edge of the land between the mountains of Lebanon and the Mediterranean, to read another chapter of life and see what the Phoenician people did in this old-world tune, so far away from ours. The Phoenicians are the fathers of trade and commerce in the world — and now we must look about a little. Here in Asia we have found India and Babylon with rich materials and with things to make and things to sell. Egypt and the people along the coast of Arabia were also ready and eager to buy and sell and exchange their goods. To-day this is an easy matter an^^vhere in the world, but in those an- cient days it was every- where most difficult. Think of a country full of des- j^ erts and mountains, with no open traveled roads, with the rough path- ways beset both by wild beasts and by wild tribes of men, and what it was to carry silk and gold and jewels back and forth across such lands. And then as to going by water, no THE SERVANTS OF HIRAM BRINGING CEDARS FROM LEBANON TO THE SEA, 71 n A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE JUNTAIN OF LEBANON. one k n ew how to build good ships and no one dared, at that time, to sail far from the land. Travel- ers did some- times cross from the Per- sian Gulf to India and back, but the Eed Sea was too rough for their vessels or their courage. But these traders had an enterprising spirit and in time they got settled on the sea- coast, where they built cities and manufactories for casting metals, weaving, dying and making glass. Then they learned to build better ships. They built trading posts upon the islands and shores of the sea as at Cadiz, and at length went thi'ough the Straits of Gibraltar, up to England and the Baltic Sea, and down the coast of Africa and to the Azores, carrying goods with them and bringing back whatever they could from all people along the way. Finally these brave people learned to sail the dangerous Red Sea and then, had it not been for the Isthmus of Suez, they could have gone all the way to India by water. Later they made for the king of Egypt a voyage clear around Africa, being gone three years. Read Kings v., vl, vii., how Hiram, King of Tyre, helped King Solomon. Also read Ezekiel xxvii. These Phoenicians did two other things. They established colonies — that is, they sent some of their own people to distant trading posts, holding them still as subjects of the king at home — and they gave a great help to language. As they went up and down and saw how people needed to have some way of understanding one another, they made over old letters and put together an alpha- bet, with sounds as well as signs, that proved to be most useful. CHAPTER YI THE HEBREW TWENTIETH CENTURY B. C. And now we mil go a little inland and southward, to the land of Palestine — the land of the Hebrews. And here we must speak again of government and of religion. /In this country we go to church as we please, still we all worship one God and in this we are in harmony. In the old world, in these very old times, each country had its own way of worship, its own ideas and its own S separate gods.f In the very oldest ^viitings of the East we find many things that are hke the Psalms of our own Biljle. We find, too, hymns and prayers to the light, to the sun, to the day and the night, to wind and storm, to gods of life and death and to all pow- ers that seem to work both good and e^il. We find sacred animals hke the Ijull and crocodile ; the sacred lotus flowers, the figures of gods mth many eyes and hands to show their power. This we call idolatry. 73 ■^=- ^c: MOUNT SINAI. 74 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE And history shows that at Babylon and across Syria to the sea, rehgion grew to be a dark and cruel thing, with such gods as Baal and Bel, to whom the people cried in dread, and the fire-god, Moloch, to whom children were sacrificed. In those countries the king and his priests were the leaders and the people followed blindly and in fear. But with the Hebrews these things were not so. In early times many nations were, in the beginning, only small tribes of men, who lived a wandering life, camping in tents and driving their herds from one range of country to another ; not owning lands or building cities. So we read of the early * Hebrews. But * Genesis xii, i, 2. THE HEBREW 75 by the ninth century B. C, this tribe of Abraham, who were Semites, of the white race, had grown to be a strong nation with lands and cities in Palestine. ' These Hebrews had the knowledge of God. (Ex. xv.) Led by Moses and Joshua, with this idea of God and of His law, they came into their land and grew into a nation. We all know that the law of the Hebrews was a written {Ex. xx). law — the ten commandments that we study and keep as a sign of th< ■ way in which mei should livetogethci- on this earth. As our own history has already shown us, laws are made for the help and guidance of the people, so that they can occupy the earth in peace and in order, no matter how busy they are, or in what part of the world and with what other men they may be — and it is true, and if we think about it w6 can see, that all true and great laws that have been made, ever, at any time, in any country, by any people for the good of man, agree with these old Hebrew commandments as to what man should and should not do. (Neliemiah ix. 13). These things show us why ^6 A 8T0RY OF THU WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE EL-GHUWER, FORMERLY KNOWN AS THE LAND OF GENNESARET, THE MOST PRODUCTIVE LAND IN PALESTINE. we should know the history of the nations with whose old stories so much of the workFs life and of our own life began. NINTH AND EIGHTH CENTURIES B. C. The Hebrews built up this country, but there was disorder — " every man did that which was right in his own eyes." So kings were chosen. Still the people fell apart. Ten of the tribes went by themselves and made the kingdom of Israel, but enemies fell SEVEN HUNDRED AND TWENTY-ONE B. C. upon them, they lost their lands and were carried away by the great king of Nineveh, to be heard of no more. The kingdom of Judah stood longer, but later it too was carried captive to Babylon (Book of Daniel). From there some returned, but they could not rebuild their nation. In the first century A. D. they were scattered abroad and have since lived in other lands and among other people. CHAPTER VII ASSYRIA TENTH CENTURY TO THE FOURTH B. C. And now for the last point in this study of what was done in Asia, go once more to Babylon. The old people of whom you read, in time passed away. Semitic people took their places and made Babylon still greater. Then north of Babylon another Semitic tribe — the tribe of Asshur — built up Assyria with its chief city Nineveh. THE FALL OF NINEVEH. These people were powerful in war. Fierce attacks were made by them upon Egypt, the Hebrews and the Phoenicians ; multitudes from every country were taken prisoners. Some were put to death ; others were carried away to serve as soldiers, slaves and work- men. In this way people were moved from land to land and many changes of life, art and language came about. But this was never done by any will of the people. Everything was done by the will of the king. Assyria became very rich and great, yet at length (606 B. C.) Nineveh fell, and Babylon was left the one great point of power in that part of the world. But its end also was to come. 77 CHAPTER VIII THE MEDES AND PERSIANS FOUETH CENTURY B. C. To the north and east of these lands, tribes of Aryans — the Medes and Persians — ^had grown to be a strong people. Under their King Cyrus, they fell upon Babylon and overthrew it and on the lands from there westward to the sea founded the Persian KING CYRUS FELL UPON BABYLON AND OVERTHREW IT. Empire. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 22 ; Ezra ii.) This was a great move- ment in history. These Aryan Persians were kinsmen to the Hindoos. They brought fresh life from the hills, new language 79 80 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE and a new religion with its sacred writ- ings that taught in- dustry, respect for hfe and regard for the truth. We read of " the law of the Medes and Persians that alter- eth not," which ni e a n s that they kept their promises and treaties when other nations broke theirs ; and we are told that, before this, the men of the tribes had been allowed to gather in councils with their chief, to help decide upon the laws for the tribe and upon the pun- ishment of offenders. And also it is said : " If an intelli- gent man appeared who could give wise council, Cyrus gave him liberty to speak," and that the Persians " succeeded by freedom, concord and com- mon deliberation." These things are told of the Persians as a mountain and country people, not as rulers over others. They did not found a republic in Asia. When they came into power they too had kings who ruled al^solutely ; but when by themselves, in this early history, we see their republican spirit. And now we are ready to pass on into Europe — into the great middle country that lies between Asia and ourselves ; but before we go, stop and look back a moment. A PERSIAN STRONGHOLD. THE MEDES AND PERSIANS 81 Asia is the land of beginnings. Here are the first histories of industry, and skill, of ship building and navigation, the opening of trade and commerce, the art of building and decoration, with education, writing and books, ideas of nature and of God, religious services and plans of government. We might stay a long time in this land of deserts and mountains, great rivers and hot seas, but not now. It is time to turn our faces westward, for after we have stayed awhile in Europe, to see how the nations there came into the world and grew up, we have yet to come home and to read in full the history of ourselves — the United States of America. But before we begin in Europe, look once more at our own country — and look now at the people who are here. If we stand on the corner of a street in any gi'eat city, in a short time we shall see, passing by, white people, yellow men and negroes. If we look at the white peo- ple we shall see that they are of several kinds and that many are Europeans — Irish, German, Italian, French and others. If we listen we shall hear all of these peo- ple speaking their own languages, Ger- man, French, Chi- nese — or we shall hear them speaking English as best they can. Why do they 1 1 i^H ^K-^ m 1 L JM 1 ■M ^B ^% ^H^^^^^^^^^^^l In m^E^H j^^^B ft'-^ ^^^^^^^l^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^l pn^^i ^M^fli^^^^l 1 # m H 1 H S \ iffjSSK JE^^^^^^^^^^HC 1 ^mI T^H 1 s 1 F _ _,. ^ H^^^^hH M |HH| 9^^M^I ■ ^^H ; -?•"*' -^! I^S MflMP'^^^HHi^ , Ah,... r. ,-_« m I^^^H CYRUS GAVE HIM LIBERTY TO SPEAK. 82 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE speak English ? Because it is the language of the country. This nation Avas founded by English-speaking white men. The language of the government, of Congress and of all laws of public business and general language of our life, the books, schools, and colleges, the language that those who come here have to learn to speak and use, is English. This in itself shows that the American nation is English in descent. Into this country are (coming, all the time, many people (foreign-born population over nine millions by last census, 1890) of many kinds to live here with their families under our laws, but they come into the country as it is. They are not the people who founded this nation. The beginning of our history is English. We are now another country. We have land, name, life and laws that are our own, not England\s, but we go back to England to find out how we came to be here. England is a part of Europe, but the history of England itself does not begin until the fifth century A. D., and before that came to pass there are things in the growth of other nations, that we need to know. So again, we will go back, far back, to the fifth century B. C. and take up the thread of our story where it begins in Europe. PART III CHAPTER T GREECE NINTH CENTUEY B. C. On the Mediterranean Sea find the peninsula of Greece. Find its two chief cities, Athens and Sparta. Here, in Greece, is a name that we atoj*jaMi»^lfl(5g'S.v ACROPOLIS AT ATHENS, SHOWING PARTHENON AND PROPYL/EA. know. We study Greek history and the Greelv language, we hang pictures of Greek ruins on our walls, we read the stories of the old Greek gods and heroes and have, in our homes and museums, casts of the Greek statues. Who then were the Greeks? When did they live and what was their story ? To-day Greece fills a little place in the world, but two thousand years ago her history was that of greatness. The Greeks were Aryans, kinsmen to the Hindoos and the Persians of Asia. Their country was not a land of plains 83 84 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE PRISON OF SOCRATES. and great rivers,like Egypt, where the people hved to- gether in the great Nile valley. It was a little land cut across and broken up into many parts by hills and mountains, with nar- row passes to the lands ])elow. Here the Greeks lived in nearly twenty sep- arate states. Below their beautiful broken country lay the seacoast, full of bays. Out on the islands and uj) the coasts of Asia Minor lived other people of the Greek blood and language; so the Greeks lived upon both land and sea and had a wide, busy life. The Greeks had an old story of the war of Troy — the Iliad of Homer, which you will read some day. After that, history tells that the tribes got well settled in Greece. They learned much from their neighbors the Phoenicians and Egyptians; but the Greeks were a people with many ideas and they copied no one. What they did was new in the world, and many of the things that the Greeks did have never been as well done since. In their beautiful language they wrote songs, dramas, speeches and history; they adorned their land with temples and public buildings and carved in marble the statues of their gods and god- desses, the figures of their public men and of the victors in the great Greek games that ever}' ^ year the people played together. And now you ask^ ACRO-CORINTH AND RyiN^ OF E QF ATHgNE GREECE 85 what government had these bright, free people ? How did they hve together ? Look at the picture of a Greek temple or a statue. Here are buildings simple and fine. Here are men who can do things. Now in this work you can see what it was that Greece loved and what she wanted to be. You see power and beauty. You see freedom and independence ; and this was just what Greece wanted for herself and K^ a her people. She was a land of separate states. SheV-^ Ml wished each to stand by itself, yet all to stand together \^^ as one country — Init, to tell her story quickly, she was n(^t v^ able to work her ideas out into form. She did what she could, but in the end, when Rome grew powerful, Greece fell and became a Roman province. To see how this was — Greece did not go out to con quer the world. The Persians came ui)on her, but the Greeks gathered and with a small army, by skill and train- ing, with their hearts full of the love ,of country and of freedom, they drove this great army back into Asia. Greece saved her beau- tiful works from destruction and her people from being ruled by a despot, still she did not learn how to live at home, and her troubles were home troubles. In these old times when places were first settled some hill would be chosen and fortified as a refuge in case of attack from other tribes. Here the people made the city. Here the king or chief lived with his council and assembly of the people. These were the city people. zeus. the god of the sea. (iREECE 8t They governed the people of the country — or state, outside. These people of the state wished to come into the city to take part in public affairs. The rulers wished to keep them out, so between these two parties a struggle began and it was a long time before the people won the right to come into the city and speak for them- selves. But beyond this was another trouble. Greece did not see how to let her states grow together as a whole. Sometimes one city got the rule over several others, but every city wished to be free — to rule over its own state and to have full right to do what it pleased, to go to war with any other state or any people or to make peace — in short to be altogether independent. The Greeks felt themselves to be one people. They were of one blood, one language, one religion. They could meet in harmony for their great races and games. They could look up to their great god — Father Zeus, who was over all their other gods, but in government they could not work together. The plan that we use, of sending men from all over the country to represent the states in one great Assembly or Congress, was not known to the Greeks. Every state was afraid that some other would grow strong and rule over the rest, so strife and jealousy took the places of union and peace. Athens and Sparta were the chief actors in this history and it ended sadly. At Athens it was said : " We are lovers of the beautiful, yet simple in our taste, and we cultivate the mind without loss of manliness — and even those of us who are engaged in business have a very fair idea of politics." At Athens every man who had a song, a statue, a play or any great word to say, could bring it before the people and have atten- tion. In Sparta the people had far less of this free life ; young men were trained to severe military service, and the idea of the state was to have its people strong, brave, obedient and victorious in war. At length Athens and Sparta came to war. This dragged on for twenty-seven years, then Sparta got the mastery. Athens suffered under her. Sparta was cruel ; other states rose against her and Greece was torn to pieces by her own wars. ■^s A STOyr 'OF THE WOULD 'AND ITS PEOTLI] After this Greece had no more hfe of her own as a free h^tioh. On the map find Macedon. This country was half Greek. It grew up now, mihtary and strong, and you will read some day -how its king made war on Greece, how some of the Greeks tried ■to waken the Greek people and call them to stand together to resist what was coming, and how Greece could not do it, but was made subject to -Macedon. THREE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-FOUR B. C. Ten you will read how Alexander the Great of Macedon led the Greeks into Asia to make war on Persia, PANORAMA OF THE RUINS OF OLYMPIA. how they went as far east as the Indus Kiver, and how, by this means, the Greeks were scat- tered about, so that Greek cities were built up in Syria and Egypt, Alexandria being one of these, and Greek ideas and the Greek language were planted all about the sea coasts and the west of Asia. After these hard lessons some of the Greek states began at last to see better ways of government. They made leagues of cities that agreed to act together in war and in peace. This did a great deal of good, but it was too late. The Greek cities of Asia Minor and on some of the islands had been given over to Persia. There had been burning of towns, murder of citizens, selling of GENERAL VIEW OF THE ERECHTHEUM, ATHENS. GREECE 89 ARCH OF HADRIAN AND ARCH OF JUPITER. women and chilclren into slavery, slaughter of slaves — two thou- sand at one time, and Greece was too feeble to rise again — and as you will see directly, she soon became subject to Eome. ONE HUNDRED AND FOR- TY-SIX B. C. Weakness and cruelty like this are a part of history, but what we really need to know is, not the worst, but the best that each nation has brought into the world. War is much the same thing in all ages, but the high and noble thoughts of each nation are an everlasting gift — for these teach us the arts of government and of life. In these things Greece was a great nation. She loved free- dom, she loved politics. Look at that word ; it means the action of people in a public way. Polity is the manage- ment of a state. Police means pub- lic order; we have a police force to keep this order for us. To be polite is to conduct ourselves rightly with people. These things Greece loved and studied. As her history shows, she had the desire for good government and in her spirit she was republican. She loved grace and beauty in life, religion, literature and art. In ^^^ i^^ft^^l^jl X W these things she was great and in ^^^^^^^^^^ '^^ them all she has been the teacher of GREEK PEASANTS FROM THE MOUNTAINS. the world. CHAPTER II ROME SIXTH centub;¥^b. c. Rome began as a small settlement on the Tiber. From there it spread over Italy, over all that is now Spain, France and Eng- land, the north of Africa and the west of Asia, until it was the greatest Empire the Old World ever knew. How did Rome gi'ow to be so great? How did Rome hold so great an empire together ? What kind a govei'nment did she have ? Rome began as a city. It was the city of the Latin tribe. Italy was full of tribes of white people. Rome went to war with these tribes, conquered them and ruled over them. In early Rome there was a king, next him the Senate, I'om which we take the name for our upper house of Congress. The Roman Senate advised the king, but he acted by its counsel or not, as he pleased. Below the Senate was the People's Assembly that made the laws and decided upon war or peace. So Rome began. FIVE HUNDRED AND NINE B. C. Soon, however, Rome wanted a better government. She put down the kings and became a Commonwealth, a Republic. A great strife was now going on in Rome as to political rights. 91 THE COLISEUM AT ROME. 92 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE The old settlers of Eome were the patricians. They were the rulers, jealous and proud of their family rights. The new people who came into the city were from the con- quered lands, and were called the plebeians. These new-comers wanted to take part in the government under which they lived. The old citizens refused. It was a ques- A COMBAT OF ROMAN GLADIATORS. tion of one class against another — of the government by all the people or by a few. This struggle went on for two hundred years, until the latter part of the fourth century, when the plebeians won from the nobles the rights they asked for. The great ideas of the Roman people were law and obedience — how to rule justly and keep things in order. The people met in the Forum, their public gathering place. From a desk in the center — the "rostrum" — a speaker could address them. Here as time went on were brought all public matters, here the people worked and fought for rights — rights of property, of money and debts, care of the poor, trial for crimes, rights of masters over APOLLO BELVEDERE. ROME 93 slaves, the rights of men, women and f amihes. Here through all this long history were waged the battles of the rich and poor, the high and low, the lord, the freeman and the slave. These were truly great and stirring times in Eome. With so much to have settled the people soon saw that, to save disputes, they must have written laws. The "Laws of the Twelve Tables " were written on twelve brass tablets and fastened to the desk in the Forum, where everybody could read them. After this, for one thousand years the Romans made and wrote many laws for the government of the people. Rome was now a great military power. About one hundred ^ears B. C. she had taken all o f Italy, she had destroyed the strong city of Carthage, on the north of Africa, taken the islands of Sicily, Sardinia and Corsica, and all but the north of Spain; and had gone eastward and conquered Greece and a part of Asia Minor. The Roman armies went out sure of victory, and returned bring- ing treasures and captives. New people poured into Rome, and it was not easy to keep to the old, simple life with which the republic began. Rome\s first idea was merely to be more powerful than her neighbors, and many of the old Roman sen- ators wished to keep to that idea — THRQwiNG THg DISK. not to have strangers in Rome and 94 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE M-v ^ iUf l i r ^maaa jS-S 'VV4i ROMAN CHARIOT RACE. not to have Rome rule over other people. But Rome went on, until, thirty years after Christ, when she had taken Gaul, the land that is now France, and at the east had taken Syria, Judaea and Egypt, she was called the Mistress of the World. And now as to her government of these great lands. Rome called each set of con- zens. Over each prov- erals with soldiers to man Senate sent men laws and to collect this way good order people were proud great city of Rome, whether willing or gave up self-govern- T h e Romans their armies, some of "" They had water works Rome, they learned from ful temples and public JULIUS C/ESAR. quered people Roman citi- ince she set Roman gen- keep order. The Ro- to enforce Roman taxes for Rome. In prevailed. Often the to be ruled by the but in all cases, not, they obeyed and ment. made great roads for which are used to-day. and public baths in the Greeks to have beauti- buildings, public and sa- ROME 95 cred games, and they studied the Greek language and htera- ture. The Latin language was fine, strong and complete. It was used- by the Roman people at first mostly for the writing of law and history and not hke the Greek for poetry and plays. In later days, Rome had her own poets and dramatists. Many leading generals of Rome were fine writers. Some day you will read their books and see what work they did, what stories they told of the new countries into which they led their armies, of the strange people they met, the manners and customs of one tribe and another, and the ways of life in foreign cities. And you will read, too, how, at this time, the statesmen of Rome, those who understood her laws and were proud of her in her simpler and earlier days, were talking and writing about two things — the use of the lands for good farming and wise care of the great mass of the people in place of too much wealth for the nobles, and pleasure and conquest for Rome. Rome was now rich and splendid with the wealth and the arts of every land. Her generals came home bringing trains of captives to be slain or sold. All for- eign dress, customs, reli- gion, languages and amuse- ments were brought to her ; she ruled the world, and had all its gifts in her hands. We read of the gi'eat circus, the theaters, the vast Coliseum which would hold over eighty thousand people, °^^'-''^^^ °^ '^rs.'^;!^':^^;^^. ^^^^'^•*^' '' 96 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE where the combats of trained fighters and of beasts and men were made the dehght of the people. But Eome was in trouble as to her government and life. The laws were broken, votes were sold, the soldier was greater than the citizen and the poor were hungry. Wise senators tried to get lands from the rich to raise crops and give the poor people work, l;)ut all in vain. Civil wars raged — wars between citizens; thousands of Romans were killed, the Republic .^ , I-.-: ■; lA-i^l^ ^ ^^^ li wmg^i^muan"^^hjiaiU%^~:r^- Ifciti^ar^H Kijiifispr^ mm^* ■"-tg.t^iiM llUililllliifl wfpw ^^^^^^^^ illliMWIinil — -^S- ' ISl iWll 1^ j^^m>^^ ^^^i|S|^^^HB Bi^^ r~ ^M|^pjSMi|^^%::, ^^j H||H|Cv-^'~ '.'i^^BMumi m M ST. PETER'S CHURCH AND THE VATICAN. was called " a body without a head," and there was no way but to let one man rule over everybody, even over the Senate — to let one man be Imperator — the Emperor, and the Republic an Empire. FORTY-FOUR B. C. The first man to hold this office was the famous Roman general, Julius Caesar ; but, through a conspiracy of his enemies, he was stabbed in the Senate and Augustus Caesar — the august, the splendid, became Emperor. Rome now goes on with Emperors good and bad for about three hundred and fifty years, and the next step she takes is in religion. And here we will stop a moment. What are we reading these old histories for? First, to see how Rome began to govern herself, next to see what she did with her great lands and many kinds of people, and then — what came of it all in the world. America is a republic. Rome was a republic. We look at ROME 97 our own country, we go to look at Rome, then we come back to see again what we are doing here in our own great lands with new people coming into the country every day. And as to religion in the United States, we have all kinds of churches ; the Roman Catholic and the Greek Catholic, and all the societies of the Protestant church, Epis- copal, Presbyterians, Methodist, Unitarian, Universalist, the Quakers and many others. In this Congress does not direct us, nor the Governor of the State, nor any officer. The church is free from the control of the government, and the government is free from the chur(;h. Religion is left to the people and in America church and state are separate. In Rome things were not so. The gods and god- desses whom the Greeks and Romans worshiped were bright beings, beloved for their j^ower and beauty. Temples were built and adorned with statues and gifts for them, songs and hymns were addressed to them, sacred games were held in their honor, ' and to speak against them was a sin. But there were now many minds and many new thoughts in Rome\s great Empire. The God of the Hebrews was known there, as well as the old gods, and the world was getting ready f ( )r the change that was to come. And now go eastward a moment. Palestine was a Roman province. There, at this time, our Lord Jesus Christ was born and died. Those who loved and followed Christ w^ere called Christians. And now came a terrible season. The Christians were looked upon as the enemies of the gods of ^:,Rome and worthy of any punishment. Under .,' orders of the Emperors, they were pursued and SWISS GUARD AT THE ^^^^ ^o suffcr imprisoument, torture, death and VATICAN. ^1^ ^^i\\\ cruelty. But after three hundred years things changed. A Roman Emperor, Constantine, went to an old Greek city on the Bosporus, 98 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE made it the capital instead of Rome, called the city Constantinople and became a Christian. This gave the empire a new capital and a new religion — the worship of God and the teachings of Christ. But many people still loved the old gods and the Emperor wisely gave them time to change, while he went on with his own plans. /The Christian faith was called Catholic — for all men. But there were already disputes among the Christians as to ideas and doctrines, so Constantine called a Council. Here church officers were chosen, church laws were made, disputes were settled, and the creed and services arranged. Thus the Roman Catholic Church was established in the world. / . It was a great organization. Land and money were given to it, cathedrals were built, many beautiful things that had been used in the temples of the old gods were kept in the new and grander services of the church, and the city of Rome became the center of the church life — the home of its chief officers, the Popes. Now take the fifth century after Christ. The old times pass and the new begin. The Empire was divided — Eastern and Western. Rome and Constantinople were the two great cities. Rome was Latin, Constantinople was Greek. In time the Greek Catholic Church grew up at the East and there the great Emperor Justinian, after great wars, could say for the Eastern Empire : "All the land was mine From the summits of Apennine To the shores of either sea." The lands were lost again, but this Emperor did one lasting work. He had the old law writings and scrolls of Rome gathered and looked over, their best parts chosen, put together and copied by the scribes and sent out as the " Body of the Civil Law.^' This became of great use in Europe, and to this day we have in our own law-books, words, phrases and parts of laws that were first made and used in Rome. This Eastern Empire went on with wars, and in spite of many foes Constantinople stood, a Christian city in the East, until in the middle of the fifteenth century she fell before the Ottoman Turks. But at Rome there was quite another story and great things were n<^w to happen. CHAPTER III THE TRIBES. KELTS AND TEUTONS What has been going on all this time in the north of Europe ? To-day the map shows many names — Spain, France, England, Russia, Germany, and others — but in the days of Rome these names were not there. The country now has well built cities, fertile farms and vineyards, broad highways, railroads and tele- graphs, with steamboats upon the rivers and constant travel and commerce all about. It has schools and universities, the fine arts, music, languages, and books, ^" and in all the different coun- , tries there are regular set- tled governments. So we see that Europe is to-day a land of nations. But in the days of Rome Europe was a land of tribes — a wilderness of forests and plains, whose people lived in the simplest of ways. The tribes that we need to know about were mostly Aryan, and of two fam- ilies — Kelts and Teutons. The Kelts come first. When Rome was built they lived in the land that is now France, but was then called Gaul. The Gauls were a set of rude tribes. Restless and unreliable people, fierce and rash in war, they lived in the poorest of villages and had no settled ideas of government and life. The Gauls gave Rome much trouble. She had many wars CASTLE RHINESTEN, NEAR BINGEN ON THE RHINE. 100 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE with them, but finally, in the first century b. c, Caesar took his soldiers into Gaul and made it subject to Rome. After this Roman law and military training held Gaul in order, the Latin language was used there, and after another four hundred years came the Roman Catholic Church. These things made the first great change in Gaul. The next thing to happen was the coming of the Franks, and the making of Gaul into France. THE TEUTONS. The Teutons lived north of the Danube, up by the Rhine, and above there in Norway and Sweden. They were divided into many tribes — Saxons, Goths, Vandals, Lombards, Burgundians, and Franks. These northern tribes were a fair, l)lue-eyed people, strong, hardy, and fearless in battle. They lived in small wooden huts, held family ties sacred, and gave to women more honor and respect than was ever sliown them in Greece or Rome. For g o v - ernment the Teutons had a king at the head of each tribe. E^ ery village had its chief, and every hundred \^llages had also a chief, or " count," chosen by the people. They settled their private quarrels by them- selves, but the disputes of the tribe were taken to a court held in the open air, where the judge and jury sat to hear the cases. The Teutons had a religion of their own, the Norse Mythology, THE MOUSE TOWER ON THE RHINE, SHOWING TERRACED HILLSIDE FOR GRAPE CULTIVATION. THE TRIBES. KELTS AND TEUTONS 101 with Odin, god of the sky and of battle, and his battle-maidens, the Valkyrie, who bore away the souls of heroes slain in battle ; great Thor, with the thunderbolt; Balder, the fair young god of life and light ; Freya, the god- dess of love, and a great bright company of other gods and god- desses and crowds of elves and giants, dwarfs and fairies. This was in the old times, before Christ. Below the Alps and the Danube lay the great Roman Em- pire. Many times the Goths at- tacked the Roman borders, then some of them crossed the river and went up and down the Roman lands. Rome' could not keep them out. The only thing she could do was to put the Goths into her army and let them live with her as part of the Emj^ire. And now we come to the time of Christ. When his teachings spread westward they went by two paths ; one by the southern shore of Europe, the other north of the Danube River. In the south, the ideas of God and Christ went among learned men. In the forests, they went among simple people. In this way, while the Goths were Christians, they had ways and thoughts of their own and not like those of the Romans. FOUR HUNDRED AND TEN A. D. Things stood in this way when a great body of the Teu- tonic tribes, Lombards, Goths, and Vandals, came down from their northern country and crowded into Italy. Before this fierce and sudden attack Rome fell. These northern peojile came as destroyers. They came from the wilderness to a land of cities. They did not understand art and beauty. They burned the towns and temples, broke statues, destroyed libraries, and swept away ARMOR OF EARLY TEUTONS. THE TRIBES. KELTS AND TEUTONS 103 the labor of years, leaving only fragments of the greatest and most valuable works of the world. Still those rough peoj^le were of a noble nature. They had ideas of personal freedom and self-government, and they soon saw that they had much to learn from R(^me. Also there were Gothic leaders already in the R(^man army, who taught the new-comers the good of law and order. So they began to get settled. The Lombards stayed in Italy, making Lombardy ; the Ostro, or East Goths, were there also ; the Van- dals went to the north of Africa ; the Yisi, or West Goths, ran over Gaul and across the Pyrenees into Spain, and the Franks, farther north, di\ided — one part of their people staying in Ger- many, while the others took Gaul and made it into the kingdom of France. So we begin a new story, with new lands, new people, and new times. This time is called the Middle Age. It lies between the old times of Greece and Rome and the times that we live in and belong to. In history this time is often called the Dark Age. It is a time of beginnings. When seeds are planted their life begins in the dark. The seeds of life that were now planted in Europe were the new thoughts and ideas of the Teutons . They had come from their free, wild life of the north into the old lands and life of the south, and now here were these two, Romans and barbarians, with their Latin and Teutonic languages, to work and grow together; and history shows that, as plants grow and slowly bring their blossoms out beneath the sun, so in the course of a thousand years these new people brought forth their powers and plans of life, and stood as new nations upon the soil of Europe. The new life began with wars. First wars for land. Out of the land conies man^s daily bread ; on it he builds his cities. On the lands dwell the people, and the more people and the more land the greater and the more powerful was the king. So one tribe struggled against another, and very slowly did they settle the boundaiies of their kingdoms. Think for a moment that there was not a printed book in Europe, that what one man wrote another could not read, that one tribe could scarcely understand the speech of another, that 104 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE the armies had no gunpowder and no guns, that, on the sea, there was no mariner's compass with its needle pointing to the north, and you can see how much had to be done. In every kingdom roads were to be made and homes to be built for the people, with castles and palaces for the nobles and the king ; and, first of all, there were kings to choose and gov- ernments to organize for each of these new nations. At this time there were two great ideas among the people. One was, not that each nation should be great in its own king- dom, but that all should be made into one great empire and ruled by one man. King after king strove to do this, but, as time has taught, this could never be done in the world again. The other idea was that the Church at Kome should rule equally over all nations, advise and direct all governments, and have all the people think, believe and speak after its way and teaching. About this wars were fought, wars for freedom of thought and speech in religion, but in the end Eome won, and for a time, as in the eleventh century, the Church stood with Italy, Spain, England, France and Germany looking to her as their head. CHAPTER lY SPAIN The nations that had most to do with America, were Spain, France and England. The first inhabitants of Spain were the Basques, a Mongoloid tribe, and some Keltic Aryans, like those of Gaul. Very early the Phoenicians had built trading posts there, then the Greeks made some settlements and at last the Romans took the country and held it as | a Roman province for four hun- dred years. After that, in the fifth century the Visi-Goths came over the Pyrenees and Spain became a Gothic Christian country. For a century there were wars with the tribes for land and wars with Rome about religion. Then the Goths became Catholic. This put Spain in unison with Rome and a new growth had begun when suddenly there came a great interruption. ARABIA. THE SARACENS. And here we must go back to Asia — to Arabia. This is a land of wild and desert country crossed by lines of low mountains and 105 106 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE valleys, and bordered by a strip of fertile land. Here lived the Bedouin Arabs, wild free tribes, camping here and there, making war upon one another, or roaming about on their camels chant- ing their native songs. On the sea coasts were towns where ves- sels stopped and trade was carried on in spices, frankincense and spikenard, oils and other products of the country. On the west was the sacred city of Mecca. Here once a year a fair was held, and poets came to recite their songs in public. Here pilgrims came to pray, and here the tribes met to pay worship to their gods and to Allah, the Supreme Being. So Mecca was a great gather- ing place. After the time of Christ, people of all beliefs, Jews, Christians, Arabs, and scholars from Europe and Africa, met there to talk of religion. Were there many gods or One 1 622 A. D. Just at this time an Arab whose name was Mohammed came among them and declared "Allah is God and Mohammed is his Prophet." He raised an army among the Arabs, made a col- lection of writings for the Koran, the Mohammedan Bible, and set forth to compel the world to accept the faith, pay tribute, or die. The Mohammedans had a strange success. They over- came India to the Indus, Per- sia, Syiia, Egypt and the north of Africa, where they got the name of Moors. From here, in the next century, they went across the Straits of Gi- Ijraltar, drove the Spaniards l)ack to the Pyrenees, took the south of Spain, built up a great Mohammedan kingdom, and stayed there nearly eight hun- / fL^=^«i^- GYPSY CAVES !N THE HILLSIDES OF GRANADA. SPAIN NTERIOR OF THE MOSQUE AT CORDOVA. dred years. This was a bitter thing for the Groths; still these Saracens brought gifts to Europe, for, fierce as they were in war, they had love and care for all beautiful things. At Bagdad on the Tigris and at Cairo in Egypt and Cordova in Spain, they opened great markets for the goods of the world. They founded schools for the study of arithmetic, algebra, astronomy, philosophy and poetry, and called together scholars from all countries — Greeks, Jews, Persians and Egyptians. They built libraries, mosques and palaces, from east to west. They brought plants and trees, sheep, cattle and horses to Spain ; they set up factories, opened mines and built baths and aqueducts for the people ; and the ruins of the Mosque at Cordova and of the palace of the Alhambra at Granada, with their courts and foun- tains, marble floors and columns crowned with gold, show to-day what beauty and wealth the Arab-Moors brought into Spain. During this invasion of the Saracens, or Eastern men, the Spaniards lived in the north, under their chieftains, Don Pelayo SPAIN 109 and Rodrigo, the Cid, and the kings of their various provinces. Here they gave battle to their foes. "A cry went through the mountains when the proud Moors di'ew near, And trooping to Ramiro came every Christian spear. The blessed Saint lago, they called upon his name — That day began our freedom and wiped away our shame." The Spaniar slowly gaining their lands again. The peo- ple were mixed together, "And here was heard the Chris- tian bell And there the Moorish horn." At last one province only, Granada, was left to the Moors. The Spaniards fol- lowed close. ds gradually crowded the Moors southward. THE GATES OF JUSTICE, WHERE THE TRIBUNAL WAS HELD DURING THE MOSLEM DOMINATION. "Fernando, king of Aragon, before Granada lies With dukes and barons many a one and champions of emprise ; With all the captains of Castile that serve his lady's crown, He drives Boabdil from his gates and plucks the crescent down." 1492 A. D. This was in the time of Ferdinand of Aragon and Isabella of Castile, who by marriage became the king and queen of Spain. Earlier than this, in the twelfth century, the Spaniards had shown a great spirit of liberty. Cities were independent and prosperous. Towns made their own laws as to life, property, taxes, and elections. The Cortes or Congress had, with the king, the power of law-making, and the manners and ways of life in free Castile and the laws and courts of Aragon were noted everywhere. 110 A STOnr OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE But this spirit of freedom passed away. Wars and quarrels tore the land to pieces, and after the fourteenth century, the people had less power and the kings had more. But now great things had happened elsewhere and we must leave Spain and once more go from Europe to Asia. THE COURT OF LIONS AT THE ALHAMBRA. CHAPTER V THE CRUSADES Find on the map the Turkish Empire. The Turks are Mon- goloid — of the Yehow Race. They came west as tribes from Asia. They are not Arabs, but of other blood and temper. What had the Turks to do with the young nations of Europe? We will see. When M o hammed and the Arabs came into Syria, many Turks joined them and in time these Turks be- came masters in the Moham- medan lands ot the East. After the time of Christ it was the habit of Christians to go every year, as pilgrims, to pray at Jerusalem. When the Arabs took the country they still allowed this, but when the Turks came things changed. In the eleventh century seven thousand priests and people went together from Europe. The Turks treated them cruelly and few lived to return. At length, in the hope to recover Jerusalem, the Christians undertook to make war on the Turks. The idea ran from nation 111 JERUSALEM, SHOWING THE BATTLE- MENTS UPON THE ROOF. 112 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE to nation, and, in the eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth centuries, people from France, Spain, Italy, Germany and England, with the sign of the cross on their shoulders, went on seven crusades, to rescue the land of the Cross from the Mohammedans. The Christians took Jerusalem only to lose it. The Seljuk Turks and others came into the country and things grew worse. There were terrible wars, the Christians again took and lost the city, and after two hundred years of fighting, more or less, Jeru- salem was left to the Mohammedans, who have it still. 1244 A. D. You will read some day, in romance and history, of the noble love, the deadly hate, the heroic fighting and suffering of those times of the Crusades. It was the time of chivalry — a time of sword and song, when the gallant knight, loyal to God and to his lady, fought against the Mohammedans in Asia and returned to Europe for his rewards. And now see what good came of this. Going east the Euro- peans saw beautiful buildings, with rugs, hangings and robes wrought in rich colors; they saw the use of metals and ores, the cutting of gems, setting of tiles and Tyrian glass, with can- dles, lamps, fine leather work, armor and swords — ^things well known in Asia, but not in Europe, except among the Arab- Moors of Southern Spain. Very soon traders fol- lowed in the tracks of the army, many things were carried back to Europe, people began to have rugs in place of straw on cas- cRusADERS' cASTLt AT KERAK. tie flooi'S, to havo glass for THE CRUSADES 113 windows, and much that, in general, made hfe more comforta- ble. And now, seeing and knowing all this, the Europeans went to work for themselves. New materials were brought in from the farms, the fisheries and mines; manufactures quickened and RUG MAKING IN THE ORIENT. improved, old things were copied, new and beautiful things were made, and by the middle of the thirteenth century cities had grown up and were centers of prosperous industry, skill and trade. There were Hamburg, Lubeck, and Ghent, Nuremburg, Strasburg, Vienna, Paris, Lyons, the ports of England and the great cities of Italy and Spain. This growth of industry and comfort was the work of the people. The kings had helped them, however, by gi^dng the cities freedom to make their own laws as to the work of the " guilds," or sets of craftsmen, and as to trade between places, and you will see some day how the towns made " Leagues" together, and how all this helped the growth and power of Europe. In the meantime, also, under the care of the Church, cathe- drals had been built and many great artists, Michael Angelo and 114 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE CONVENT OF LA RABIDA, WHERE COLUMBUS FOUND SHELTER. Raphael among them, produced most beautiful carving, sculpture and paintings for their decoration. Music also began to take a great place in the services of the Church. During the earlier days, while people had been fighting outside, the monasteries, established by the Church, had been places of refuge where monks and schol- ars had collected and copied valua- ble old books, and had written new ones that show us now the ideas and the life of those times. After this came the art of printing and then indeed the nations were no longer in darkness. EXPLOEATION AND DISCOVEEY. And now turn to the ocean, to see what some of the nations were doing there. Since the early part of the fifteenth century explorers from Portugal had been to the Azores and to" the coast of Guinea with its gold-dust and ivory. From there Bartholomew Diaz had sailed to the south of Africa, which Avas named the Cape of Good Hope, and after him Vasco da Gama went round the Cape and across the Indian Ocean to India. Meanwhile another man, Christopher Columbus, of Genoa, Italy, had made up his mind that by sailing west he could not fail to reach the other side of the Indies, because the earth was round. You know the story: Too poor to fit out his own vessels, and being sure of success, he begged others to help him. England and Portugal refused, but Isabella of Spain listened, believed and sent him. THE CRUSADES 115 With intelligence, high courage and faith in God, Columbus sailed where none had been before. He cut the first path across the ocean. He discovered America, a whole great continent before unknown, undreamed of in the world ; he carried the life of the white man to the new land of the west ; and because of his noble spirit, his power and his achievements he stands crowned with honor as one of the heroes of history. East of Asia lie many islands. See also how many lie between COLUMBUS BEFORE ISABELLA. North and South America. Upon one of these, among the Ba- hamas, Columbus landed, thinking that he was near India. The warm climate, the tropical fruits, the dark-skinned natives, with their gold-dust and ornaments, all seemed like India. So Colum- bus called the people Indians. The island he named San Salvador in token of his gratitude to God, who had saved him and his men from the dangers of the strange, wide ocean and brought them, as he supposed, to the place for which he was seeking. Columbus discovered Culm and founded a colony there. He also went to Hayti. He then returned to Europe and told his 116 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE story. Afterwards he made three other voyages, visiting other islands and discovering South America near the mouth of the Orinoco Eiver. But with all this voyaging and discovery Columbus never saw or knew of the land that is now our own country. 1506 A.D. He returned to Spain and died there, lea^dng to other men the work he had begun. Soon after an Italian explorer, Amerigo Vespucci, was sent out by Spain and Portugal. He wrote accounts of the lands he saw, and the name America was made from his own and given to the country he described. The Pope gave the new-found lands to Spain. Stories were told of a land "Avhere the sands sparkled with gems, and golden pebbles as large as birds' eggs were dragged in nets out of the rivers." To find this gold for themselves and for Spain and to plant the Church among the heathen, many Spaniards went to the ISTew World. Some stayed in the West India Islands. From there others went farther, and wherever they went they claimed the land for Spain. Among the Spanish explorers Ponce de Leon and his party dis- covered Florida, and built St. Augustine and Santa Fe, now cities in the United States. Magellan found and named the straits at the south of South America. Passing through, he went into the Pacific and found and claimed for Spain the Ladrone and Philip- pine Islands. This was the first voyage round the world. Balboa discovered the Pacific Ocean on the other side of the Isthmus of Darien, and Do Soto and his men discovered the Mississippi. From there some of the Spaniards explored the Gulf and went on to Mexico. Here they found a well-settled and wealthy people, the Aztecs and other American tribes. You will read some day of the conquest of this land of Mexico by the Spanish under their general, Cortez, of the conquest of Peru in South America by Pizarro, of the cruelty of the wars, of the treasure sent home to Spain, of the planting of the Catholic religion and Spanish life along this western coast of America. And you can see from this how it is that Spanish people and their descend- THE CRUSADES 117 ants are now in South America and that the Spanish language is spoken there. And now return to Spain and to the people there. You have read how the Hebrews lost Palestine. As the new nations grew up in Europe many Jews came into each country. THE LANDING OF COLUMBUS. They were traders, bankers and scholars. Many of them were rich, many were famous in the universities. Wherever they went they kept the old Hebrew faith, and for this reason they were often driven from one country to another, and met with great loss and suffering at the hands of the Christians. This was the sad story of the Jews in Spain at that time. At this time also, the Church established the Inquisition in Spain. This was a Court of Inquiry before which people sus- pected of disobedience to the Church teachings were tried. Great suft^ering came through it and the only use in our knowing these horrors of the past is that we may see for ourselves that freedom in religion is one of the rights of man, and that all alike. Catholic, 118 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE Mohammedan, Buddhist or Protestant, owe to one another gen- tleness and respect. And now in Spain and in other parts of Europe we have to look at the kings, the Church, and the people. The kings and the Church wanted to rule the people. The people were thinking — was MARTIN LUTHER PREACHING IN THE WARTBURG. the Church right ? A German monk, Martin Luther, bravely dared to say that the Church was not right ; that she should reform her ways and follow the teachings of Christ. But the Church did not reform. Luther and many of the people made a protest against things that were being done by the Pope and clergy, but, as this did no good, they finally left the Catholic Church and formed a church of their own, which was called the Protestant. This was done for the sake of fi*eedom of thought. It was a protest against injustice. But the people forgot that love to God means love to man, and history is now full of bloody wars and cruel persecu- tions, massacres, imprisonments, and exile. THE CRUSADES 119 CHARLES V. PHILIP IL KINGS OF SPAIN. Just at this time Spain was the greatest power in Europe. She had many ships at sea, treasure came to her from her posses- sions in America, and she had rule over lands in Germany, Italy, and Holland. But this did not last long. Holland was a group of pro\dnces where the people had much freedom as to their own rights and laws. Antwerp and other cities were very prosperous. Many of the people were Protestant. They were free of heart and high- spirited, and this little country of the Lowlands by the sea made much stir in the world, for under its wise leader, William of Orange, it shook off Spain, her soldiers, and the In- quisition, and became the Dutch Republic. And now Spain had trouble with the nation of England. At home the English helped Holland, and on the seas they often attacked the ships of Spain, killing and impris- oning the Spanish sea- men and robbing them of treasure. To put an end to this, and to add the country of Eng- land to her possessions, Spain sent out a great fleet, the Spanish Armada, but in this effort Spain was defeated. The English navy made skillful resistance. A storm also came up and helped to scatter the defeated Spanish vessels, and England was left to her own government and her own growth upon land and sea. After this Spain lost the lands outside, and has since kept only her own country and her colonies in America and the Pacific. And now look back a moment. Spain has much to be proud ANTWERP, BELGIUM. 120 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEjOPLE of in the past. The people have been brave and renowned in battle, strong in their love of home, daring in discovery, and to a degree independent in their ideas of government. In early times, the cities and schools of Spain were famous, and her authors well known for dramas and poems which still belong to the literature of the world. In time Spain became a monarchy. The early ideas of free and active life gave place to the idea of the rights of kings over the people and of the rights of the Church. In these things the rulers of Spain have been stern and cruel, and have greatly injured the people as to their education and their growth as a nation. In later times, certain leaders, Castelar and others, have tried to arouse the old spirit of freedom and to make Spain a republic, with power to rule herself ; but for this only a part of the people have been ready. In the country now, two parties lay claim to the crown ; one for Don Carlos ; one for Alfonso XIII. , who is still a boy, and whose mother reigns until he is of age. As we shall see later, Spain, by war with the United States, has recently lost her lands in America and the Philippine Islands. The war is over. Spain l^egins a new chapter of history in which all must hope to see her find the way of true prosperity and power. CHAPTER VI FEANCE And now we go westward to France. When the Franks came hito Ganl their first idea was land. For this there was a great deal of fighting. Very soon the Franks gave up their old gods and became Christians. This put the new-comers under the care of the Church, and gave the Church so many more jDCople and soldiers to obey and support her. It gave the country one religion and helped to make Latin a great part of the new French language that now began to grow up in France. At this time something called the tribes from their own quarrels to undertake one great battle together. The Saracens were coming to take France as they had taken Spain — to take, indeed, the whole of Europe. This was their plan, but as an old Arabian chronicler says, "the nations of the north, standing firm as a wall, utterly slay the Arabs with the edge of the sword." 732 A. D. France now grew great in extent and l)ower. Her king, Charlemagne, Charles the Great, held the lands north to the Baltic, south to the Mediterranean, a part of Spain at the west, and eastward some tracts beyond the Danube. This was an empire, and Charlemagne was crowned by the Pope as emperor. There was now one ruler, one people, and one Church. There were courts, councils, and schools, and there was much peace and order. But this empire was only put together. It was not a growth. Charlemagne died, and the nations Italy, Germany, and France again stood apart, each by itself on its own soil, to live its 121 CHARLEMAGNE. 122 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE own life, speak its own language, have its own government, and be an independent power in the world. France grew into a monarchy. In the tenth century the Normans, bold sea kings from the north, came into France and became the dukes of Normandy. They owned a little land. They wished to own more ; and, as you will see, they brought about wars between England and France that ran on for hun- dreds of years. In the thirteenth cen- tury France got her lands to her- self, but again in the fifteenth cen- tury came the Eng- lish. They fought great battles, had great successes, and the king of England was called also the king of France. And now comes the strange and beautiful story of Joan of Arc. A peasant girl of sev- enteen, living a simple life, saw visions and heard voices which she believed sent her out to call together, once more, the soldiers and the king of France, and lead them on to victory. This wonderful thing she did. She was taken prisoner and burned by the English, but France was again a nation under her own king. Bitter wars still VICTORIOUS RETURN OF JOAN OF ARC TO ORLEANS. FRANCE 123 ROOM OF LOUIS XIV., VERSAILLES. went on between France and England, and you can read of them in many books ; but now we must see what the people were doing and what France had to do with America. In the time of Columlnis the people of France were thrifty and industrious, proud of their kings, good soldiers, and ready to follow where they were led. Still the French peo- ple had minds of their own, and this made ti'ouble. In religion, be- fore this time, some had found fault with the priests and serv- ices. But they had been hushed, slain and driven out of their homes by the Church, who saw no way to hold her people together but by force. Later when the Protestant Church was formed in Germany many French people joined it. They were called the Huguenots. The Catholic kings, the Pope and clergy, with the Inquisition, stood against them. Between the two parties a sacl story follows. Towns were burned, churches were plundered and destroyed, people were killed, and poverty, desolation and sorrow filled the country. Time passed. As in Spain, so in France, the kings said there should be but one form of religion ; and, under this rule, the latter part of the sixteenth century was a season of peace. But, from the middle of the seventeenth century on into the eighteenth, trouble began anew. Cruel orders were given by the king, Louis XIV., and the Huguenots were driven out of France. They went to Holland, Switzerland, England and America. They were a skillful and intelligent people ; a loss to France and a gain to other countries. FRANCE 125 In the eighteenth century France was wealthy and powerful. Her cities were noted for fine manufactures, and French goods were wanted in other markets. The naval force of France was great; her colonies were prosperous; there were m any ^^^^^ and artists in the ^-™-^-e«e ^i^^ms^m^w^mms^ country, and at court the king carried elegance and richness of life, dress and manners to their height. The idea THE PALACE AND GARDENS OF VERSAILLES. THE DAIRY NEAR THE PALACE AT VERSAILLES WHERE MARIE ANTOINETTE, WITH HER GUESTS, PLAYED AT PASTORAL LIFE. of the French government was union— one Church, one plan of life ; the king at the head of all and the peo- ple obedient to him. But what were the peo- ple doing in France? They were working on lands that they were not allowed to own. They were paying taxes to support the king and nobles. They were 1 hungry, and were getting ready to rise and throw themselves into any sort of strife that any one should begin ; and to tell the story quickly the French Revolution did come, ihe ^eopt otrturned the'government ^^ .^^^ 1 "^^^no llw called the Reign of Terror. The people had freedom, but no law. 126 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1793. No one knew how to act. To burn, to destroy, to kill seemed to them the only way. Then came the reign of military law, and through Napoleon Bonaparte, a young soldier in the French army, who rose to be a victorious general, and at length was made emperor over the French, France was lifted to the height of fame and power. There were wars, victories, and alliances with all the great powers ; and Napoleon stood, a conqueror, with more than eighty millions of people subject to him. He meant to make Europe one great empire, with Paris for its capital. But in war with England Napoleon was taken prisoner. His empire was not to be. The people of France still wanted freedom in religion, pol- itics and life. They went on trying one thing after another until France became what it is to-day — a Republic. 1605. And now what had France to do with America ? First she sent out explorers. Champlain took an expedition to Canada, sailed up the St. Lawi'ence River, founded Quebec, and went as far as Lake Huron. As he wejit he set up trading posts for furs and opened Catholic missions for the Indians. All this region he claimed for France. Another Frenchman, La Salle, went by this same way and then down the Mississippi to its mouth. He called all the land from the Alleghanies to the Rocky Mountains Louis- iana, after the king of France. Louis XIV. built a fort where the city St. Louis now stands. So the French claim stretched from the coast of Nova Scotia to the Great Lakes and south down to the Gulf. From- all this country products went home to France, the French got on well with the Indians, and there were no white men there but themselves. But in the course of the next century France lost all these lands to England. How this was and what else France had to do with America we shall see later from the other side. CHAPTER VII ENGLAND As to land, England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales are called Great Britain^the Biitish Isles. As to the people of England, they are called the British. They are also called Anglo-Saxon. What does this mean ? When did these people come to this island of England ? Who were they, and where did they come from ? FIFTH CENTURY B. C. The story is this. On the maj), cross over to the mainland of Europe, over to the Baltic Sea, find the low lands on its southern coast, find Denmark, and above, find Sweden and Norway. Up here dwelt the Teutons of the north. They were Aryan tribes. They lived their own free life, spoke their own languages, made laws for themselves under their chiefs, gave women honor in their families, and did their own fierce, rude ftl ' THE RUINS OF KENILWORTH CASTLE. 127 -J 128 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE fighting with each other. These people were Jutes, Danes, Angles, Saxons, and jSTorthmen. They lived far from Eome and knew nothing about her. They had no Roman ideas, no Roman law, no Roman blood and language, and no Roman church. Every- thing was their own. Now go back to the British Isles. Here, in these old days, lived Aryan Keltic tribes, Picts, and Scots, and Britons — rude people, who also held their own lands, had their own huts and villages, spoke their own rough tong-ues, and worshipped their own gods. FIFTY-FIVE B. C. But in time Rome sent her soldiers up to Britain and took what is now England. The Ro- mans stayed over three hundred years, then went home and left the Britons to themselves, their wars, and their neighl^ors. And the neighbors? They were the Teutons across the NORMAN GATE, WINDSOR. water. They came, one set and another, at one time and another; they killed and drove out the Britons and destroyed the works of the Romans; and, at last, the Angles and Saxons stayed there. The Saxons became the kings of England ; the Angles gave the land its name — Angle-land — England. This was about the close of the fifth century. With one interruption, when the Danes came, in the first half of the eleventh century, the Saxons ruled in England nearly six hundred years — and we ask, how did they do it ? What was their government ? and history tells us that, rough as these people were, they brought with them a great idea of freedom and a great idea of " rights " — the rights of free men — rights in their own courts of justice, and of the holding of these rights, by law, under their kings. EXGLAXD 129 Nothing in history begins and goes on in perfect order to the end. Good things, great things, begin with one man, or one people, and grow as best they can and as long as they can. English history has plenty of ups and doT\Tis. The strength of will, the seeing what to do, and the wise way of doing, often go almost out of sight, still the Saxons brought with them this idea of law for the people ; it runs through the whole story, from the old tunes to now, and has been the making of England. There were Saxon kings. There were lords and barons, who owned the lands, and, below them, were the people who lived and worked on the lands and served the lords. As time passed the barons ruled down the men who served them, and, but for their own free spirit, they would all have been as slaves. But from early times these tribes had held their "folk meet- ing" under a tree and had their "Council of the Wise"' to take part with their king or chief in their own law - mak- ing, and, as Eng- lish history shows, nothing could crush this love of freedoiij out of them. And now as to religion. The first religion in England was that of the old Britons. The Romans came and brought the Christian religion. The Saxons came, swept away everything Roman, Church and all, drove the Britons off, and set up their own life and their religion. The Britons went to the west of Britain — to Wales and Ii-eland mostly. In Ireland they kept the Roman Cathohc faith. Then, TOWER OF LONDON. 130 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE at last, in the sixth century, the Pope of Rome sent a mission up to England, the Saxons listened, and the priests gave up their old gods and became Roman Catholic Christians. THE NORMANS. EIGHTH AND NINTH CENTURIES A. D. And now for the Normans in England. The men of Den- mark, Sweden, and Norway were the Northmen. Many were daring sea-rovers, who dashed down the coasts, often burning towns and churches, from the Baltic Sea to Italy. At length, in the tenth century A. D., some of these Norman Teutons settled in France — in the Duchy of Normandy — learned some Roman law, learned French, which is part Latin, and became subject to the French king. Then (1066 ) they went to England, gave bat- tle, and a Norman duke, William the Conqueror, became the English king. And now came changes. The Norman King made England over. He took the lands from the lords, divided them and gave them out as he pleased ; he took the courts from the lords and was lord over them himself ; he called the people from their lords and made them swear obedience to him, as chief lord over all in the land. As an old ballad says: "The Duke of Normandy With glittering spear and shield Had entered into fair England And foiled his foes in field. Which being done he changed quite The customs of the land And punisht such as daily sought His statutes to withstand." As to these changes the king taxed the people as he pleased, called what peers, or lords, he pleased to the assembly and was harsh and cruel indeed ; still he used some old Saxon laws, and he put England into good order. New life began at London and other cities, better trade came and better knowledge of the world outside, and there was building of new castles, homes and cathedrals for the church services. ENGLAND 131 The Normans and Saxons married, kings and queens came from each side, the people grew together and England went on with no more such interruptions. But now for trouble — the Normans wanted to own France bodily, and a struggle began and went on, at times for two hundred and fifty years. At the end of that time the two countries stood apart as before, each on its own lands. WESTMINSTER ABBEY AND HOUSES OF PARLIAMENT, FROM THE THAMES KING JOHN MAGNA CHARTA, 1215. But while the kings thought of war and conquest, the people thought of their rights and worked for them. First, the barons and the people stood together against the king and made him sign a great charter — granting rights to the free men of England. Next, in the latter half of this same thirteenth century, the people went further. A new plan, a great plan, was made — to send to Parliament, not only the lords of the queen Elizabeth. 132 A STOUT OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE land, and bishops of the Church and two knights from each county, but to send also from each city two citizens, and from each borough, or town, two burgesses, as they were called. Thus we see two houses of Parliament, Lords and Commons, with men chosen by the people and sent to represent them in the making of laws for the nation — and soon these three things were gained — that the king could make no laws by himself, that he could not tax the people without con- sent of Parliament, and that he must act in accordance with the laws. And now the times and the people march ahead. In the fourteenth century the Bible was translated by John Wickliffe into simple Eng- lish for the people. Up to this time it had been in Latin only. At this time, also, French passed out of use ; the English lan- guage grew into shape, was used in the courts of law, and was written by Chaucer — the first great poet of England. In the fifteenth century printing began and the world was truly out of prison. People could and did think for themselves. Life was brighter, cities grew, and trade, language and books, poetry and the drama, all came to make a new world. In the sixteenth century England gave up the Eoman Catholic form of the Christian religion for the Protestant. This had its regular service, its prayer book and creed, and was called the Established Church of England, the Episcopal. England was now great upon the seas. John Cabot and son had already sailed twice to America and made a map of the coast — for England. HAWARDEN CASTLE, HOME OF GLADSTONE. ENGLAND 133 In the sixteenth century Sir Francis Drake went three times to the West Indies ; theji again from England through the straits of Magellan and from the west coast of America, home by the way of the Cape of Good Hope. This was the first voyage around the world. Later, Sir Walter Raleigh also sent explorers to the coast of America, and again sent men to found a colony at Roanoke Island, which, however, was a failui'e. So far as the land in America was knovm, it was called Vir- This was in honor of the ginia. Virgin Queen of England, Queen Elizabeth, who reigned between 1508 and 1603, and who acted wisely with Parliament, and gave England a good time in which to grow. And the people did grow. The East India Company of England was organized for the setting up of trading posts in India ; and at home there were changes in the Church, and questions and quarrels as to ways of worship. Oxford Uni- versity was gi'owing, and there were the great voyages and the news of other countries, the ROOM WHERE SHAKESPEARE WAS BORN, AT STRAT- FORD-ON-AVON. songs and bright sayings brought home, especially from Spain and Italy, and the beautiful tales, now told again, of the old gods of Greece and Rome. All this new life from outside came to waken the minds of the English people. At this time Shakespeare wrote his plays, and in the seven- teenth century came John Milton, soldier and poet, and John Bun- yan, who wrote "The Pilgrim's Progress." And now, too, the Bible was printed in English and put freely into the hands of the people, and this was in itself an edu- cation. 134 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE At this time English people began to go to America. They went for two reasons, business and a new home. England is a little land and the people were often in distress. Over the sea lay a great country. There great crops could be raised and materials found for manufacture and trade. Ships could cross to carry English goods over and bring back produce that could be sold anywhere. So colonies in America were planned. The lands belonged to the king. Companies for trade asked him for leave to plant colonies in the New World. He gave them certain lands — a patent, a grant, a charter — the laws of the colony were made in part by the companies, and the people were sent over. In this way Jamestown in Virginia was founded. As we can see, the comfort of the colonists was very much in the hands of the company, and anything might happen at home. The king might change the charter, new men might come into the company, and make new laws and send over new Governors ; those in England might not know how to manage well for the col- onies in America, yet not be willing to let the colonists manage for themselves — and these things did come about and did make trouble, as we shall see. Still this is the way that the settlement of America began, and it was the best that any one then knew how to do. THE PURITANS. For fifty years English people had been reading, thinking and talking about the Bible, what it meant and how men should wor- ship God. Trying to be sure about these things, they grew into despots. King James I., having given up the Pope, wished to be the head of the Church himself. But the people would not sub- mit to the king. One of the rights of the English people was to think their own thoughts and to be free in speech about religion. At length some persons separated entirely from the Episcopal Church and held meetings by themselves. The king said that would not do. If the people left his Church he would " harry them out of the land." ENGLAND 135 They left the Church and prepared to leave England also — to go to Holland ; but now the king said they should not leave, but should remain and obey. They were watched by the king's sol- diers, cruelly and de- long a treated layed time. At last they got away and for eleven years lived in Holland among the Dutch people. But they wanted a home CHRIST CHURCH COLLEGE, OXFORD. of their own. They were Eng- lish people and as ;i part of Amer- ica belonged to England, they asked the Vir- ginia Company for land, put their money to- gether, got the king's leave to go, and, with William Bradford at their head, sailed for the Dela- ware River. They chartered two vessels for their voyage, but one leaked and had to go back to port. The other, the Mayflower, took all she could carry, and went on. Driven north, the May- flower came into Cape Cod Bay and the Pilgrims landed at Plym- outh, December 21, 1621. These two points, Jamestown in Virginia, and Plymouth in Massachusetts, were the beginning of the United States. MAGDALEN COLLEGE, OXFORD. 136 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE The English Church went its own way — that is, the king's way — now Protestant — now Cathohc, or nearly so. Also the king was trying to act, and especially to get the use of money, without the knowledge and consent of Parliament, and there was no peace in England. There were in England many Puritans — people who did not wish to separate from the Episcopal Church, but only to " purify " the king's showy services and make them very simple. Many of these Puritans were leading men at court, on the seas, in govern- ment service and in business, and among them " The Massachu- setts Bay Company " was formed, and men, led by John Endicott, went over and founded Salem. Then John Winthrop sailed from England with fifteen vessels and in the following ten years twenty thousand of the king's best subjects went over the sea — men who were clear of mind, brave of heart, educated and prosperous, set in their own ways as to religion, and full of the idea of rights for the people. This made a great Puritan colony in America. Its settlements were Boston, Cambridge, Charlestown and all that neighborhood. North of this other Englishmen had a grant of land — Maine and New Hampshire. This, with few settlers, was like part of the great colony. There were still many Catholics in England. To one family, Lord Baltimore and son, the land of Maryland, in America, was given. It Avas meant to be very large, to be ruled under the king by its lord and his own people, and was open in the kindest spirit both to other Catholics and to Protestants. This made another settlement in America. Meantime Holland had been astir. She sent Henry Hudson over to search for a water-way to India, but he found instead the river in New York, which he named the Hudson. The Dutch then sent over men to establish and build up trading posts, from what is now the city of Albany, down to the shores of New Jersey and the Delaware River. Their central point was New Amster- dam, on the island where New York City now stands. This made a Dutch settlement in America. From Sweden, in Europe, also a little colony went over to the ENGLAND 13? lands by the Delaware Eiver, and soon made part of the Dutch possessions. Now look at England again. For fifty years the question of the country had been the will of the king against the rights of the people in taxation — the use of money, and in ways of worship. As time went on the patience of the people gave way, and the THE PILGRIMS' DEPARTURE FROM HOLLAND. feeling became so bitter that they beheaded the king, Charles I., in 1649. After that one party said there should be no king and no lords. The people should rule under a Protector — Oliver Cromwell. But he died and the kings were restored in Charles II. And now, in her troubles, England thought it time to see what America was doing. The colonies belonged to England, they were prosperous, wealth came from their products and trade — what more could England do with them ? There were the Dutch possessions. But England claimed the land as her own. So the king gave the Dutch settlement to his 138 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE MONUMENT COVERING THE ROCK ON WHICH THE PILGRIMS LANDED— AT PLYMOUTH. brother, the Duke of York and All)any in Eiii^land. Enghsh gun- boats and soldiers were sent over, the Dutch yielded, New Am- sterdam was called New York, and Orange was called Albany, and the English people were established over the Dutch in America. Now find in America the Carolinas, North and South. Here the king gave much land to a group of lords and a charter pro- viding comfortably for their government. Slow and straggling, this was still another English colony in America. Its chief city was Charleston. Among the many sects that grew up in England, was that of the Friends, or Quakers. They wanted peace and justice among men, simple religious service and the right to think as they pleased about man and God. The Puritans did not like the free thoughts of other people, but Charles II. gave to one of the Quaker leaders, William Penn, a large grant of land for a Quaker colony in America — the land that is now the State of Pennsylvania. In all this beginning, boundaries were a trouble. With no good maps, not knowing what America really was like or what was going on over here, and with no strong ideas of justice, the kings gave lands as they pleased, and gave the same land over and over to different people. So boundary lines, as the king drew them, did ENGLAND 139 not fit to the lands as the people found them, and out of this came much trouble for the colonists. In 1685, a few Spaniards were in Florida, a few French were in Canada and the north of America, and between these, along the coast, all the colonies belonged to England. England was to have this control for just one hundred years — and now we must see what happened. The troubles were great. To have peace in the Church, the right use of money, and truth and honor in the government, the English people drove away the king — James 11. — and called his daughter and her husband, William of Orange, of Holland, to come and rule over them, in 1689. William was a Protestant and a wise man. Under him Parlia- ment passed a bill of rights, by which, among other things, all money was to go to the king through the House of Commons ; and no Catholic could sit upon the throne. This was because England chose to be a Protestant country, although, as to Puritans and all outside of the Episcopal Church, she was cruel enough. And another, and a great thing: People were now allowed, as never be- fore, to speak their minds in print, so newspapers be- gan to appear. Now we come to the eighteenth century. Eng- land and France were at war in Europe, and this meant war between the French and English in America. England claimed Newfoundland, Nova Sco- tia, and Hudson Bay Ter- ritory. France had sent settlers there, but, at the end of this war in Europe, ,^*^^«l»'^«*'^^ -*«?^^^^3g^? Z^ WINDSOR CASTLE, FROM THE THAMES. 140 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE France was made to give up this land to England. So peace in Europe meant peace in America, and more land there for England. . Through marriage connections, a German, Prince George of Hanover, came to be king of England. At this time one more set of people went to found a colony in America. In England men who could not pay their debts were sent to the debtor's prison. " Every year at least four thousand were thus shut up." James Oglethorpe started the idea of taking a number of these poor debtors to a new home. The king gave the land, and in his honor the colony was named Georgia. Again England was at war — this time with Germany and France ; and again there was war in America as to French and American boundaries. Again things went against France, and she lost Quebec, ^lontreal, and all of Canada. Spain at this time gave Florida to England, and, in this way, all the colonies in America were subject to England. After these long wars England had need of repairs. She had need of money. She went to her colonies about it, but the colo- nies did not like the way of her asking. Questions arose as to rights and duties; the result was the War of the Revolution, in which the colonies separated from England and became a nation. To understand this we must cross the ocean to see what these colonies had been doing all this time ; but first, what did the colo- nists take with them when they left England? The greatest things in the world. They took the idea of personal rights — the rights of freemen ; the idea of law ; the idea of representative gov- ernment, and the Bible. These were the gifts of England to her departing children. And now look back a moment. In Egypt you read of mon- archy — ^the king over the people. In Assyria you read of it in a cruel and fierce degree. In early India and Persia you read that the tribes took part in their own government. In Greece you see the people seeking to live as a nation of separate states. In Rome you see military power and the power of law holding together many strange people ; then you see the empire fall, and again you see Rome rise as the Church power. .Just after this the Teutons come into Rome, take up her ideas of Church, law, and language, and ENGLAND 141 weave them into the new kingdoms and empires of Germany, Italy, France, and Spain. Then, at the north, you see other Teutons in the small republics of Switzerland and Holland, and beyond all these England, whose history you have just read. And here go slowly. You have seen the change in England ST. PAUL'S CATHEDRAL, FROM THE THAMES. from Britons to Saxons, from Saxons to Normans ; and how the growing together of these people made the England of to-day. You have seen the Saxon idea of personal freedom grow until Parliament and the king stood as the two great powers of the land, with the question how the two could work together. You have seen Eoman ideas and language come to help the growth of England. You have seen England grow — the free spirit of man putting down monarchy, and setting up the power of law, with representative government. But now that you leave England for your own country — go thoughtfully. Remember the distance, the long time it took for letters to cross, or for ministers to go to America, look over affairs and return ; remember that England herself had trouble with her kings and her people, and when you turn to your own history you will see that it is not necessary to " hate the British " in order to be glad for the Fourth of July. 142 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE PART IV THE COLONIES IN AMERICA CHAPTER I THE AMERICAN INDIANS To the people of Europe, America was first a land for explora- tion and claim ; conquesUmd trade. In the sixteenth century it became a home. All men knew now that America was not a j)art of India, but a land by itself, lying between two great oceans. Still its natives kept the name of In- dians. On the coasts and islands of the south, the Indians were soon killed by the cruelty of the Spanish. Along the St. Lawrence and down the Mississippi River many of the In- dians were friendly to the French, because they came mostly for trade, made small settlements and did not take away the hunting grounds. But on the Atlantic coast, when the white 143 AN EARLY INDIAN CHIEF. 144 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE men came in numbers, there arose the question of hfe and land The Indians hved in tribes and were often at war with one another. They lived as hunters and fishers, camping anywhere, for all the land was theirs. The Indians did not like the white man's way of life. They did not like our towns, our religion and language, our farming and business. They had no wish to change their life for ours, and they were not ready to give up their lands. When the Europeans came they wanted the land to live upon and they took it. Sometimes they paid the Indians for it and sometimes they did not. Sometimes there was peace ; often there was war. This has been the case always. The Indians have never made one people with the whites. At present the Indians, few in number, live at the west. When the colonists came there were many in the east. When a colony is planted the land belongs to the king, the people and his subjects ; the king governs them or grants them power to govern themselves ; he claims a part of the products of the soil, and, in general, directs the colony as he thinks best. The colony sent by England to Virginia sailed into Chesa- peake Bay, naming the Capes, Charles and Henry, for the sons of the king, and Point Comfort for its good harbor. The settlement was called Jamestown for King James. The colonists had a hard time. They were not used to chopping trees and building log cabins. Many preferred gold hunting to farming, there was little to eat, many were sick and the colony nearly died out. Stout-hearted Captain John Smith, a leading man among them, wrote accounts of their life and trials. But vessels from England brought people and supplies and times improved. The laws for the colony were now made in London by the Company. They were severe, but the governor, who was sent over, gave to each man some land for his own, and soon better work was done. Virginia has a rich soil. Tobacco grows there easily. It was raised in large quantities and the colonists made money from its sale. THE A ME ETC AN INDIANS 145 And now came changes. The Puritans had rule in England. They believed in personal rights. They said the colonists should have the right to take part in their own government ; so orders were given that two burgesses sliould b(^ chosen by the people, and sent from each great plan- tation in Virginia to meet the new governor, Sir George Yeardley, and his council. This first meeting in America of representatives chosen to make laws by the people was held at James- town in 1619. Many kinds of people now came to Virginia. Some were able to buy much land, raise great crops of tobacco and have work for many hands. Others who came were sent over to work as bound servants for a term of years and then to be free ; some were convicts from prisons, and some were poor but excellent persons, se6k- POCAHONTAS SAVES CAPTAIN SMITH'S LIFE ing a new home. In the new country all grew together and made a new people. At this time, too, slavery began in America. A few negroes were 1 )rought in a Dutch vessel to Jamestown and sold there. This was nothing strange. In old times persons taken in war, or bought or sold anywhere, were held as slaves. The younger nations ])egan in the same way. To-day the idea of slavery has given way to. the idea of freedom, but, in the seventeenth century, the slave ships of England and other nations took negroes every year, from Africa, and sold them to any who would buy. In this way as time passed, many slaves were brought to America, and in the south all work was done by them. 146 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE Virginia was made up of large plantations, a few in a county. The planters' homes were large and comfortable. Grain, fruit, fowls, and all things for the table were easily raised. The great tobacco crops were sold to English vessels that came up the rivers, bringing English clothes, furniture and silverware ; and life grew comfortable. There Avas much visiting from house to house, and every year there were fairs, Avith horse races, dances, wrestling matches and other shows, whei'e prizes were given to the victors. These things were allowed by the Church of England. As to education, slaves and servants Avere not to be taught at all, and there were no free schools. But as time passed children AA^ere taught priA^ately, oi* sent north to school, or to England. English and Latin books Avere studied in Virginia. English history and laAv AA^ere read carefully by many who took part in public affairs, and all the news of the doings of the kings and of Parliament Avas talked OA^er thought- fully. At length William and Mary College Avas founded. Charles I. now asked the Virginians for money, Avithout going to Parliament about it. This they refused. It Avas against the laws of England, and Virginia would not take sides Avith the king against the rights of the people of England. Meantime the Pilgrims and Puritans were in Massachusetts. The king had giA^en the Pilgrims no laws, but, to keep them- selves in order, before leaAdng the cabin of the 3fay flower, the men of the company drew up a " compact," in Avhich they agreed to make for themselves "such just and equal laws'" as should b^ " most convenient for the general good of the colony." A PRIMITIVE TOBACCO PLANTATION. THE AMERICAN INDIANS 147 Captain Miles Stanclish, John Carver and William Bradford were among the leaders of the colony. The snow, the ice, the barren shore, the lonely woods, where only a few Indians roved about, gave, them a desolate reception. The winter was bitter, the life rough and hard, the provisions scanty, and more than half the colony died before spring. The Indians were friendly and made a treaty of peace that lasted for years. The colony of Massachusetts Bay fared better. The Puri- tans left Eng- land because they wanted a home where they could carry out their own ideas in religion and in civil life. In England the Episcopal churches were decorated with images, pictures and stained glass, and with altars bearing rich embroider- ies and silver candles ticks ; there were organs and choirs, robes for the clergy and many cere- monies for them and for the people. Sunday, by order of the king, was partly a holiday, when cer- tain games might be played. In America the Puritans kept Sunday as a day of strict quiet, with long services in the bare, plain meeting house, which all members of the colony were obliged to attend. Plain dress was required and close watch was kept over man and child. The Puri- tans did not even celebrate Christmas joyfully ; although after WILLIAM AND MARY COLLEGE, WILLIAMSBURG, VA. 148 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS FEU RLE THE PURITANS GOING TO CHURCH. gathering their crops they kept a day of Thanksgiving as a feast. The leaders of the Puritan emigration were famihar with Enghsh law and government, and well fitted to undertake life by themselves, but they were despotic. They had their charter with them in America, they held town meetings and made their own laws on the spot. In this they were independent. But they allowed no man to vote unless he was a member of their church. They inquired sharply into the business of strangers who came among them, especially to know if they belonged to the Puritan church, and those who did not were not made welcome. All the children of the colony were taught by their parents, the clergyman, or some one who could serve as school master. People who were to make their own laws must not be ignorant. In a few years Harvard College was founded. The Puritans were obliged to work hard together to raise enough to eat and to build houses warm enough for comfort in the cold winter. New England had neither soil nor climate for large crops that could bring money quickly, so a great many kinds of business were opened. Every one did something. Most families had small THE AMERICAN INDIANS 149 incomes, there were few slaves and people had to learn to do things for themselves. They became carefnl and thrifty. They built ships for fishing off the coast and sent them southward to trade and bring back cotton. This they soon learned to weave. It was the beginning of manufacture that in time grew very large. The colonists prospered, and the king began to think they were too independent. They were told to send back their charter, and it was proposed to send a royal governor to rule over all New Eng- land. The colonists did not reply and for awhile England forgot the matter. (The Puritans welcomed all who agreed with them, Imt they drove away all those who did not. Roger Williams was one whose ideas about rights and duties did not suit them. He was banished and founded Providence, as a place provided by God. Others were glad "to join him and the Plantation of Rhode Island was settled, as a place where all people might live in peace so long as they were orderly and well behaved. Other people moved away from Massachusetts to find more freedom, and places were settled on the Connecticut River and at New Haven, j HARVARD HALL AND GATES, HARVARD COLLEGE. 150 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE The Indians sold these lands to the whites for a trifle, but as they saw how the English kept coming they became uneasy. Soon war broke out, many Indians were killed and the whites occupied the land. After this the colonies of Massachusetts, Plym- outh, Connecticut and New Haven formed a union " for mutual help and strength," in case of need. The need came. New Eng- land had another war with the Indians under their king, Philip. The Indians were driven out, but the colonists suffered most severely. Before this time England had passed Navigation Acts. The colonists must buy no European goods except those carried by English vessels, and must sell their tobacco, sugar and other prod- ucts to England, and to her only. The colonists did not resist, but they did not obey. The king now took them in hand. He sent to Boston a royal governor. Sir Edmund Andros, who closed the courts, took away the charters, laid the taxes, had English Church services performed in Puritan churches and controlled the free speech and writing of the people. Still, for the most part, the people had patience until there was a new king in England, William of Orange. Then they sent the royal governor home and took care of themselves again. The Quakers, a people with ideas of their own about religion, came to Massachusetts. The Puritans met them with harshest treat- ment. They sentenced them to public whippings, and banishment from the colony, they burned their books, and even had some of the Quaker men and women hanged on Boston Common. Finally, the king ordered that the Quakers be sent home to England for trial. These things show the busy life of New England, the despotic ways of the Puritans, their power of self-government, their watch- fulness lest the king should take away their rights, and their ability to make a prosperous home for themselves. And now look at the other colonies. All of them had disputes about boundaries, trouble with royal governors, wars with Indians and hardships of many kinds. Still all were growing. New Jersey was a quiet farming province. In time it had a royal gov- ernor and its own Assembly and prospered greatly. THE AMERICAN INDIAN'S 151 In Pennsylvania the idea of the colony was freedom in re- ligion, self-government, education, and prosperous, peaceful life. Penn's treaty with the Indians ran for sixty years. Philadelphia had , a good business growth. The province soon filled up with intelligent and industrious people. Maryland had large plantations. Slaves were kept and tobacco was raised there. All religions were allowed, the people took part in the making of laws for the colony, and the province soon had many prosperous homes. The Carolinas were divided. North Carolina had, along the coast, pine woods that gave tar and turpentine. Back of these were good farming lands, and beyond these the mountains. The people came from other colonies, from England and Scotland. In INDIAN ATROCITIES IN THE EARLY SETTLEMENTS. 1h ■^^H trrfi^ .Za^^iv ^i-^CtJ^ ;/t^ ^ ^ 9?: .^ m^a/iarnjar/^ TTl^^au^ ^a^P7cnt^. n \o^^^>?xrU^l4y4^y£ia/^^ta^iC 0Lt^^4:0' ^ '^' r-^ t^^^4^.J2^yj«.,_.^ REDUCED FAC-SIMILE OF TREATY WITH INDIAN TRIBES MADE 8Y WILLIAM PENN, 1769. 152 THE AMERICAN INDIANS 153 the highlands they were hunters, in the lowlands they were planters, keeping slaves. South Carolina was more fertile. Near the coast were the hot, low rice lands, where the negroes only could work, and where great crops were raised. There were more slaves than white men in the colony and the laws to control them had to be very severe. The colony, became a royal province, with royal English governors, who made the laws, with the help of the Assem- bly chosen by the people. For education many children were sent to England. There were various kinds of people in the colony, English, French Huguenots, Germans and Scotch-Irish. All were free as to religion. Charleston was the center of social life. In Georgia the poor debtors were not very capable settlers of a new country. Savannah was founded, but there were few towns. The people were scattered about. They had trouble with the Indians and the Spaniards of Florida, and fell into the habit of ready fighting, with them, or among themselves. At length, Georgia was made a royal province, and its Assembly was called together to improve matters. WILLIAM PENN MEETING HOUSE AT NARBERTH, PA. CHAPTER II THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR 1690 TO 1763 When France and England were at war in Europe, there was trouble between the French and English in America. The French were helped by the Indians. Their attacks were cruel and irregu- lar, with burning of houses and killing of women and children. During sixty years three such wars broke out along the border lines, between New England and New York and Canada. Then came the end. S o m e of the colo- nists wished to settle on the Ohio River. The French wer< there. In the south also t h ey had founded Mo- bile and New Orleans. The Spanish claimed that southern coast and had built Pensacola. The war was for all these lands. The colonists sent George Washington, a young major in the Virginia militia, to ask why the French occupied English ground. They replied that the lands west of the Alleghanies belonged to France. They attacked Washington. After the fight he returned with his men to Virginia, but war had begun. In four years the colonists had taken Pitts- burg, Niagara, Crown Point, Ticonderoga, and Quebec. For a time they fought alone, then France and England sent troops and officers. In Europe, Spain was helping France. Spain owned Cuba. The English went there and took Havana. The war ended. Eng- land was victor. A treaty of peace was signed at Paris in 1763. Spain gave up Florida and all her lands east of the Mississippi. All lands west of that river and New Orleans, she gave to Spain. 155 SETTLERS IMPLORING WASHINGTON FOR PROTECTION. I KNOW NOT WHAT COURSE OTHERS MAY TAKE BUT AS FOR ME, GIVE ME LIBERTY OR GIVE ME DEATH." — Extract from Patrick Henry's Speech, Delivered 1765. 156 CHAPTER III THE COLONIES AND ENGLAND As the people returned to their homes, their desire was for peace, in- dustry, education, and comfortable liv- ing. In the colonies there were about one million six hundred thousand peo- ple, slave and free. There were but few good roads as yet, and traveling was ' only by stage and horseback ; still the colonists went up and down and had much life together. Books were printed and newspapers were published that gave the 'people a good knowledge of affairs at home and in Eng- land, and in every colony there were men already well known for public spirit and services. Among these was Benjamin Franklin, of Philadelphia, who had planned a fire department, served as postmaster, invented the lightning rod and the Franklin stove, and was well known through his writings on many subjects. Altogether, with their work as mechanics, manufacturers and merchants at the north, and as raisers of large crops in the middle states and south ; with their whale, cod and mackerel fisheries at sea ; with their schools and colleges, their famous preachers and students of law, the colonists were well established and felt like one people. In the war, the colonists had given much money and many men, and they were poor. They wished now to raise and to 157 BENJAMIN FRANKLIN'S FIRST EXPERI WENT WITH ELECTRICITY. 158 A STORY OF THE WO ELD AND ITS PEOPLE TO THE DELAWARE make everything that they could, to send their goods to PTT Y v^ r t \ C^ foreign ports, and to L Lu yJ 1 o. It ''f ^\ ''" ''' ^^ -•' ^--^» they pleased. T This England had already forbid- den. What was she going to do now ? The colon ists were ready to give freely to the king as he might need, but they held that they should make their own laws as to busi- ness and the use of their money. They met in their own Assemblies, not in Parliament. In Eng- land the king could not tax his subjects without their con- sent. He could not rightly do it in America, no matter whether the money was to be used in one country or another. The king had already made some unjust laws and the colonists had not obeyed them. What was best for them was also best for the king, for they gave to hun freely. But, to have his laws carried out, the king sent English officers to watch the Americans, to board their vessels and enter their shops and houses, and take any forbidden goods. About this the colonists went to court. Here was a question of law; a question of rights. H E Regard we. liavc for your Charailers, and our Delire to promote your future Peace and Safely, a^e the Oceafion of ihis Third Addrefs to you Tfj our fccond Lctler wc aequaintcdycu, that the Tea Ship was a Three P'-cker, Wc arc now informed by gtjod Aulhoniy, (he is not a Three Decker, hut An old Hack- Ship, laithovl a. Hcaa^, ox- at^-i 0>-:isrru;ni3. ■|'j(f. Cuptaiji, IS a J)wTi/aoVc\\^\f, ajid a. liitlc oipmUc, vyithal —So much the worfc for hi rn.-. for, fo furc as he nY^ riy?,-. Wc fhaJl heave him Keel out, • . . • " His Uppcr-VVorlcs too. will have an. Ovcrhawling and as it is faid. he has a good deal of QwhWork about hitn. We will take particular Care that fuch Part of him undergoes a thorough Rummaging. Ws have a llill vvrjh Accoanl of his Oumcr .— for it 13 faid, the Ship Polly was bought by dim on Hurpofe. ro make a Penny of us-, and that he and CapUm Ayrcj wc\-c well ad\ofcd,of the Kifcjue they would run, in thus daring to intuit an,d abufb us. Cafilaiw Ayrcs wjs here in the Time of the StahapAd, and ought to have known our People better, than to have Oipetled we would be fo mean as to fuffer his roUen/ TE A to be funncl'd d(j\v n ourl"hroat;s, with the ParliamerJfs ZJ«u>, OfXTBhtr^, I77>. Monday Morning December 27, 1773. nPHE TEA SHIP being arrived, cveiy Inhabitant, who wilhes -l topreferve the Vihexty of America, is defiredto meet atthc State-Houss, This Morning, ptxcifely at TEN o'clock, ta ad- vife what, is bcIL to be done on this alanning Crifis. REDUCED FAC-SIMILE OF THE PROCLAMATION ABOUT THE TEA-SHIP. THE COLONIES AND ENGLAND 159 At Boston, James Otis made a speech as to the rights of the colonies. Patrick Henry spoke in the Virginia Assembly, and everywhere, watchful, well-informed men stood ready to advise in case of need. England next imposed a stamp tax. The colonists called a Congress, declared their rights, and sent petitions to the king and to Parliament ; but they seized the stamps and let none be sold. There were now two parties in England and in America; the Whigs, who were for the colonies, and the Tories, who were for the king. In Parliament, famous speeches were made on both sides. In America both sides wanted peace, and many would have given the king his way. It was an anxious time and a stormy time. Benjamin Franklin, who was in England, went before Parlia- ment to answer questions and, * by his good judgment, to try to help the colonies. England repealed the Stamp Act, but laid some small taxes on paper, glass and tea, and sent officers to collect them. General Gage was sent to Boston with British troops, but upon this there was a riot — the Boston Massacre. The people held a great town meeting and sent Samuel Adams to the English gov e r n o r to d e- m^jlld th^ r^" Faneuil hall, boston, the cradle of liberty. 160 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE moval of the soldiers, saying, "We must have an answer." England now did repeal all taxes but three-pence a pound on her tea. But the principle of freedom was still at stake. " "We will not submit to any tax," said Adams. The tea came. At Boston it was thrown into the sea, at Charleston into a damp cellar. Upon this England forbade vessels to enter or leave the port of Boston, closed the town meetings, and took away the charter of Massachusetts. The other colonies sent cheering messages to Boston and Virginia, saying that " an attack upon one colony was an attack upon all." From her own point of view, England was right. But America was no longer merely a set of colonies. She was to be a new nation in the world, and the time was near at hand for her to take her own name and be independent. The colonists held, at Philadelphia, the First Continental Con- gress. George Washington, Patrick Henry, Roger Sherman, John Jay, and many truly great men, made it a notable meeting. John Hancock proposed that Congress should talk of estab- lishing "a union of colonies for the security of our rights and liberties." Its members did address, to the king and to the people of England, a Declaration of Rights. They declared their intention to stand together for mutual help in case of need ; still they worked for peace and hoped for fair reply fr(^m the king. To separate from England would be sorrowful ; to win a victory over her seemed impossible. The Americans waited, but they prepared for war, and directly it came. THE FIRST BLOW FOR LIBERTY. CHAPTER IV THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION APRIL 19, 1775 The Americans had some mihtary stores at Concord. General Gage one night sent eight hundred British soldiers to take them. But with " A hurry of hoofs in a village street," Paul Revere rode to waken the people; and at Lexington, the next morning, the British met seventy "minute men." A fight followed. Eight Americans were killed and others wounded. The British went on, destroyed what stores they found and returned, attacked all the way by the colonists from " Behind each fence and farm yard wall," and suffering heavy loss. The Americans gathered at Cambridge, and the British were kept shut up in Boston for nearly a year. 161 THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 163 In May, Congress met and appointed George Washington Commander-in-Chief of the American army, but also addressed to England one last petition for justice. The king did not answer. Washington took command in July. Meantime there had been one battle at Bunker Hill, where three thousand poorly armed Americans, 1^ unused to war, twice drove back a large British force, ,^fc well drilled and thoroughly armed, and re- treated only ['''B when their powder gave out. General War- ren was killed H and the men suffere d loss, l)ut tliis display of spirit and power greatly e n c o u r aged the Ameri- cans. Washing- ton 's army was made up of sets of men DEATH OF GENERAL WARREN. ^•JI from all colonies, each under its own commander. The men were dressed in farmer's and hunter's clothes and were armed with whatever weapons they could get. The commander was to or- ganize this army and ask Con- gress for supplies. Congress was to collect the supplies from the people and forward them. The plan was good but difficult. The colonies were not one people. Some wanted to provide for their own men only, and all were more or less afraid that some colony, or Congress, or Washington might rule over them. The peo- ple were independent, but they had yet to learn the art of union. BUNKER HILL MONUMENT. 164 A STORY OF THE WOULD AND ITS PEOPLE In the spring of 1776, the British sailed away from Boston. Many troops had come from England. There was no hope of peace. In Congress, at Philadelphia, Richard Henry Lee of Virginia said : " These united colonies are and of right ought to be free and independent states." It was indeed the only way. Thomas Jefferson of Virginia was directed to draw up the Declaration of Independence. It was read, considered, and finally, on the Fourth of July, 1776, was adopted by the repre- sentatives of the people. This was done at the State House at Philadelphia. In its tower had hung for twenty years an old bell bearing the inscription : " Proclaim liberty through- out the land." Imme- diately upon the signing of the paper this bell was rung to announce to the people that, by the action of Congress, the colonies had become a nation, un- der the name of the United States of America. Washington now went to New York. Unable to hold the city, his army was driven across the Hudson, down through New Jersey and across the Delaware. The Amer- icans seemed to be doing nothing but running away from the British. Washington needed men, money, food, clothing and guns, but Congress did not know how to get them. The people were hopeless. Washington saw that he must do something at once. At Trenton lay twelve hundred Hessians, men from Hesse, hired by England for this war. On Christmas night, through hail jai*PBR80N. ADAMS. PRAHKLIN. DRAFTING THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 165 INDEPENDENCE HALL, PHILADELPHIA, WHERE THE FIRST CONGRESS MET. and sleet, back over the Delaware and through nine miles of snow, this steadfast commander led his heroic men, some leaving bloody tracks behind them, to surprise, attack and capture the entire garrison, their guns and supplies. This cheered the country. The winter was spent in preparation, men enlisted and supplies were raised. Now look at Europe. The older nations were watching this struggle for freedom and self-government, and France was moved to give her help. At first her supplies were sent secretly. The Americans asked her to give her aid openly, as from one nation to another. France waited. Meanwhile the young Marquis de La Fayette joined Washington. German officers, DeKalb and Steuben, came also, and, with other Europeans, shared the hardships of the camp and gave instruction to the soldiers. THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 167 The Americans lost Philadelphia in 1777, but, under General Stark, they drove the British from the Hudson and, at Saratoga, compelled General Burgoyne to surrender to General Gates. After this France sent America war vessels and four thousand men. When England heard of this, in the hope of peace, she made an offer to America in regard to taxes. But the time for that question had gone by. The people of the United States were now free, and were fighting for their land. The army went into camp at Yalley Forge. You will read how the men suffered through the bitter winter, and how Wash- ington praised them for their wonderful spirit in the face of famine. Of himself he wrote : "I confess to you that I feel more real distress than I have done at any one time, but Providence has heretofore taken us up when all other means and hope seemed to be departing from us. In this I will confide." You will read of the battles that followed ; how Washington wanted to keep the British at Philadelphia, and how they got by to New York ; how the Indians fell upon the Americans at Wyoming ; how Paul Jones made a record on the seas, tak- ing Englishmen and vessels; how Benedict Arnold, an American offi- cer, agreed to give the port of West Point over to the British ; how his young British messenger. Major Andre, was caught carrying back Arnokrs plans ; how, according to rules of Avar, Andre had to be hung as a spy, as, long before, Nathan Hale had been hung ])y the British for carrying to Washington plans of British works and movements on Long Island, and how Ar- nold ran away to the British, leaving West Point to the Americans. All these details of history LIBERTY BELL. 168 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE (J^^^x^^-^ jt^T^^'r*^ ^^''-'T^ <-^ eX^ryy^ f.-^i^Cct^:ry't^ jM^^i ^t^^yyi^^^* FAC-SIMILE OF THE SIGNATURES TO THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 169 should be known to us, for so we learn to value honor and to see what makes true greatness ; while we are taught how high was the price paid by our fathers for the home and the freedom that is ours to-day. The Eevolution closed at the south. The British generals were Lord Cornwallis and Lord Clinton. They took Savannah, HINGTON CROSSING THE DELAWARE. Augusta and Charleston, and defeated the American troops under General Gates, but they did not hold the country. Little bands from Kentucky and Tennessee, led by Sumter, Pickens, Sevier and others, made irregular but effective attacks, and next year General Nathaniel Gi'een came with fresh troops and the south- ern lands were regained. Meantime Count Rochambeau from France, with six thousand troops, was with Washington, near New York. The British 23lanned to end the war at Yorktown, Virginia. Cornwallis went there. Clinton was at New York. Between these two parts of the British army, a French fleet, under Count de Grasse, now entered Chesa- peake Bay. Washington and his allies went quickly to meet them at Yorktown, and in three weeks Cornwallis surrendered — October 17, 1781. 170 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE England, France and America now sent commissioners to Paris, to draw up a treaty of peace l)y which England acknowledged our independence. The Americans present were Benjamin Franklin, John Adams and John Jay. The war being over the soldiers were to be paid, but Congress had no money. The men grew restless and angry at the delay, but Washington persuaded them, in spite of their ne- cessities, to wait peaceably until their pay could be collected. He then disbanded the ar- my, bade farewell to the brave officers who had served under him, went before Congress to resign his commission, and on Christmas eve returned to his home at Mount Vernon, Virginia. THE PROGRESS OF THE NATION. After the Declaration of Independence, the colonies were a league of thirteen independent states. Congress had then drawn up a few laws for their guidance, called Articles of Confederation. Now that the war was over, this was all the government the Americans had. The army was to be disbanded. Congress would no longer be directing war matters, England was no longer their ruler. Was this first plan a government, strong and good, by which they could live and work together as a nation ? There was much to do. The lands were a great question. Canada belonged to England. Here a boundary line must be settled. Spain owned the lower part of the Mississippi Eiver. BRAVE MOLLY PITCHER. AFTER HER HUSBAND WAS SHOT SHE TOOK HIS PLACE IN THE BATTLE OF MONMOUTH. TH^ WAR OF THE REVOLUTIOK 171 How could the Americans go up and down there safely ? The old grants of land from England had overlapped. How could they be straightened out? On the seas other nations laid claim to fishing grounds. Evidently as there had been war for land and liberty, there must now be law for land and people — laws to which all should agree ; by which all could act. Under this first plan each state could make its own laws, lay its own taxes, make its own money, and go to war with any state or any nation as it pleased. Congress had not power enough to act for the colonies separately, or with them as a whole. The plan was a failure. Something better must be done. At the end of five years, when Daniel Shays and others in Massa- chusetts took up arms against officers of the law, Washington said, "Let us have a government." A convention was held at Philadelphia in 1789 and finally a plan of government was written out — the Constitution of the United States. It begins — WASHINGTON PRAYING AT VALLEY FORGE 172 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE ENGAGEMENT BETWEEN THE BON HOMME RICHARD AND THE SERAPIS. '' We, the People of the United btates, in order to form a more perfect union, estabhsh justice, in- sure domestic tranquilhty, provide for the common defense, promote the general welfare, and secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America." Copies were sent out to " the 4 people." Would they accept and agree to the terms of this law ? Each state might refuse if it chose, but it was generally understood that, if once agreed to, the Constitu- tion would be the law for all the states, not to be broken by any one of them. The people were divided in mind. Some thought CAPTAIN PAUL JO THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION ITi that the states would be strongest if they could act, in unison, under a government with power enough to help them all ; others thought that the rights of the states would be taken away if so much power was given to Congress and the President. These two ways of thinking about the rights and powers of the government divided the people into two parties, and, from the first, there was a sharp contest between them. In time the states decided the matter. One after another they gave their consent and the Constitution became the law of the land. After that all laws were made to agree with it. And now we have reached our own life again and are where we started from except for seeing how, by this plan of govern- ment, the nation has lived and grown. First the work of the country was to be organized. The Cabinet and other officers were to be chosen, and the work of each one to be laid out, both at home and abroad, on the land and at sea. This was a great undertaking, but this first work was car- READING THE DEAIH WmKKANT TO MAJOR ANDRE. 174 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE ried through with clear strength o f mind and a good knowl- edge of law, and the coun- try soon got into order. Great questions came at once before C o n- gress. West of the moun- tains lay un- opened lands. These were called terri- tories and were given in charge to Congress. As soon as any part of the land should be occupied by a certain number of peo- ple, it was to be set off by itself and admitted as a state. In this way one state after another came into the Union. There was the question of finance. Money must be coined for the country to use, and there were debts to pay, at home and abroad. To help these things the Bank of the United States was opened. In this General Alexander Hamilton was a chief adviser. Washington was chosen President for a second term. In Europe France was still at war with England. France hoped that America would help her. Without permission from the United States government, a French minister, Genet, came over and began to collect supplies, but this Washington forbade by issuing a proclamation of neutrality — that the Americans must not act on either side, in this quarrel between these foreign nations. A treaty was now made with England in which she gave up SURRENDER OF CORNWALLIS AT YORKTOWN. THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 175 some lands still held at the west and agreed not to molest Ameri- can vessels as she had done on the seas. These efforts to be at peace with both countries made many people bitter against Washington. At first, many would have helped France and made war with England. Few saw that the first thing to be done was to get strongly settled in their own land. All this was hotly talked about in Congress and out. Another thing gave offense. The Sedition Law was passed, forbidding people to speak against the government. This stirred Virginia and Ken- tucky to make "Resolutions" showing that, under the Consti- tution, Congress could not rightly make such a law, and that the states might refuse to obe As Washington 's second term closed he declined to be nom- inated again, and since then no President has served for a third term. Washington j)repared a Farewell Address in which he said that " the great rule of con- duct for this country was to be upon friendly terms with all other people for trade and busi- ness, but that it should have with them as little political connection as possible." Washington retired from public life to Mount Vernon, where, after a few years, he died — "first in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of his fellow citizens." Meantime, France was most unfriendly. She demanded money from America as the price of peace. The Americans replied, " Not one cent for tribute," and war might have followed, but just then Napoleon Bonaparte came into power, and John Adams, the next President, made with him a treaty of peace. And here the century closes. JOHN ADAMS. PART V CHAPTER I THE NINETEENTH CENTURY "With this date a new chapter of history opens. America was now estabhshed as are pubhc in the world. The District of Co- lumbia had been given by Maryland and Virginia as the domain of the national capital, and the plans for the city had been drawn by Washington. In the country there were about five million three hundred thousand people. Their great business was still agriculture. Wheat, corn, small vegetables, tobacco and rice were sent abroad in American vessels to many ports. Cotton grew plentifully in the south, but had not been of value because it was full of seeds that had to be picked out slowly by hand. But Eli Whitney GINNING COTTON. 177 178 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE invented the cotton-gin, a machine by which one person could prepare a tliousand pounds a day, and after tliis much cotton was raised and many slaves were required on the plantations. At the seaboard, towns were growing in size and number. In them the people began to have better streets, light and water ; roads were made farther into the coun- try ; there were regular mail -routes and st ages from New York to Phil- adelphia and to Boston; NEGRO QUARTERS AND COTTON FIELD. the money of the country, gold and copper, had got into use and life in general was growing easier. In religion, people had grown larger hearted, and there now was room and some free- dom for all churches. Vessels from abroad came to many ports bringing books and foreign news, the affairs of the country were interesting, and with it all there was a pleasant social life in the cities from Boston to Charles- ton. At the west some rough A NEW ORLEANS COTTON WHARF OF TO-DAY, roads had been opened. Cleveland and Cincinnati were founded and many clearings and small settlements had been made that were the beginnings of western towns and cities. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 179 As you know, the people who came here were of various nationahties ; German, Dutch, French, Scotch and Irish, with very many Enghsh. The children of these first settlers now made one people — the Americans. The Americans are sometimes spoken of as being one people with the English. The two nations are one people and have one history in this — that the English colonists in America were of English blood and language, that they brought over here the idea that they should make their own laws, should tax themselves by means of their own chosen representatives, and be free from the direction of the king in religion. But they are two separate nations and have two separate histories in this — that, like people, nations may be related, but no twi > can l)e one and the same. Each nation has its own place in the world, its own name, character, genius, history and ideal of life, absolutely apart from all others, and, in this life and being, England and America are not one nation and one peo- ple, but two. The men of James- town and of Virginia did not know that they were opening the land for the planting of a nation. The nation was a growth. When it was grown it appeared in its own form and character, and took its own name. In the Constitution we see its plan of life, while the things that the people have done and are doing every day, make up the nation's history. In the history of America, from the first, slavery had been one of the great and disturbing questions before the people. In the north the climate was against slave holding ; and also many people thought it wrong in principle ; so in New England and Pennsylvania^ the slave trade was stopped quite early, and at THE UNITED STATES MINT AT PHILADELPHIA. 180 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE length laws were passed against it. But below, in Delaware and Maryland, and southward, negroes were useful, and in time the trade increased. Many leading men, both north and south — Washington, Franklin, Jefferson, and others — thought slavery an injury to the country, and very early there was much talk both of its abolition and of not allowing it to spread into new states. When the Constitution was framed, however, the Southern States were unwilling to come into the Union if Congress was to have power to act against slavery in the states where it then existed ; and as no one saw how to settle the question at that time, it was agreed that the whole matter should go on for another twenty years. As the century opened two leading ideas, power for the Fed- eral government and power for the people, divided the voters into two parties. Federalist and Eepublican. In the Old World, as you know, people lived in classes. In the Church these rose from the lowest servitor to the Pope. In political and social life there were kings, nobles, common people, and slaves. In a republic there could be no such distinc- tions of rank and power, but Washington, to do honor to his office and because he belonged to that older fashioned time, habitually bore himself with much ceremony. He rode in a coach and four. He met peojDle, not with hand- shakings, but with a stately bow, and was al- ways reserved and dignified. To this distinction of manner some of the people objected. Wash- ing-ton was charged with personal pride and even with the wish to rule over the country as a king, while bitter words passed freely between the political parties. This was because, in those days, the people were thinking not only about their freedom and their OLD SOUTH CHURCH, BOSTON. Hghts, but also about e^uality THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 181 among men. In America at that time men were more nearly equal in political rights and duties than any had ever been in the world before. The government itself was a part of the people, and any voter might be elected to any office. The party that thought most of these things was then called Republican — having to do with public affairs. They were also called Democratic — having to do with the people. (Greek, Demos, the people.) The next President, Thomas Jefferson, was a Ee- publican. With knowledge of all these things, he put aside public forms and walked to the Capitol to as- sume his office. In his inau- gural address he said that the policy of America should be "equal and exact justice to all men — peace, commerce, and honest friendship with all nations, entangling al- liances with none — freedom of religion, freedom of the press, and freedom of the person." So the people went on, with some change of form, but with very little change from the principles and great ideas of their beginnings. In the first fifteen years much happened. France had regained possession of the lands west of the Mississippi Eiver. These lands were really one with those at the east. It was important that they should be held and settled by one people. Envoys were sent to Paris, and the whole tract called Louisiana was sold by Napoleon to the United States for fifteen million dollars. This gave the land west to the Rocky Mountains, for settling new states and raising grain and cotton. IK^ ^" 1 Nil L 'A y 1 H^^g 'i!^ \ 1 ^ ^^^B^HPr«^^^^\^^^^^^B ^9l^$'^^£^%i ''^ 1 I^H ST. PAUL'S CHURCH. NEW YORK. 182 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE Directly Robert Fulton invented a steam boat that would go. For nearly half a century men had been trying to do this. Now, by this power of steam, the great rivers would no longer be lines of separation, but could be used as highways for travel and transportation to the west ; while at sea the trip to Europe would soon be made quick and comfort- able. The people of the Barbary States, in the north of Afri- ca, now had to be taken in hand. They were pirates. They attacked and robbed the trad- BENJAMIN FRANKLIN. ing vessels of other nations. As the price of peace, the United States had paid them ''tril)- ute money" once a year. The pirates broke their agreement, and the United States, now grown stronger on the water, at- tacked them and compelled them to sign a treaty of peace. lu these naval battles, Decatur, Preble, and other officers won high renown. In Europe, as usual, France and England were at war. America was at peace with both nations, and her merchant vessels traded at all their ports. But England now declared the ports of France to be in blockade THOMAS JEFFERSON. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 183 THE FIRST STEAMBOAT. by her. If any vessels tried to go in or come out she would capture them. Upon this France declared the ports of England to be in blockade by her. She would capture vessels going in or out of English ports. This cut the Americans off from trade with England and France, and consequently from man- ufacture at home. England also gave great offense by stop- ping American vessels on the seas, searching them for British seamen, and compelling any whom she claimed as such to serve on her own war ships. Nearly two thousand Amer- icans were thus " pressed "into British service. What should the United States do ? Jefferson proposed an Em- bargo Act and Congress passed it. American vessels were to stay at home, and foreign vessels were not to enter American ports. ROBERT FULTON, 184 A STORY OF THE WORLt) AND ITS PEOPLE This showed Europe the in- dependent spirit of the Ameri- cans. If they could not buy from other people they could and would manufacture for themselves. England saw what people she had to deal with and made changes in her own " or- ders " as to ships and trade. Still the embargo did not help America. It only ruined commerce and made the coun- try wretchedly poor. The nation could not live by itself. The people grew angry and excited. They called for war. Neither Jefferson nor the next President, James Madison, wished for war. They had no trained army, their navy was small, the people were poor, and war, with its loss and suffering, should have been wisely avoided. But no one seemed able to bring about a settlement of affairs, and war was declared. JAMES MADISON. CHAPTER II THE WAR OF 1812 The Americans first tried to take Canada. In the northwest, by the lakes, there had been trouble with the Indians about land. William Henry Harrison, the governor of that region, had driven them away by an attack at their village of Tippecanoe. After that many Indians joined the Brit- ish. During the first year, in their battles on the border, the Ameri- cans lost Detroit and other points. The next year, by Perry's vic- tory on Lake Erie, and McDon- ough's victory on Lake Champlain, these lands were regained. On the sea the Americans were successful. The American frigate " Constitution "— " Old Ironsides"— captured the British frigate " Guer- riere" and brought her as a prize to Boston. This was "the first English frigate that ever struck its fiag to an American ship of war." After this several naval victories followed and America shared with England the honors of the ocean. In the south the Spanish, and the Creek Indians, combined against the Americans, but under General Andrew Jackson they were defeated and driven away. In Europe, England had met and overcome Napoleon, and was ready to give full attention to America. There were three points to attack— the Canada line, the sea- coast and the south. On the north the Americans held the Enghsh back. Several 185 WILLIAM HENRY HARRISON. 186 A STORY OF THE WOULD AND ITS PEOPLE PERRY'S VICTORY ON LAKE ERIE. battles were fought there — Fort Erie, Niagara Falls, and Lundy's Lane, where Winfield Scott was a leading officer. The coast, from Maine to Florida, the English put under block- ade. They made attacks here and there, they took Washington and burned the public buildings, and attempted to take Baltimore. During this attack, Francis Scott Key, who had been sent to see about exchange of prisoners and was detained on a British vessel, wrote " The Star Spangled Banner," as at daybreak he watched for the flag above Fort McHenry in Chesapeake Bay. The war looked hopeless. The people of New England suf- fered most of all, and a convention of their states was held at Hart- ford to consider Avhat they might do by themselves, if they and the government could not agree. This thought of the power of the people against the government might have made trouble at home, but just then both America and England decided to stop the war. Commissioners from both countries were sent to Ghent, Bel- gium, and on Christmas Eve a treaty of peace was arranged. This did not stop the war. While the news was coming a ter- THE WAR OF 1812 187 rible battle was fought at New Orleans, in which the Americans, under General Andrew Jackson, met and defeated the English and Indians. When the news of peace arrived the whole country rejoiced, with illuminations and ringing of bells. The treaty that was made was a poor one. In it nothing was said about the cause of the war. It arose really from the fact that England had not been will- ing to treat America as a nation in the world, and the war is called the Second War of Independence. After this there was no war for thirty years. America was at peace with all nations, and at home her people had learned the need of union and strength among themselves. James Monroe of Virginia was elected President. As Washington had done, he made a tour through the states, both for information as to the con- ditions of the country, and to hold the government and the people together in dignity, love and honor. There was much to do and as one thing after another came THE BRITISH ATTACK ON THE BREASTWORKS AT MEW ORLEANS. 188 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE OLD GOVERNMENT BANK BUILDING, PHILADELPHIA. INDEPENL1ENCE HALL, PHILADELPHIA. (R»«r view, fr»m In4*p*n4enc* S<|u«r» ) THE WAR OF 1812 189 up, Congress had to consider what was best for the country, and what, under the Constitution, might rightly be done. The country was in debt. The war had cost about eighty milhons, and trade and business were out of order. That things might begin again. Congress had already given a charter and money for a new National Bank. To help settlement and busi- ness, roads and canals were needed between the east and the west. Should each state do this work for itself, or should Con- gress lay out the plans and help the states to carry them through ? Schools must be organized and supported. What part would the government take in education? What should be done about slav- ery, and how should be decided the question of the tariff — free trade and protection ? The people realized the need of a strong cen- tral government that could help in all directions, and gave great heed to Chief Justice Marshall and other judges of the Supreme Court, in their decisions as to the meanings of the Constitution and what, under its g-uiding spirit, the people might do. And here it is time for us to go back to, and keep in raind, some of the lessons in the earlier part of this book, for we are seeing how the nation grew. Here are the land, the people and the times. The great life is at the center ; one thing after another is being done in the country, the new life is coming out of the old, and the sense of unity and prospect of greatness are in the hearts and minds of the people, even while they are threatened with dis- cord, and while outside, the forms of their life are changing rapidly. The United States made a treaty with Great Britain in regard JAMES MONROE. 190 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE to fisheries on the coast, and the northern boundary of the country. This hne was run as far as to Oregon, then left for ten years. The Spanish and Indians in East Florida gave much trouble. General Aiidrew Jackson pursued them and took St. Marks and Pensacola. The government gave these set- tlements back. We were not at war with Spain. Jackson had been sent to protect, not to in- vade. A treaty was then made by which the United States gave up Texas and paid five million dollars, and Spain gave up Flor- ida. By this, the lands of the na- tion ran to the Gulf. New states now came into the Union — Mississippi, Illinois, Alabama, Maine and Missouri — and from each of them new men were to come into Congress to take part in the making of the laws. With this slavery came up and for forty years was a great and disturbing question. At first, by an old law, when new states came into the Union they were to be slave or free states according to their place north or south of the Ohio River. But now the west was being settled. What new line should be drawn ? Missouri lay both north and south ; should she be slave or free ? The people at the north objected strongly to the extension of slavery. The south resisted every effort to check it. If there were but few slave states in the Union the free party in Congress would be greater than the slave-holding party. The south wanted to keep the question out of Congress and have the states settle it for themselves. The north claimed that Congress held new lands in charge and should decide how they were to be settled. For two years, in and out of Congress, argu- ment raged hotly. Finally, through Henry Clay of Kentucky^ the ANDREW JACKSON. THE ]yAR OF 1812 191 Missouri Compromise was made — that Missouri should be a slave state, but no land lying north of her southern boundary (36^ 30') should ever again be so used. Monroe was quietly re-elected. Now look for a moment at South America. You have read how the Spaniards took Mexico and the lands of the Incas. Spain had sent her viceroys to rule, not only over Peru, but New Granada and other eastern points. These officers held the people wholly subject to the will of the Spanish king. That Spanish will had been despotic and cruel, in religion, in trad e, in government and life. The people longed for freedom. Opportunity came. Napo- leon, in the time of his greatness, made his brother king of Spain. To a French king in Spain, the Spanish- American colonies owed no obedience. They were free. But five years later Napoleon wrote to his brother : '' You are no longer king of Spain. I do not want Spain, either to keep or give away." The Spanish king then returned to his throne ; but the colonies in America, ha\ang once been free, were bound not to return to slavery. One after another they broke loose. With brave hearts they fought through cruel wars, and established them- selves as the Argentine Republic, with Paraguay and Uruguay in the south, the Republic of Colom- bia in the north, now Venezuela, Colombia and Ecuador, with Peru by itself, and its upper part, called Bolivia, in honor of the great leader and hero of these wars — the Liberator, Simon Bolivar. In Europe, themonarchs of Russia, Austria, Prussia, and at length England and France, made Avhat they called the " Holy Alliance " for their mutual support. The king of Spain asked the HENRY CLAY. 192 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE help of the " AlUance" in organizmg his American colonies. The English minister proposed that America should join England in a protest against this, but America chose to act by herself. First, Congress recognized the South American colonies as " independent nations " and sent ministers to them. Next, the President, in a message to Congress, laid before the people what has since been known as the '' Monroe Doctrine." It was a time of danger. If Russia and France chose to act together, they might bring their ideas of monarchy to America and settle there. While all things should be done for peace, the President said that it was the policy of the United States to take no part in the wars of Europe, but with whatever happened in America this nation was closely con- nected. The methods of government here were different from those of European nations and " we should consider any attempt on their part to extend their system to any portion of this hem- isphere as dangerous to our peace and safety" — and as to the States already independent, "we could not view any interposi- tion for the purpose of oppressing them — in any other light than as the manifestation of an unfriendly disposition toward the United States." This showed our position to the world. We stood for independence and peace in America. Our policy was our own. We interfered with none. We must be let alone. We would defend our neighbors, whose policy was like our own. This was another statement of the great principles of our national life as they had been recognized and taught, by Washington and those who, so far, had followed him. CHAPTER III 1824 After this, the United States made a treaty with Russia by which the fisheries of the Pacific were open to both nations, and a certain fine not to be crossed by either was (h-awii between their settlements. And now we come to the tariff — the question of protection in manufacture and trade. During the war with Eng- land the Americans, cut off from buying goods in Europe, began to manufacture for themselves. When the war was over, fine Eng- lish goods were again brought here in quantities and sold at low- est prices. They were the best, and the people bought them. This left American goods unsold. Factories had to be closed. Should the Americans buy from Eng- land and stop making, or should they, in some way, shut out for- eign goods, protect themselves and improve their own manufacture of cotton, wool and iron? The people were divided in mind. One party wished for Free Trade— all goods to come here and all people to buy as they chose, leaving the products of the country and its manufactures, to time and their own growth. The other party wished for protection by the government. Protection is a tax or duty which is added to the price of foreign goods, so that they cost more than goods made at home. 193 JOHN QUINCY ADAMS. 194 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE LAFAYETTE LAYING THE CORNER STONE OF THE BUNKER HILL MONUMENT. This tax is laid by Congress and the money gained in this way goes to the government as revenue. The next question was how heavy the tariff or list of duties should be; whether the tax should be high or low; and these questions are still before the public. John Quincy Adams was elected President. General Lafayette was now being entertained here. Greeted with loving welcome, he remained a year as the nation's guest and departed bearing many tokens of esteem and gratitude. A tariff law for protection made a great disturbance. Con- gress had grown to be a large body. Its members came from east, west, north and south. Each part of the country had its own life and ways of work ; the people were full of vigor, eager to carry forward their ideas as to what was best in business, and sharply opposed to those who took the other side. The next President was Andrew Jackson, a brave soldier, a strong, rough character, and a man of the people. His pai'ty took 182Jt. 195 the name of Democrats. Political strife ran high, and bitter and offensive words were freely spoken. Jackson began with the idea of obeying the law and uphold ing the people. Those who had elected him were to be personally rewarded. He put men out of office and set about two thousand of his own party in their place. As was said, " to the victors belong the spoils." He refused aid to improvements, put the tariff as low as possible, objected to the bank, and in his second term interfered with it, causing Congress to pronounce his action wrong under the Constitution. Fearless in war and in government, he did what he thought best, with little advice from others. But to understand the politics of the country, we must look at its growth. In the north, many factories had been established and mate- rials for their supply were coming in, not only from the south, but from the new lands of the west. These western products were shipped east by way of the Erie Canal, which had been cut to connect Lake Erie with the Hudson. This had already made New York the great commercial cen- ter of the country. Railroads also were now coming into use. The cars were at first drawn by horses, but a locomotive made by George Stephenson, of England, was brought over here, and soon American locomo- tives were built, and the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad and some other lines, began to run regular trains. The use of railways called for iron and coal. The mines of Pennsylvania gave these products in abundance, and coal gas soon came into use for lighting streets and dwellings. Later, other canals were built for carrying the products of the farms and mines to market. The Lehigh Canal was one. This THE FIRST LOCOMOTIVE, JOHN BULL NOW AT THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, WASHINGTON, D C 182J^ 197 WASHINGTON IRVING. was built along the Schuylkill River and increased the commerce of that rich, mineral region very much. The screw-propeller, to take the place of side- wheels, w^as also invented at this time by John Ericsson, an en- gineer and an emigrant from Sweden. Along these new lines of travel, towns sprang up. Each became a cen- ter of business and prosperity. Public schools were opened, ranging from primary grades to the high school. Newspapers became plentiful and low- priced, and travel for the people and regular exchange of goods grew possi- ble. By means of these things, the lands of the country were still the home of one people. Foreigners were beginning to come in num- bers, many going light out to the west to settle. Still this made no especial change, for, by this time, the United States was well grown and established in its own life, law and language, its spirit and national character, an d people who came here from Europe came with the idea of entering into that life and, so far as they understood the matter, of becoming one with it. As to books and art work, in any new country literary life begins slowly. People must get settled before there can be time and place for the lighter ways of life. To-day we have here books, poems, stories, long and short, essays and articles of every kind. These writings of the people fill the magazines and papers, and come from the hands of publishers all over the country. This work began slowly. Among the first were Bryant, with his HENRY W. LONGFELLOW. 198 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE poems, and Washington Irving, whose Hves of Columl^us and of Washington, the " Sketch Book," " Tales of a Traveler " and descrip- tions of the ruins of the Arab-Moors in Spain are well known. After these came Bancroft and Prescott, historians, with Edgar Allan Poe, Emerson, Haw- thorne, Longfellow, Lowell and Whittier, whose poems, essays and stories began to appear, one after another. Very early in this period there came also a group of artists whose Avork is of great value — John Copley, Benjamin West, Gilbert Stuart, and Wash- ington Allston. This mental JOHN C. CALHOUN. progress began mostly at the east, where, with many people, intel- ligence, education and refinement had grown together. In the south things remained more as they had been. Over two million slaves were now em- ployed there. This left no room or place for free white labor, or for opening of new business. New settlers, therefore, went west. The lands they settled became free states, and evidently there were to be, in Congress, more men from the west and north, than from the south. The south began to feel itself separated from the rest of the country. The other sections DANIEL WEBSTER. i82J^ 199 seemed to be its rivals rather than its friends. John C. Calhoun and others talked much of states' rights. In Congress Mr. Hayne of South Carolina made a brilliant speech declaring that the states were " sovereign " ; that endi might act by itself, outside of Con- gress and against the govern- ment. Daniel "Webster of Massa- chusetts, in an argument noted for its eloquence, replied that the nation was sovereign, and that no state had the right to act, by itself, against the laws of Con- gress. The debate is famous in history, but it did not settle mat- ters. If, as some said, the people MARTIN VAN BUREN. were sovereign, then any people, anywhere, might refuse to obey the Constitution. If, as was claimed, the states were sover- eign, absolute and independent in power, then the United States was only a confederacy or league of states, any one of which might secede, or go out of the Union, at i:)leasure. To-day we understand that the United States is a nation. We acknowledge our unity and power and act together, under one law, as one body — the American people; but, in the ideas of this earlier time, we see the causes of trouble that, thirty years later, JOHN TYLER. 182^. 201 broke out into war — the war of secession. In South CaroHna peo- ple held a convention in which they declared the tariff law to be null and void, and forbade the collecting of its duties in that State. President Jackson disliked the tariff, but he said " the laws of the United States must be executed." He sent United States troops with orders to collect the duties, and the State submitted. Directly after Congress made the tariff less. In Jackson's time, with Van Buren as Secretary of State, bet- ter terms were made with Eng- land for commerce at our ports and in the West Indies. Also a debt of five millions was secured from France. The debt of the country was now paid in full. Money for the government was constantly coming in, but the old bank had been given up, and no good banking system had yet been organized. Money was used unwisely, both by people and by the states, and under the next President, Yan Buren, a " panic " came, with distress for many throughout the country. After this, sub-treasuries were established where money belonging to the government was stored to be called for when needed. The next President was G-eneral Harrison, the hero of Indian warfare. "Tippecanoe and Tyler too" was the election motto. After a month's service the President died and Vice-President Tyler took his place. In 1842 the Ashburton treaty was arranged— Lord Ash- burton and Daniel Webster acting for England and America. The boundary line was run between Maine and New Brunswick,, and old disputes, as to the slave trade and criminals crossing from either country, which might have led to war, were happily settled. WILLIAM LLOYD GARRISON. 502 A iSTURV OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE Arkansas and Michigan came in as states. The country grew steadily, its prosperity in- creased and, except for slavery, no trouble disturbed the people. But by this north and south were divided. In the north, for ten years past, many people, taking sides against slavery, had formed abolition societies. In Boston, William Lloyd Garrison pub- lished the Liberator^ which worked for the immediate free- ing of the slaves. The Anti-Slavery Society was formed and many papers on the subject were sent through the mails. At the north many peo- ple objected to this. Some wanted nothing said about slavery, and others thought this the wrong way to deal with it. Some brought before Congress i:)etitions for relief of the slaves, but to this the Southerners objected. The anti-slavery agitation grew, and mobs riots and imprisonments followed. Lovejoy, an editor in Illinois, was shot; rewards were offered in the south for Garrison and others, and in Philadelphia the office of the Freeman^ where Whittier was editor, was burnt. Thus there was much hot feeling and disorder, both north and south. The land of Texas was now a point of interest. The province had belonged to Mexico. Americans from the southern states had settled there with their slaves. When Mexico got free from Spain she abolished slavery. Texas paid no heed, but later declared itself free from Mexico and independent. General Samuel Houston was President. The United States acknowledged Texas, and her min- ister was sent to Washington. The Texans soon asked to be admitted to the Union. The Anti-slavery party objected, but when James K. Polk of Tennessee was elected President, Texas was admitted as a slave state. JAMES K. POLK. CHAPTER IV THE MEXICAN WAR Directly a question arose as to the boundary between Texas and Mexico. Was it the Nueces River or the Rio Grande 'i Doubtless Mexico would have settled this question without war, if peaceful means had been rightly used, but President Polk sent General Zachary Taylor, with United States troops, to see about the matter. A small mili- tary force, they encamped on the disputed ground near the Rio Grande. Mexico claimed the territory as hers, and sent her own troops to attack Taylor. This began the war. Upon hearing the news President Polk said: " Mexico has invaded our territory and shed American blood upon American soil — war exists and exists by the act of Mexico herself." Many Americans objected to the war as needless and wrong. Others were excited, eager for the land and quite willing to fight for it. The war went on. The points of Monterey and Buena Vista were attacked and taken by forces under General Taylor. The next year the lands now called New Mexico and California were taken and held. In another year twelve thousand American troops, commanded by General Winfield- Scott, landed at Vera Cruz, and marched to the capital city, Mexico. At Cerro Gordo, on the way, the Mexicans, led by their Gen- 203 GENERAL WINFIELD SCOTT. 204 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE MEXICAN WAR 205 THE CITY OF MEXICO AND CATHEDRAL, FROM ROOF OF NATIONAL PALACL. eral Santa Anna, made a brave resistance, but the Americans overcame them. General Scott then attacked and carried succes- sively Jalapa, Contreras and Churubusco. In August, 1847, the city of Mexico fell and the war was closed. This was a war for land ; a war of attack and conquest. Mexico fought bravely for her own, but she was a little country. The Americans fought with greater skill and intelligence. Taylor and Scott returned as heroes, while other officers, among them Grant, Thomas and Lee, began the military careers in which they were afterward to be leaders. In 1848 a treaty of peace was made, by which the United States paid fifteen million dollars to Mexico and over three millions more to Americans for claims against Mexico, and received what is now New Mexico, Nevada, Arizona, Utah, California and a por- tion of Colorado and Wyoming. •m A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE Some years later a further settlement of boundaries was made and the United States paid ten millions more for the ceded land. The land north of California and west of the Rocky Mountains w^as called Oregon. The line sep- arating it from Canada had never been settled. Neither countiy could make any very definite claim to the district. The Americans did claim it, and at the next election the Democrats had a cry — "Fifty- four forty (54^ 40') or fight" — meaning, that the United States must have the land to that parallel of latitude. But, WASHING GOLD IN THE EARLY DAYS OF CALIFORNIA, witll TCiOYQ SeUSC aud jUStlCC, a treaty was made running the line of division from the Lake of Woods to the ocean, and giving Vancouver's Island to England. Directly after the Mexican War it became known that gold was to be found in California. In spite of the difficulty of getting there, by wagon overland, or round Cape Horn, or by water to the Isthmus and again by water from its other side, men hastened from every part of the country to dig for gold. CHAPTER V 1849 In this way California was quickly settled and was soon ready for admission to the Union. All sorts of people were there, and, while waiting the action of Congress, the best of the "forty-niners," as they were called, had to organ- ^ ize a government of their own to preserve order. After the election of Zach- ary Taylor by the Whigs, Califor- nia, though against the wish of the South, was admitted as a free State. In Congress and out, slavery was the trouble of the time. Through Henry Clay a compro- mise was passed. California should be free, there should be no slave trade in the District of Co- lumbia, nothing should be said about it in Utah and New Mex- ico, and a severe Fugitive Slave Law should be passed. This law forbade the negroes all rights in the courts, and compelled people to assist in the return of runa- way slaves. Many opposed this law, and the Underground Railroad was established — a society to help runaways to reach Canada. Mrs. Harriet Beecher Stowe wrote Uncle Tom's Cabin, which was widely read, and anti-slavery feeling ran high. In Congress, Stephen A. Douglas of Illinois brought up the Kansas -Nebraska Bill — in two new western territories, slavery should be settled by the people who lived there, and not by Con- gress, This was called " squatter sovereignty." Though strongly 207 ZACHARY TAYLOR. 208 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE objected to, the bill passed, and was signed by the President, Frank- lin Pierce of Kew Hampshire. From both sides people hastened to fill up the lands, and by their votes to make free or slave states. Kansas was won by free-state people, but it was claimed by the slavery party, and for several years " bleeding Kansas'' was tilled with strife. THE SLAVE MARKET AT ST. AUGUSTINE, FLA. The case of Dred Bcott, a slave, came before the Supreme Court, and the decision was given that slaves taken into free states did not become free, that they were property, and were to be so treated, and that Congress had not the right to control slavery in the new lands or territories. The old public leaders of Con- gress, Calhoun, Clay and Web- ster, were gone, and in their places were the Democrats, Jeffer- son DavLS of Mississippi, and Douglas of Illinois, and the Whigs, William H. Seward of New York, Salmon P. Chase of Ohio, Charles Sumner of Massa- chusetts, and Abraham Lincoln of Kentucky. In the next election, small parties calling themselves Ameri- can or Know-Nothing, Anti-Nebraska and Free Soil, united with rN PURSUIT OF A FUGITIVE SLAVE, 18Jf9 209 the Whigs under the name Ee- pubhcan. The country felt that its ques- tions must be settled. In debate with Douglas, Lincoln said: "A house divided against itself can- not stand." Seward said that we must " sooner or later become entirely a slave holding nation, or entirely a free labor nation." Just then John Brown of Ossawatomie, Kansas, made an attempt, by himself, to free the slaves. He made the mistake of thinking that, under any leader, they would rise and leave their masters and so settle the question of slavery for themselves and for the country. He gathered a few followers, went to Harper's Ferry, Virginia, and seized the United States Arsenal there. Troops from the state and from the United States army were sent to arrest him. Two of his sons and some of his men were killed, and he was badly wounded. He was taken, tried, condemned and executed for having broken the laws of the United States. In the South, this rash act seemed a sign that the North was ready to use any means to overthrow slavery. In the North, while John Brown's raid was seen to be an outburst of desire for freedom, and while his tragic fate made him famous in song and verse, the means that he took were condemned by the Republican party, by Congress, and by all citizens who realized that the ideal of America is obedience to the laws of the nation. HARRIET BEECHER STOWE. A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE PAINTINO BV TMO»l»» MPV«NO«N FROM "0*MPPIR« *ND OATTLEFIBLO. LAST MOMENTS OF JOHN BROWN. John Brown, of Ossawatomie, spake on his dying day: " I will not have to shrive my soul a priest in slavery's pay, But let some poor slave-mother, whom 1 have striven to free, With her children, from the gallows stair, put up a prayer for me! " John Brown, of Ossawatomie, they led him out to die: And lol a poor slave-mother, with her little child, pressed nigh; Then the bold blue eye grew tender, and the old harsh face grew mild, As he stooped between the crowding ranks, and kissed tne negro's child! /• G. IVhtUter. PART VI CHAPTER I THE PROGRESS OF THE NATION While politics were in this ferment, the life of the people went on in prosperity and peace. In 1860, there were over thirty-one millions of people in the country. Railroads ran in many lines from the cities of the east to the Mississippi, locomotives and cars were constantly being improved, and surveys were being made for routes to the Pacific; the telegraph perfected by Samuel F. B. Morse, aided by Congress, was widely in use, the electric fire alarm 'WESTWARD THE COURSE OF EMPIRE TAKES ITS WAY," 211 212 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE SAMUEL F. B. MORSE. iiid the steam fire engine had been worked out, the McCormick reapers ;ind many other machines and tools had been invented and put into use ( m the great farms of the west, and the sewing machine, invented by VAidiS Howe, was sold everywhere. A World's Fair had been held at New York to exhibit "the industry ^of all nations," and stimulate inven- ition in the United States. Experiments were now being I made with the ocean cable, postage had been reduced, and the mails came and went quickly and in order. In Colorado and Nevada, gold and silver had been found. In Pennsylvania, coal oil, or petroleum, was discovered. This was used immediately for lighting and other pui'poses. Lum- ber and ship building were large industries, American ship- ping was greater than that of any other country, the cotton crop was the largest in the world, fisheries were plentiful, much wheat and corn were sent out of the coun- try, and a treaty having been made with Japan for trade, American ves- sels took exports to all parts of the world. All through the country, towns and villages managed their own local affairs. Religious societies had their churches, orthodox and liberal ; there were many schools, public and pri- vate ; reading clubs were formed and libraries were opened; magazines were taken, and foreign and American books were read. Pianos and other bayard tayi.,or. THE PROGRESS OF THE NATION 213 RALPH WALDO EMERSON. ment of the people, were arranged by speakers were places — ^Bayard travels, Goiigh and Phillips and Emer- cussions of life and the questions of the day, these and oth- ers were listened to with delight by the people. Through the country there were institutions for the insane and for the poor; and the question of charities, prison reform and help for drunkenness were laid before the people. As to the world abroad, the United States was at peace with all nations. At such a time it seemed impos- sible that war should be at hand. musical instruments were made and widely sold; materials for dress, and the latest conveniences for living, were car- ried into distant places, and in general people lived comfortably, with small es- tates and small incomes ; although, in tlie cities, some were beginning to make large fortunes, while another class lived badly and were miserably poor. For ]xiany, travel to Europe was grow- ing possible, and at home, art, litera- ture, music and the world drama had place in the educa- tion and entertain- Courses of lectures which authors and heard in small Taylor with his Beecher, Wendell son with their dis- HENRY WARD BEECHER. -|^ '%^ WENDELL PHILLIPS. PART VII CHAPTER I SECESSION In politics the two leading parties were the slavery party, declaring that the government must uphold slavery ; and the "Republican party, declaring for ©protection by the tariff, and no slavery in the territories. The Re- publicans elected Abraham Lin- coln for President. * Upon this, February 4, 1861, ; South Carolina called a conven- j tion and passed an ordinance de- ! daring that " the union now ex- isting between South Carolina and 1 other states, under the name of ■'i the United States, is hereby dis- 1 solved." 1 In about six weeks Louisiana, I Alabama, Florida, Georgia, and Texas also declared themselves out ; of the Union. They organized a _._j government as "The Confederate ABRAHAM LiNcoLM. g^^^gg ^f Amcrica. " Jefferson Davis, of Mississippi, was elected President, with Alexander H. Stephens, of Georgia, Vice-President. Congress declared that the Constitution must be upheld and advised that the resolution of secession be withdrawn. In the South many opposed the idea of separation. Alexander H. Stephens, of Georgia, said that no election was "sufficient cause for any state to separate from the Union." 215 216 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE Still the movement went on. Forts, arms and money in the South were taken by the states, and preparation was made for war. At the North, many were ready to let the states go. At the South, the leaders thought that terms for peace might soon be made, that if war came it would be in the North and soon ended — the North being industrial and not military in spirit. By these opinions the peo- ple of the South were led, so far as they took part in the matter. In his inaugural address Lin- coln said, " No state upon its own mere motion can lawfully get out of the Union. I therefore consider that, in view of the Constitution JEFFERSON DAVIS. (From a photograph taken in 1881.) and the laws, the Union is still unbroken." Also, he said that in carrying out the laws of the country — "there needs be no bloodshed or violence, and there shall be none unless it be forced upon the national authority." But war began. Fort Sumter, in Charleston, had not been taken by the South. Buchanan sent supplies there, but the vessel car- rying them was fired upon from Confederate batteries and, being unarmed, returned to the North. In April Lincoln again sent supplies. Hearing this, the State ALEXANDER H. STEPHENS. From picture made in 1859 SECESSION 217 'WAR GOVERNORS" OF THE NORTHERN STATES. 218 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE CHARLUTO-IJ.^^. ^NCHESTERo"^\«CWtsTt'^ .A«Dsv. ^X FREDERICKSBURG' "^ OffiRDON^v/ SPOTSYLIWUA^UINEAS B.JUNCTION FREOERICKSHALL CHCSTCRr LMVRA COLUMBIA ASHLAND|\ '^'T.JfiS^/ 1 GOOCHLAND HANo/efuC iT ^^^^\ NSGARDENp/^^, \ -'■'"^°'^'"«SHALL -^| ^— viv XC^. HEATHS Vo ^^FALOSPR. t<^^t^^^^^ ^^*^^?-^''^ GOOCHLAND HANohfqC IC~\^<,~^^J. ^ \\|j O) , O^ 1. > ^^\_ o % 5 X WHPFC HOUSE ^ ^~i;&;; - MILL P -''■^ -^ MAysv°LLE SCOTTVILLC ^S^^*!^!^ ^ ^V\A^WFST POINT ^^' CUMBERLAND CH o ° ,,,,...-'''"'HV,/:!i;M^AN , \K. <£^S) V L.i.iAi.Mijuw.^11.^^^ R. ^^^,, ^^^ *»\ NEW KENT CH. \\ . ^-X^ ^ ''^t^,„„_^ ^ APPOMATTOX C H. HESTERFIELOCH. i ^y '-^ ^....■""""''"""•jis 'CLOVER rir LYNCNHBURG '^:;f„li-lo'"»G ^va6^%A ,.,J^ -^ME-LW*' e__ "-"" FARMV. % ^y predwSrd ^tj^'^^., ^H^.'^V'""^ 'c«?^"'X vCAMPBELLCH. SUTHERLAND ;>^..::>i^. MARYSVlLLEC.l 2ut in command of the Union army. Aiming at Richmond, he made a -ash attack at Fredericksburg and lost heavily. Command was then given to Joseph Hooker, " Fighting Joe." At the west, General Bragg made two attempts to take a large force into Kentucky, and to take and hold Tennessee. To prevent this, battles were fought at Perry- N'ille, and later at Stone River, near Murf reesborough. Here Rosecrans and Sheridan and Thomas were in connnand of the Union armies. I The contest was severe, with a heavy loss of life on both sides. MAJOR-GENERAL JOSEPH HOOKER Bragg retreated to Chatta- A STORY OF THE ^fORLD AND ITS PEOPLE nooga. These ^^attles^anged^ t^^^^^^^ tains, arnong ^teep JxlJ and woodland ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ Tennessee Biver. ^, > ^^^^^^^^^^I; °^,p j^r this part of tlie country same commanders, the great stiuggle lor i was to be carried to its end. ."1 -CMP OF THE .R«v""tHEPOTO..CAT CU..BERL.MD L.NOI~a. (From a war-tirr.e photograph.) CHAPTER II EMANCIPATION In this war the South was suffering exceedingly. It had almost no money. The Confederate government had only paper to give, and that was of smallest value. There was plenty of cotton, but no Avay to sell it except when vessels could run the blockade. Most of the men were in the army. The women and children and the slaves at home had need of the common comforts of life. In the North, ports were open and commerce undisturbed. Crops were raised, and manu- factures were increased, in some ways, by the needs of the war. The banks of the coun- try were in order. Money could be raised, at home, l)y internal revenue ; that is, by taxes laid upon matches, oils, whisky, and many other things in daily use, and upon railroad and other companies ; by putting a high tariff upon foreign goods, and also l)y borrowing from other nations. Thus the life and business of the country went on, under its laws, as usual, unshaken by the strife within its borders. Still the strain of the war was very great. Its cost in money was finally over three raillions a day, and its greater cost in death, suffering and sorrow GENERAL ROBERT E. LEE, C. S. A. 227 228 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE could not be told. It was the President's duty to close this war as quickly as possible. In war, so far as it can be done, all means for carrying on the contest are taken from an enemy. In the South the slaves were a great help, not only at home, but in the army, building roads and forts, and in all ser\ice of the camps. Lincoln DEATH OF STONEWALL JACKSON. saw that, as a war measure, this means of help must be taken from the Confederates. Negroes, who came of themselves into the army lines, were kept there, as " contraband of war " — of use to the Southern army. Otherwise the slaves were with their masters. The war moved slowly. At the North some people were impatient, some were confused in mind, and many blamed the President. In reply he once said : " If I could save the Union without freeing any slave I would do it ; and if I could save it by freeing all the slaves I would do it; and if I could save it BMA XCIPA TIOK 229 by freeing some and leaving others alone I would also do that." The war, on that side, was to save the Union. Lincoln issued a proclamation that, after one hundred days, all persons held as slaves, in states then in rebellion against the United States, should be free. But the new year came ; the states were still in rebellion, and as " a fit and necessary war measure," the President issued the Emancipation Proc- lamati( )n. Later, Miss o u r i and Maryland al)olished slav- ery, and later still, after the war was over. Congress rati- Ified the thirteenth amend- ment to the Constitution, l)y which slavery was legally done with in the United States. To return to the war. At the east, in April of the next year, Hooker crossed the Rappahannock again to attack Lee. Lee and Jackson met the Union forces at Chancel- lorsvilleand, after four days, forced Hooker to recross A^ "the river. The loss was great, especially to tb^ Union y^^'ffii^ army. Stone- wall Jackson I was shot, acci- dentally by his I own men, fir- ing, as t h e y I t h o u g h t , at Federals. This was a great' loss, as Jack- son was one of ' MAJOR-GENERAL GEORGE G. MEADE. :NERAL HANCOCK AND STAFF. EMANCIPATION 231 the most skillful commanders of the South. Pressed by the need to carry the war into the North, Lee gathered his army and Avent across Maryland into Pennsylvania. Here he took Cham- bersburg. His troops were near Har- risburg. Fresh troops were quickly called from the North, and General George Meade took command. The Union forces m e t the Southern army and, for three LIEUT. -GENERAL JAMES LONGSTREET, C. S A. terrible days, the burg was fought. Fifty thousand men were killed. Lee was defeated and retired into Virginia. At just this time, in the west, after a long siege and a series of bat- tles with Johnston and Pemberton, Grant, aided by Sherman, had taken Vicksburg. Points below were soon taken, and the Mississippi was held open to the Union forces. In Tennessee, the Southern army once more tried to gain and hold Chattanooga. Bragg attacked the Union forces under Eosecrans, at Chickamauga. George H. Thomas battle of Gettys- GENERAL JOHN B. HOOD, C. S, A. EMANCIPATION 233 saved the Federal troops from rout, and took them into Chat- tanooga. Here they were held by Bragg, until. Grant being in command. Hooker, Sherman and Thomas with their divisions compelled his retreat to Georgia. Sherman went to Knoxville to join Burnside; and the Confed- erates, then under Longstreet, retreated to Virginia. In this campaign, where men fell with heavy and constant loss, the military skill of the leaders, and the heroic endurance and dis- cipline of the soldiers, made a notable record for both armies. Grant was now made lieu- tenant-general of the army and MAJ.-GEN. JOHN M. SCHOFIELD. MAJ.-GEN. GEORGE H. THOMAS. ]3ut in charge of the entire Union force. Two great movements ended the war. Grant went to Virginia to attack Lee. Sher- man was to take his forces across the country, from Chat- tanooga to the sea. The orders given to Sher- man show just what was, and what was not, to be done. In general, he was to destroy as he went, railroads, telegraphs, mills and such supplies as would help the South to carry on the war. At Atlanta, Sherman was opposed by Johnston, then by Hood, who hoped to prevent Sherman from going farther on 234 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE JOR-QEi^ERAL WESLEY MERRITT. IQAOrER-QENERi) BRIQAOIER-QENERAL THOMAa A. [ BREVET MAJOR-GENERAL QEOROE A. CUSTER. his march eastward. Sherman took Atlanta, destroying its mills and foundries, and then continued across to the sea, leaving Scho- field and Thomas to meet the Southern army at the west. Hood took the Confederates to Tennessee. Thomas encamped at Nash- ville, and after careful preparation, attacked Hood^s army and destroyed it. Sherman went on and, by Christmas, reached and took Savan- nah, with its stores of guns and cotton. Meantime, in Virginia, the Southern army still held its ground. In the Wilderness, where rough wooded country made advance difficult, the armies met, and a terrible struggle of two weeks fol- EMANCIPA TION 235 lowed, in which the loss of life was counted by many thousands. It left Lee holding Petersburg, and Grant waiting near. General Early was now sent by Lee, with a Southern force, through the Shenandoah Valley , to attack Washington. He went near the city, but retreated, some of his men making a raid at Chambersburg, Pennsylvania. Grant then sent Phil Sheridan with his cavalry to the Valley. BATTLE OF THE WILDERNESS. Grant issuing the famous order "Forward by the Right Flank." After a number of engagements, he held it, and cleared it of all means of support. The end of the war was still six months away. Out on the coast Fort Fisher had been taken, and at Mobile, Farragut had taken the forts and the iron-clad ram Tennessee. In England, agents from the South had been allowed to build, arm and send out steamers to attack American trading EMANCIPATION 237 \ressels. Chief among these was the "Alabama." It did great damage until the United States war-ship "Kearsarge," Captain Winslow, met and sank her off the coast of France. Other iron-clad vessels were built in England, for the South, but our minister, Mr. Adams, showed the British government that this could not rightly be done. At the North, many now objected to the war. Men had to be CAPT. J. A. WINSLOW. CAPTAIN JOHN A. WINSLOW AND OFFICERS ON THE DECK OF THE "KEARSARGE. "— (From a Government Photog-aph.) drafted into the army, there was little but paper money in use, and having the country so long under military rule was trying to the people. Was the government doing the best possible ? Could the war for the Union be successful ? At the next election the Democrats talked of peace, but again the successes of the Union forces were encouraging, and Lincoln was re-elected. In his address he said : " With malice toward none, with charity for all ; with firm- EMANCIPATION 289 ness in the right as God gives us to see the right, let us finish the work we are in ; to bind up the nation's wounds ; to care for him who shall have borne the battle, and for his widow and orphans ; to do all which may achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves, and with all nations." In the spring the war was closed. Grant sent Sheridan to cut the railroad, shutting Lee off from Staunton. He then ordered an attack along the lines at Peters- burg. Lee, having no re- sources, evacuated Rich- mond, and the Union troops entered the city, which had been left empty and burning. Grant fol- lowed Lee's retreat ; Sheri- dan and other forces cut off his progress southward, and, at Appomattox Court House, the woi-n-out South- ern army surrendered. Grant's terms were simply that Lee and his army should agree that they would no longer bear arms against the United States. Five days after this, the country received a sudden and heavy blow in the assassination of Presi- dent Lincoln. He was shot, in the evening, at Ford's Theater, Washington, and died the next day. The lawless act filled the land with mourning. The whole country, in its new times of peace, felt the loss of its wisest counsellor. In this war, against and for the Union, a million men lost their lives, while many thousands more died from wounds, sick- ness, or imprisonment. In money the cost of the war to the Government is counted as "ten thousand million dollars "; so heavy and so many were its expenses. The story of this war has been written in many books. It is FORD'S THEATER, WASHINGTON. A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 241 the saddest of wars — the battles of kinsmen. In its history you read how men, who were not soldiers, but citizens only, went from quiet ways of life, and in camp and battle, met everything that belongs to war. You read of tent life and picket duty ; of the drill of regi- ments and batteries ; of marches in heat and cold ; of toil upon camps, earthworks and railroads — to build or to destroy. You read of campaigns well planned and well carried out ; of the spirit and power of commanders to lead, to cheer and to inspire their forces, and to hold them steady in moments of danger, victory or defeat; and on every page you read of the dauntless courage of the soldiers in sudden attack, in wild and furious charges, or in slow advance; of their movements forward, wherever ordered, across bridges, or through fords thick with mud and under any fire; or upon fields where horses and men, dead and dying, falling all day long by thousands, showed the will and the j^ower of man to obey, to suffer and to die. Here are all stories of war by land and sea ; gallant assault and orderly surrender; the hos- pital and the nurses — the terrible shadow of prison cruelty — the days of starvation and defeat ; and, with it all, the lighter side of soldier life — the jokes of friend and foe, the cheering music of the war and its songs — the national airs, the " Bonny Blue Flag" and "Dixie," "John Brown's Body," or "When Johnny Comes March- ing Home." The causes of the war you have seen in the life and thoughts of the people. The conduct of the war, and the courage of the armies upon either side, stand clear above all doubt ; but we find that the study of history not only answers, it also asks us ques- tions — and the question after any war must be, whether those who, as leaders, decided upon war, might not, with better knowledge and greater wisdom, have spared the soitow, and put the wealth and power of a people to better use. PART VIII CHAPTER I TO THE END OF THE CENTURY In 1865 Vice-President Johnson became President. The war being oyer, both North and South, men went back to their homes. The Union army was paid and disbanded. More than a milhon men at once took up their hfe as peaceful citizens, by their good order and self-government giv- ing the greatest i)ossible help to the country. There was much to do. There were the States to be brought back into Congress, the slaves or freedmen to be helped, the war debt of between two and three thousand million dollars to be paid, disabled soldiers to be provided for, and the whole coun- try aided to get quiet and steady. To " re-construct" the action of all the States together was the first thing. In this Congress and the President did not agree. Johnson wished the South- ern Congressmen to return on taking the oath to support the Constitution, and the laws as to slaves. Congress wanted time. The President was harsh in speech. Congress was strong against him and passed laws over his veto. One was the Fourteenth Amendment, giving the negroes the right to vote. Other bills were for the Freedmen's Bureau^ and ANDREW JOHNSON. 244 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE for military districts in the South, where United States troops were sent to ensure order and the carrying out of the new laws. Finally, the President was impeached — charged with having broken the laws of his office. He was tried before the Senate and acquitted. In 1868 General Grant was elected President by the Eepub- licans. Congress passed the Fifteenth Amendment. No citizen could be forbidden to vote because of " race, color, or previous con- dition of servitude." After this, all the Southern States were ad- mitted in full to Congress. Kan- sas, Nebraska, West Virginia and Nevada had also come in as new states. For years there was disorder in the South. Many who had settled there, after the war, were men of noble aims and high character; but there were also many who were self-seeking and unprincipled. There was trouble in business and in politics. Among the Southern j^eople it was hard for those who had owned slaves to have to hire them for service. It was hard for the blacks who had always been told what to do, to work for them- uLYssEs s. GRANT. sclvcs. Mauy of them stayed in their own old homes, devoted to their old masters ; others drifted away. It was a time of changes. North and South, and, for a long while, the country suffered from the strife and bitterness that filled the hearts of the people. Still, the life and work of the nation went forward, and its new days began with many good things done. There were ques- tions to settle with Great Britain. The United States claimed that England should make good damage done to the United States during the war by the Alabama and other armed vessels built iii TO THE END OF THE CENTURY 245 ENTERINQ QLACIER BA PYRAMID HARBOR. ALASKA CURIO DEALEF TCTEM POLES AT QRAND CANYON. INDIAN WOMEN. INDIAN BURIAL OnOUNQ 246 A STORY OF THU WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE English ports. The Enghsh claimed that Americans came to fish within British lines on the coast of Canada ; and asked for the settlement of the houndary west of and below Vancouver's Island. The Alabama claim was settled by arbitrators from Great Britain and the United States, Brazil, Italy and Switzerland. They met at Geneva, and decided that England should pay fifteen and t J J^B «i ^^^^^^H 1. ■ ^^^BB^BbP^I^^H 1 g£^ Bpii ^^^M 1 ft. *^' M^^^^Hdr Ji^MjKT ^ ^i^rfflifl ^m- ■ "j^^^^^jLjiJ^mBI 1 wK/^K^^^m W' ■ ■ -'■ -»' ^^B ■*--^^'-^" ■ PLACE OF MAXIMILIAN S EXECUTION, QUERETARO, MEXICO. one-half million to the United States. Other judges decided that, for the fisheries, America should pay England five and a half million ; and the Emperor of Germany settled the boundary ques- tion for the two countries. Neither England nor America was pleased, but these decisions were accepted and acted upon, and war was avoided. Before this, through the wisdom of Secretary Seward, Alaska had been bought from Russia for over seven million dollars. THE END OP THE CENTURY Slj" FLCEINQ PROM THE CITY. LOOKING SOUTH PROM THE RIVEP THE CHICAGO FIRE, 248 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE It has richly repaid the government by its seal fisheries alone. It is now famous as the latest found gold region — the Klondike. During the war, because Mexico had failed to pay her debt, Napoleon III., Emperor of France, had invaded that country and set up an empire there, with Maximilian, Arch-Duke of Austria, as Emperor. The United States protested and finally requested that the French troops be withdrawn. The soldiers were recalled. The Mexicans then set up their own government again, and Maxi- milian was captured and shot. Great sympathy was felt for his wife, Carlotta, who lost her mind through grief for his death. A treaty was made with Germany by which a native of one country might become a citizen of another. A treaty for trade was also made with China. In 1871, in Chicago, a great fire raged, and in two days' time one hundred thousand people lost property and home. In the next year, fire destroyed a part of Boston. To both of these cities aid was sent from all over the country, and from abroad, and both were rebuilt. Grant was re-elected. Again the country suffered from hard times — from spending too much money in railroads and other large enterprises — and there were charges of fraud and wrong use of money among public men, which hui't the good name of the Re- publicans, who were then in power. Still Congress passed an act promising, in four years more, to pay all bills of the United States, in gold. This was done as promised, and the people felt assured as to the real progress of the country. • CHAPTER II THE CENTENNIAL The United States had been a nation, free and independent, for one hundred years. Its birthday was celebrated by giving, at Philadelphia, an exposition of the world's arts and industries. Each state took part, foreign nations joined, and, for six months, this display of the world's work was visited by crowds of Americans and strangers. It was a time of beauty and enjoyment. The telephone, the electric light, the Corliss engine, and very many American inventions were shown, and a great deal was learned, by our people, through exhibits of things from foreign countries that had not been seen here before. This same year Colorado came into the Union as a state. The next elec- tion was claimed by both parties — by the Republicans for Rutherford B. Hayes of Ohio ; by the Democrats for Samuel J. Tilden of New York. There were charges of fraud, and great political excitement pre- vailed, but a " Joint High Commission " PANORAMA OF THE CENTENNIAL EXPOSITION AT PHILADELPHIA IN 1876 xtrQ c r»Virkaan frrkTri —MEMORIAL HALL IN DISTANCE. VV dSi l^llUOCll Xi UlU. 249 ^50 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS P EOF Li! Congress and the Supreme Court, and the matter given to them to decide. They declared Mr. Hayes to be elected. The Democrats accepted the decision, and by this wise use of law much danger was avoided. And now we come to the last quarter of the nineteenth century. Mr. Hayes recalled the few soldiers remaining in the South, and the country moved forward on its new pathway. The next Pres- ident, James A. Garfield, of Ohio, was elected by the Republican party. Much was hoped from his guidance of the country, but, in July, he'was shot by a lawless man who had asked for an office under gov- ernment and been refused. The Vice- President, Chester A. Arthur, of New York, became President. At the next elec- tion, in 1884, Grover Cleveland, of New York, was elected by the Democrats. After him the Eepul)licans elected Benjamin Harri- son of Indiana, and he, after four years, was followed by Cleve- land, who was elected for a second term. After this came the election, by the Republicans, of William McKinley, of Ohio, whose term of office closes the century. In politics, through these years, the chief questions were the use of silver by the government, civil service reform, and the tariff. PANORAMA OF THE CENTENNIAL EXPOSITION, SHOWING MACHINERY HALL. THE CENTENNIAL ^61 As to silver, the government pays its bills and bonds in gold. This is its real wealth. The paper dollar stands for or represents it. There were also silver dollars. N(jw, at one time, silver was scarce and of high value ; but mines were opened, much silver was found and its A'alue went down. The question then arose whether silver could be used also with gold. Could the silver dol- lar, the gold dollar, and the paper dollar all be of one value to the people ? This question as to the use, by the government, of one metal or two, led to a great contest in the last election, when William J. Bryan, for silver, was the can- didate for the Democratic party. The tariff is the question of long standing. After the war the country at once began to pay its debt. As it grew less, in a few years, taxes on things used at home were taken off, but the duties on foreign goods were not j so easily changed, because these .utherpord b. haves. things concern so many different i)eople — both those who make and those who buy. The two great parties disagreed as to what should be done. One after another, new lists of taxes and new bills are still passed by Congress, and the question of the tariff, high or low, and the discussion for Free Trade or Protection, comes up at every election. The Civil Service is also a question of our day. The business of the government of this country requires many officials— collect- ors, postmasters, ministers, agents and clerks of many kinds. To change these when each new party comes into power, throws work out of order, and makes men greedy and restless. To reform this service it is proposed to allow faithful and capable men to keep their places, no matter with what party they may vote. 252 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE WASHiN'~,^ON MONUMENT, THE CENTENNIAL 253 Since the time of Grant and Cleveland this reforai has been worked for, and the merit system is now mostly used. But, apart from politics, the life of the people goes on in many ways. The growth of the coun- try, like that of a tree, is at first simple. In the tree you have a slender trunk, a few young branches. You can even count its leav^es. But new life comes from the old, and, in time, the tree stands, w^itli bough and branch, twig, leaf, flower and fruit, gr(jwn- up and full of promise.' So in history, in early days there is less to tell, but now, in our time, the storv of life is endless. JAMES A. GARFIELD. CHESTER A, ARTHUR. The country is prosperous. Its population is over sixty-two millions, and its industries im- prove and increase steadily. The South, under free labor, now has many mills and foundries for iron, oil, flour and cotton ; early frnits and vegetables are raised for Northern markets, oranges are grown and much sugar. The new lands of the country are ex- plored, surveyed and examined as to their timber, rocks, soil and mines; mills and manufactories of all kinds are set up in new lo- calities, and railroads laid wher- ever needed. In this w^ork, labor troubles 254 A ISTORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE GROVER CLEVELAND. have arisen repeatedly between em- ployers and their workmen, as to the wages paid and the hours of work. Strikes have followed, throwing busi- ness out of order ; causing loss of prop- erty and death, until it has been nec- essary to call out troops to preserve order. As new working people are constantly coming by thousands into the country, these questions need care- ful study. In all things that concern the country as a whole, our national Con- gress gives such help and general oversight as may be needed. At the mouth of the Mississippi fine engineering has thus been done by James B. Eads, of St. Louis, in the building of "jetties," by which vessels may come up to New Orleans. At the Capital, the Washington monument has been completed, and the Congressional Library made an orna- ment to the city. Yellowstone Park is held as a national domain, and the National Chickamauga and Chat- tanooga Military Park, where some of the great battles of the Civil War were fought, was l^ought by the United States, with Georgia and Ten- nessee. In 1892, four hundred years after the coming of Columbus, the govern- ment and people decided to hold a World's Fair — the Columbian Exposi- tion. At Chicago, large grounds were given uj)on the shore of Lake Mich- igan, and there the "Dream City" was built. Each one of its great group of building;s was graceful in benjamin harri^on. THE CENTENNIAL 255 Wn% nil ^- 'if , 1^ THE ART PALACE, NOW FIELD MUSEUM, JACKSON PARK. itself, and these, as a whole, were set to- gether to make a scene, fine in propor- tion and lovely to be- hold. As a work of peace and harmony, this Exposition did a great good, both in this country, and in the world. To it the nations sent exhibits of their l)est and finest work. Then beside this display of industry and art, there were exhibits of school work, American and European , and in the Congresses that were held, education, art and science were discussed by speakers from all over the world. At the Fair also, was held a Parliament of Religions, where men came, from every land, to repre- sent and explain their own religious beliefs. Each spoke in turn and was listened to by all the rest. In this way the East and the West were drawn together, new knowledge was gained, new thoughts awakened in men's minds, and in regard to religion, a new spirit of gentleness, the mipway plaisance-showing ferri§ wheei,, 256 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE ^ttm^^^ri^^pi "-^^^^^^^^^^^H^^^^i^^^Hi] X^9H[^B^HHnM^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H z "^^^^HI^^^^^^^^^^^^^I ■«t 1- -% "^fi^ni^w^Hi^^^^^^^^^H z D ^ ~ ^^HHR^^Ka^l^^^^^^^H o U- 10 9ilH ^^^BH^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H UJ ^^ %:i^^^B^^^^H z ^^Hf " JHH^^^I^H z vl^Bl^^l^^^^^^^^^^H o 5 ->, '^ j^H^^Qj^^^^^^^^^^H u i"it< 1 ". JnP^'~'lP(^^^^^^^^^^l < s I^^JH^ z '^i "* "~ ''hv^^HI^^I^^^^^^^^H < rl r "^ '"'h^^^^^^^^^^^^^H _J < I >- MP ^s r ^oHf ^^^^^^^^^^^H UJ • ■ "■■■ z ■ i S B^^ ^^^^^^^^^1 I \ 'a, _^^^ ^^^^^^^H^^^H u ^■jj^^^^^H^^B j^^^^^^^^^n^P^^H < ^sII^^^^^^^B^^^^^^^^^^Bh^b^^I 5 p n^iF^^^r ^^^^Bv^l *" g^i,j;;^^jMg^'^P*'1^^^BHB^^B ii:" !£? -J HI '"iSHH^^^^^H CD ^VHBfl^^H^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H O ' ' 'l^^^^^^^^^^^^^H z ' v^^^^^^^^^^^l en ' ^vvS^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^I < ^IS^^^^^^^^l^^^^^^^^^^^H CO -jfli^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H tr H^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H lU , ^ . - ^^Bh^^^^^H^^^^^^^^^^^^H a s^ i^^EE^^^^^Bh^^^^^^^HI^^I Q. ' J ' Svl^HH^^HH z> j^^^99i^^H ^ '^x '..liMBHiHHI THE WORLirS FAIR 257 honor and unity arose. From all this, great good has since come to many people. As a whole, orer twenty-seven millions of people enjoyed the beauty of the Fair, and its pictures and descriptions gave infor- mation and delight to thousands more. The Hawaiian Islands, a beautiful group lying by themselves in the Pacific Ocean, have recently become part of the United States. When discovered by Captain Cook and Captain Van- couver, English explorers, they were ruled by native islanders. In the course of time, Japanese, Chinese, Portuguese, and other Europeans, and Americans, came to Hawaii and made the greater part of the population. In late years the rule of the native Queen, Liliokulani, was not liked. The people rose against her. The United States cruiser "Boston," Captain Wiltse, with guns and men to protect the life and property of American citi- zens, arrived at Honolulu, and our minister at that place put the people under American protec- tion. After that. Commissioners william mckinley. were sent to Washington to ask that Hawaii be annexed to the United States. President Harrison advised Congress to agree to this. The Queen then sent envoys to us, and to other nations, to ask help in restoring her to the throne. President Cleveland withdrew the treaty and sent for further report of the condition of affairs. There was much debate over the subject in Congress •, but, finally, under McKinley, the bill passed and July, 1898, Hawaii was an- nexed. And now we pass to the great event of our national life in the present day — to the question of Cuba and the Philippine Islands. PART IX CHAPTER I THE WAR WITH SPAIN To begin we will go back to the days of Columbus. You know how he opened the way, and how the Spaniards came to America ; how they took Hayti and Cuba ; how exploring parties went from there u]) in to Florida, and westward beyond the Missis- sippi ; how they found and conquered Mexico; how other parties of Spaniards found and conquered Peru and the lands of the Incas in South America; and how, when this century opened, Spain was the ruler of more than half of this western world. In another twenty-five years, as you know, the South American States and Mexico shook off the power of Spain, and became republics, and jM were recognized in their inde- *^'l pendence by the United States. But in Cuba we read a different story. When the Spaniards first came to the West Indies, they held the gentle native Indians as THE TOMB OF COLUMBUS IN THE CATHEDRAL AT havanaT siavcs. U nQcr bpanish trcat- 359 THE WAR WITH SPAIN 261 „ ment, in fifty years these people died out. They were replaced by I negro slaves. In time, by means of her sugar and tobacco, Cuba became a j source .of wealth to Spain ; but, from the first, the Cuban people 1 were unhappy under the hand of the Spanish government. As they grew up they became a people by themselves. They were not j Spaniards. All about them, other Spanish colonies that had suf- fered in the same way, had rebelled and set themselves free. In the North, the English colonies had become a free nation. America was free from all other old-world rulers, and the people of Cuba longed to be free also. So, in Cuban history we read how, from the beginning, the government of Spain has been despotic, and how, under it, the Cubans, for seventy -five years past, have made one effort after an- other to gain their freedom. At length things stood in this way. The Spanish king, having lost all but Cuba and Porto Rico, in order to preserve his " sover- eign authority," issued the order, that the governor of Cuba should have "the most ample and unbounded power" to act as he should think fit in his rule over the island. At that time the Cubans had no control of their own affairs, no assembly of their own people, no courts with trial by jury, no personal liberty in trade, no provision for schools, no freedom in religion. The money that came from the crops they raised went to the Spanish officers or to Spain ; it was not used to improve life in Cuba. At the same time, the fees and duties required by the gov- ernor were very heavy. All this roused the Cubans to hatred of Spanish rule. Still the people could do but little to help themselves. Sometimes help came to them from outside. Parties went from the United States and elsewhere, with men and arms to set the Culjans free ; but each time these efforts ended in failure. The Spanish sol- diers put down the revolts, and the people met with swift and heavy punishment. But as years passed the Cubans grew stronger and more determined, and at a time when there was trouble in Spain 262 A iSTORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE they gathered their forces to make another trial of their strength. Something must be done. Their leader de Cespedes said: " We are in danger of losing our property, our lives and our honor under further Spanish dominion." A form of government was drawn up, a Cuban legislature was chosen, slavery was abol- ished, the people collected what arms they could, and war began. A large part of Cuba is still wild land. High bushes and tall, thick grass grow in the jungle, while the mountains are covered GENERAL MAXIMO GOMEZ. with forests and underbrush. Here, the insurgents, as the rebel Cubans were called, made their camps. Below, in the towns on the sea-coast, were the Spanish soldiers. Between these armies there could be no regular engage- ments. It was "bush-fighting," not open war. Still the Cubans carried it on as they had not been able to do before, and after ten years of this useless struggle, the Spanish commander, de Campos, offered terms of peace, and, in 1878, the treaty of El Zanjon was made. Pardon was granted, and any who chose might leave Cuba; GENERAL ANTONIO MACEO. THE WAR WITH SPAIN 263 slavery was abolished and reforms were promised. But as time passed, the promises of the treaty were broken, and the Cubans, in 1895, were driven again to revolt. During this time what had been done by the United States ? The Cubans looked to the Americans for sympathy. They had wtmm THE RED CROSS SOCIETY IN A CUBAN HOSPITAL. many friends in this country, Cubans and others, and at various times much help was given — stores and money; and even men to join their small forces. This help was given, however, by private parties, and whenever known to the government it was, if possi- ble, prevented by the authorities. The position of the government was this : Cuba belonged to Spain. For years the United States, having treaties with Spain, upheld this claim. But the government watched the trouble in Cuba, and at length said, plainly and publicly, that if change should come, the United States would not allow any other European or 264 A STORY OP THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE CAPTAIN-GENERAL VALERIANO WEYLER. disturbance, offers have been made to buy Cuba for a fair price. ; This Spain has refused. Still, until the present time, our gov- ernment has avoided war. After the treaty of El Zan- jon, being advised to leave Cuba, many of the insurgents went to other islands and the United States, to wait ; for they had little faith in Spain, or the promises of the treaty. Among them were Maximo Gomez, and Antonio and Jose Maceo, leaders in the Cuban rebellion. Keeping watch outside, and seeing, as time passed, that Spain was not to be depended upon. American power to take Cuba; that it would give no promise to European powers in regard to the island ; and that the United States would not bind itself not to take the island "in a just war with Spain," if that should ever be necessary. All this has been well understood. American citizens have suf- fered through the troubles in Cuba. Trade has been injured, vessels and property lost and the government has ha.d to keep watch to see that, so far as pos- sible, no wrong should be done by citizens of the United States. To put an end to so much CAPTAIN-GENERAL RAMON BLANCO, THE WAR WITH SPAIN 265 but was breaking the treaty, they prepared again for war. They sent word to the Cubans to form clubs among themselves, and be ready to receive whatever war stores they might be able to send secretly to them. These they gathered where they could. In April, 1895, three vessels, well loaded, were sent out from New York, but being discovered they were stopped on their way by the United States government — this being its duty. In the spring the Maceo brothers, with Marti and Gomez, returned to Cuba and war began. General Weyler was sent by Spain to take charge of Cuba. His policy was re-concen- tration — to burn the dwellings of the country people and drive them 1 S'-iiHlrfTiI^ 1JHl aaatB:>...^ MORRO CASTLE, ENTRANCE TO THE HARBOR AT HAVANA. into the towns. There they could only die of starvation. Still this cruel policy did not end the war. The Cubans were gaining ground. They had burned the sugar and tobacco districts, destroyed rail- roads and supplies, and were showing skill and courage in their effort for freedom. Chief among them was Antonio Maceo, the daring hero, who by his bravery had inspired his people, and, by his swift attacks and clever retreats to the mountains, had won much advantage over Weyler and the Spanish soldiers. To the sorrow of the Cubans, in the fall, this chief was killed. Weyler had taken thirty thousand men into Pina del Rio to drive out, or starve out, the Cubans from their hiding places. Maceo ordered a few of his men out toward Havana, and here met his death. In the meantime, Gomez, With five hundred men, had defeated a large Spanish force in Camaguey. After this the Cuban government gathered there, and there Gomez waited. Weyler was marching and burning up food supplies. It was hard for him to hold his provinces, and in the fall he lost a fortification 266 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE near Bayamo, in an attack made by General Garcia, one of the old Cuban leaders who had returned from the United States. This was a great success for the Cubans. Spain was displeased at Weyler's want of success and recalled him, sending General Blanco to take his place as governor-general of Cuba. An offer was made the Cuban people of an amnesty, and of autonomy — a government of their own people under that of Spain, but they replied, " Independence or death." Cuba had become a VIEW OF HAVANA AND HARBOR. scene of burning fields and homes, and her people were dying of hunger, disease and misery. Americans in Cuba were suffering severely. General Lee, our Consul at Havana, had done all that he could, and the President asked for fifty thousand dollars for relief of our citizens there. General Stewart L. Woodford was sent, as minister to Spain, with the message that the United States thought the war should be ended. Spain replied that everything possible should be done, but added that the war would have stopped before but for aid given by Americans. The President again advised relief, this time for all Cuban sufferers, and the Cuban Relief Committee, under the American National Red Cross Society, sent a great quantity of supplies and money. The Spanish minister at Washington accepted this relief, THE WAR WITH SPAIN 267 but the Spanish in Cuba objected, and there were riots in Havana. It was known also that Spain was preparing for war, and it was thought best to send the North Atlantic Squadron to Florida, and to send the battle-ship Maine to Havana harbor, though on a peaceful visit. What happened we all know. One night near the hour of ten when Captain Sigsbee and Lieutenant Commander Wainwright were in their quarters and all on board, both ofQcers and men, were quietly at their various posts, the silence was suddenly broken by a terrific explosion ; the great battle-ship was lifted into the air and fell a shattered wreck. Two hundred and fifty -three of the crew of the Maine sank with her. The news flew over the country. The people were excited and shocked. Was it an acci- dent or was it the work of Spain ? The government ordered a THE WRECK OF THE MAINE- THE WAR WITH SPAIN 269 REAR-ADMIRAL WILLIAM T. SAMPSON. Court of Inquiry. Its report, after long examination, was that the Maine had been blown up from the outside. The President sent this report to Spain. Spanish divers then made a hasty investigation, after which Spain declared the explosion to have been from within the ship and asked to have the matter settled by arbitra- tion. The American people held that whether the Maine was destroyed by the Spanish government, or by Span- iards acting by themselves at Havana, the loss of the battle-ship and her men was a consequence of Spain's weak and cruel government in Cuba. The Americans had a right to Spain's protection in her waters. If Spain could neither protect her friends, nor conquer and control her subjects in Cuba, the time had come when the Americans must protect themselves. To this all agreed. The only question was, must there be war ? A large party in the United States had already decided that there must be war, and were eager to bring the government to declare it. Others thought that a country so powerful and so intelligent as the United States should be able to settle the trouble with Spain by council and arbitra- tion, and that war should not be brought upon the country. The two parties made protests and appeals to the government for war and against it. The President acted slowly, mak- ing efforts to avoid the war. He asked Spain to grant an amnesty — that is, to stop fighting in Cuba until REAR-ADMIRAL w. s. SCHLEY. Octobcr, SO that the United States 370 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE might take measures for peace ; and also offered to aid the Cubans with food suppUes, if Spain would begin at once to return them to their homes. Spain took her time, put off our request for peace in Cuba, accepted the aid offered by this country and proposed to arbitrate the Maine matter. Spain also proposed to send money to relieve Cuban distress ; but the truth was that her own soldiers there were suffering for food, and the only right way was for the war to stop at once — until October. Some of the nations in Eu- rope wished to settle the trouble 1 )t^tween Spain and America. Six of the great powers called upon the President to propose this. But McKinley declined. It was best for America to settle her own affairs. In Congress and out a large party were constantly pressing for war. Spain made no just or satisfactory replies. Any attempt to settle the questions of Cuba and the Maine peacefully would be slow, and as many thought, impossible ; and the President finally gave the matter to Congress to decide. In his message he said : "In the name of humanity — and American interest — the war in Cuba must stop." He also asked Congress to grant the President authority "to use the military and naval forces of the United States as may be necessary for these purposes ; " that is, to end the war and establish the Cuban government. At the close of this message McKinley announced that Spain had just granted the amnesty asked for. But the war party decided that this concession had come too late. Congress de- MAJOR-GENERAL NELSON A. MILES. THE WAR WITH SPAIN 271 Glared that the people of Cuba " are and of right ought to be free and independent ; " that it was the duty of the United States to demand that Spain withdraw her forces from Cuba, and that the President was empowered to enforce this ; and that the govern- ment, did not intend to take Cuba, but to leave the government and control of the island to its people. These resolutions were sent to Spain. She was given four days for reply, but she chose to de- clare war immediately. The next day Congress declared that war had existed since April 21st, when Spain received and acted upon the resolutions. The United States was not ready for war. The Spaniards, in Cuba, had a well trained army, much larger and with more guns than ours; it was at home upon its own ground, and had many well fortified towns and cities for pro- t e c t i o n. To UNITED STATES CRUISER OLYMPIA. attack them a large army must be raised, made ready and trans- ported to Cuba. Many of the people thought that the government should move slowly ; that the army should be well organized before leaving ; that the men should have proper outfits, and should not be sent to Cuba in the hot season. But the war party was in haste. Spain was making rapid preparations, and the government issued orders at once. The first order was to blockade the Cuban coast. The work was given to the North Atlantic Squadron under the command of Captain William T. Sampson. At Hampton Roads was stationed the Flying Squadron, under Commodore Schley. The Northern Patrol Squadron was formed, to guard the harbors and coast at the north. For this boats of every kind were bought 272 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE and made into dispatch boats and cruisers, and men to serve in them were recruited as quickly as possible. The battle-ship Oregon was ordered home from San Francisco, and Commander Dewey, with a fleet at Hong Kong, China, had been ordered to be ready if recalled. On the land, regiments of cavalry, infantry and batteries were ordered to camp at Chickamauga, Mobile and Tampa. Major- Greneral Nelson A. Miles was in command. And now, with so much begun at home, we go to the other side of the world for the openmg of the war. On the map you know where to find the Philippine Islands — an archipelago of about six hundred islands lying east of the China Sea. Nearly four hundred years ago, Magellan, the explorer, dis- covered these beautiful and fertile islands, and took possession of them for the King of Spain. From that time until now Spain has held them as a colony. The natives of the islands were Malays, of the Mongoloid race. Other people have lived in the islands, Chinese, Japanese, East Indians, Europeans and Americans, but the Philippines as a whole have been under Spanish rule, and the Filipinos have been a native people subject to Spanish rulers. And here, as in Cuba, Spain has governed with a heavy hand. She has oppressed the people, set her officers over them in educa- tion, in religion, in trade and in government ; and here, also, from time to time, the natives have rebelled and sought for freedom. The greatest of these efforts began in 1896. Fifty thousand natives formed a league, and, for a year and a half, withstood the Spanish troops with some success. The Spanish leaders then made offers of peace. They promised that, in religion, in the courts, in property, business and taxes, the rights of the natives should be regarded by the Spanish priests and officers, and asked that, in return, the leaders of the rebellion, Emilio Aguinaldo and others, should leave the country for three years. This treaty was made, but, as in Cuba, it was made only to be broken by the Spanish authorities, and the rebellion soon began again. And now we come to our own part of the story. At Hong Kong lay the United States cruisers Olympia, Baltimore, Raleigh and Boston, the gunboats Concord and Petrel, and the dispatch h n THE WAR WITH SPAIN 273 THE BATTLE OF MANILA BAY. boat McCullough A Spanish fleet lay at Manila, the capital city of the Philippines. Orders were sent from Washington to Dewey to attack this Spanish fleet and " capture or destroy it." The fleet set sail at once. The harbor of Manila was reached, the lights of the war ships were put out, and swiftly, and as silently as possible, the vessels sailed up into Manila Bay. The Spanish vessels were not there. The fleet sailed on past the light- house of Corregidor Island. Here ADMIRAL GEORGE DEWEY. < o 7" ^ O >m-< Z 3 Z O a: < 3 s (/J z: a to I w ■*-• C »— 1 o S c o nj fj a nj l^ u o a 2 o O £ CQm2^SuHHuXa,QiOE-2 --^rviro'a'uSvor^cdo^O^rJfO'S'irivdt^cdajOj- 'o >• j: c js c u U ^3 O fo m n> m — U D. U W CU 276 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE it was discovered. A shot from shore flew over the fleet. This was returned, and the vessels passed on safely. In the morning the Spanish fleet was found at Cavite. To avoid shelling the city, Dewey still sailed on. The Olympia led the way. The Spanish batteries on shore opened fire on the fleet, but the aim was bad, and the American ships passed unhurt. At length, having reached his point of attack, steaming near the Spanish vessels, Dewey, from the bridge of the Olympia, gave the order, and ship after ship followed, firing with deadly aim. The United States vessels passed on by the Spanish fleet, then coming back along the opposite shore, they turned and again went down the Spanish line, repeating their course and their attack. The Spanish commander, Admiral Montojo, standing on the bridge of his flag- ship, the Eeina Cristina, made a direct ad- vance toward the Olympia, but the bridge was struck; and as his vessel put back, it was set on fire by shells exploding from within. After two hours Dewey gave the order for rest and breakfast. Then he learned that no ship of his fleet had been dam- aged and no men killed. But the Spaniards had suffered severely. The battle was renewed. Admiral Montojo had taken another vessel for his flag-ship. The United States war ships opened fire heavily ; the Reina Cristina was torn to burning fragments and sank ; and at the end of an hour the entire Span- ish fieet was destroyed and hundreds of its men were lost. The American loss was eight men wounded. Dewey telegraphed the news to the United States government, and a few days later sent a second dis- patch : "I have taken possession of naval AMELIO AGUINALDO. THE WAR WITH SPATN 277 station at Cavite ; I control the bay completely, and can take the city at any time. I am assisting in protecting Spanish sick and wounded ; will protect foreign residents." In reply Dewey received a telegram from Secretary Long announcing the thanks of the President for his "splendid achievement and overwhelming vic- MAJOR-GENERAL E. S. OTIS AND STAFF tory," and promotion to the office of Acting Admiral. Congress then voted ten thousand dollars for a sword to Dewey, and medals for his command. The next step was to take and hold the city of Manila. For this a land force was needed, and troops were sent by way of San Francisco, under Brigadier-Generals Otis, Anderson and Green, and Major-General Wesley Merritt, who was to be Military Governor of the Philippines. 278 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE While waiting for these forces to reach him, Dewey sent his dispatch boat to China to bring Aguinaklo, the Filipino chief, to Manila. This was not an official act ordered by the government of the United States or by the army. It was an agreement with Aguinaldo, made by Dewey, before he left China. Spain had broken the treaty made with the Filipinos. Because of this they were free to return, and, as before, to take up arms against the Spaniards for their rights. Aguinaldo announced himself to his people as Military Dictator, with an Ad- visory Council, until after the islands should be won from Spain, when, as he de- clared, a republican foi-m of government, with its legislature and laws, should be BRiG.-GENERAL THOMAS M.ANDERSON. established by tlie Filipinos. He made proclamations and gave orders for the guidance of his people, urging them to refrain from " acts of violence against persons and property," and to prove themselves worthy of the support of the United States, and capable of the self-government for which they were fighting. Aguinaldo raised an army of three thousand natives. Dewey gave them arms and ammunition. They took Cavite and made it the Filipino headquarters ; a*nd, before the arrival of the United States troops, they captured other towns in Luzon, with Spanish prisoners and supplies of arms. Under the orders of Admiral Dewey, the city of Manila was not to be attacked by them. General Merritt arrived v^th his troops and took chief command. His plan was to have his forces and those of Dewey act together, and to take Manila at once. Notice was sent to General Jandenes, the Spanish commander, to prepare. The attack was made, by both land and sea at once, BRIG.-GENERAL GREENE. THE WAR WITH SPAIN 279 the city was taken, and the Phihppines were surrendered to the United States. In this Aguinaldo and the Filipinos had no official part. The American army had chief authority in the islands, and waited orders from the United States as to Avhat should be done next. Immediately the news came that the war with Spain was over, and that the protocol, or first agree- ment for i^eace, had been signed, both by Spain and the United States. To see how this had been brought about, we must go back to America and to the month of May. The movements of the war for the freedom of Cuba had been made by land and sea. At sea, beside the fleet at Manila, Spain had, among other vessels, a squadron which, at first, lay at the Cape Verde Islands, off the coast of Africa. Its ves- sels were the armored cruisers Cristobal Colon, Almirante, Oquendo, Infanta Maria Teresa and Yizcaya, and the three tor- pedo boats, Furor, Terror and Pluton. Would this fleet sail to some Cuban port ; or would it attack some seaport of the United States ? Close watch was kept along the entire coast. The larger ves- sels of Sampson's fleet were ordered back to Key West to coal and prepare for duty, while the smaller vessels were still left to hold the Cuban blockade. Some of this "mosquito fleet " did important duty. Several vessels went to Cienf uegos for the dangerous work of cutting Spanish cables and destroying a lighthouse. In this eight men were wounded. On the same day Ensign Bagley and four men were killed by shots from Spanish forts as they explored the Bay of Cardenas on the northern side. This was the first loss of fife in the war. MAJOR-GENERAL WESLEY MERRITT. 280 A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE Meantime Sampson's fleet had sailed to the harbor of San Juan, the chief town of Porto Rico. An attack was made to test the strength of the Spanish forts and guns. The American fire was effective ; the Spanish aim was poor, and with shght loss the Americans did much dan^age. Word now came that the Spanish fleet was nearing Cuba. Sampson's fleet was ordered to Key West, as was also the Flying Squadron under Schley. From there Schley first took his fleet to Cienfuegos, but the repoi-t came that the Spanish vessels were at Santiago de Cuba, and Sampson at once sent orders for Schley to hasten there to blockade the harbor. Schley sailed with his fleet to Santiago and directly took the Mas- sachusetts, the Iowa and New Orleans into the harbor to see where the Span- ish vessels were. The battle-ships flred at the Cristobal Colon, which sailed l)eyond range up the bay. The Spanish forts replied. Schley made his observations, then withdrew, and sent his report to Washington. The next day Sami:»son arrived at Santiago and took command. In order that the Cubans might help the United States army, the government needed to get arms to them. This was difficult. The Si3aniards were watchful, and it was found that the news- papers must be checked in talking too freely of the government plans. At length stores were landed — a good supply of horses and mules, rifles and ammunition for Garcia's army. While the troops were coming, the question was, what to do with the Spanish fleet that lay in the deep harbor of Santiago. Would Admiral Cervera come out to fight the American ves- sels ? To enter the harbor was imi:>ossible because of the mines at its mouth. A single explosion might lay one of the United States vessels a wreck across the narrow passage and cripple the move- ment of the war. - j ^#*^ii^ 1 . iH^k|^M^ M ^^ri' '■■'■ jiSL Hkp;^^" MAJOR-GENERAL W, R. SHAFTER, THE WAR WITH SPAIN 281 Lieutenant Hobson proposed that a collier should be sunk there, on purpose to stop the way, and asked to be sent, with other volunteers, to do the work. The men of the fleet were eager to join, but oi seven were chosen. And here the story is well known. ^ Toward daybreak Hobson and his men passed through the channel. As they came inside they were discovered, still, under heavy fire from the Span- iards, they sank the Merrimac. The party escaj^ed unhurt, but at daylight, after hours in the water, when the Spanish officers came to inspect the wreck, Hobson was obliged to surrender to them. Admiral Cervera ordered the party to be taken as prisoners to Morro Castle, but ^^-jor-general joseph wheeler. he kindly sent his Chief-of -Staff to Sampson to say that the men were safe, that they would be well treated, and might be exchanged for Spanish pris- oners. Some weeks later this was done. Meantime Schley had received from the Cubans a map showing where the Spanish ships lay; and Lieutenant Blue was sent to explore the country round about — a danger- ous mission well performed. The fleet made a second bom- bardment of the forts at Santiago harbor. The Spanish soon ceased firing and, as before, through lack of skill on the part of their gunners, the Americans escaped unhurt. An attack was also made by a part of the fleet at Guan- tanomo. The forts there were silenced by guns from the ships ; six hundred marines were landed, under Lieutenant-Colonel Hunt- COL. THEODORE ROOSEVELT. 282 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE ington ; a band of Cubans joined them, and after a severe fight the Spanish were driven from the place. Their forts and earthworks in the bay were destroyed by shells, the United States flag was raised, and the place was held by the Americans. In the meantime land forces were coming to Santiago. It had been decided, at Washington, to send troops at once to attack UNITED STATES INFANTRY MARCHING TO THE FRONT. Santiago while Sampson held the Spanish fleet shut up in the harbor, and was ready outside to assist the army by shelling the town, if that should be necessary. In preparation for this war the regular army had been filled up. The President had also called for volunteers to serve for two years, and the government had at command a force of over two hundred and seventy-eight thousand men. The troops were ordered first to Tampa. From there they went by transports to Cuba. There was delay in starting, and for THE WAR WITH SPAIN 283 a week, horses, mules and men were packed in close quarters and suffered severely from the heat. Major-General Shaffer was in command. Upon reaching Cuba he and Admiral Sampson met General Castello of the Cuban army and made the plan of attack. Outside of the city of Santiago lay three small fortified towns — ^Aquadores to the south, San Juan to the east, and El Caney northeast. These must be taken. After that Santiago might be surrendered. If not it could be taken by the American army. In this movement the Cubans were to act as scouts and guides ; they were to prevent other Spanish troops from reaching Santiago and were to join the American forces in attack. The fleet bombarded the shore, and under cover of the guns the troops were landed at Daiquiri and other points. The country was a series of hills, with valleys between, filled by dense growths of tall, coarse grass, underbrush, prickly cactus and the strange Spanish bayonet. The roads leading from the shore were little more than rough and narrow trails, full of gullies that washed into mud at each fall of tropical rain. Mules and horses were mostly left behind, as were the supplies for camp and hospital, and the siege guns. General Lawton's brigade landed and went toward Sevilla and El Caney. The next day General Wheeler's command went by two lines, to Las Guasimas, on the road to Santiago. General Young, with three guns and troops from the First and Tenth cavalry, colored regulars, took the lower road, through the valley. Colonel Wood, with the First Volunteer Cavalry, known as the Eough Riders, went by an upper way along the hills. Towards Las Guasimas, the Spaniards lay in the woods and behind the ridges. They had the advantage of smokeless powder and their sharpshooters were placed under cover and behind trees, with barbed wires running through the brush, while the American troopers were plainly to be seen in the open way. MAJOR-GENERAL HENRY W. LAWTON. 284 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE The heat was intense. The men flung away almost every- thing but their rifles and cartridges, and many fell by the way exhausted. Young's forces saw the Spaniards and waited until the Rough Riders, who came by a longer way, should be opposite to them. Wheeler arrived and the attack was made by both wings at once. The troops from below climbed the hill, forced the Spaniards back, and made their way through the woods toward a block- house on the ridge in front. On the path above, the Rough Riders moved along, firing steadily. Captain Capron and others of their advance fell at once and they had many wounded. In the jungle they suffered severely; still, cool and brave, they went forward, keeping under command. Colonel Roosevelt led the way oiit of the woods and ordered a rush to- ward the ridge. The men made one charge, then another, and reached and captured the blockhouse. On the other side the troops came up in the same way. By short and fierce charges they had cleared the hill up to the blockhouse. The Span- iards fled toward Santiago and the first point was gained. In this fight and after it, the men met, in full, the hardships and suffering that made the Cuban campaign one of utmost difficulty. Exposed to distressing heat and rain, the soldiers had no hos- pital near, and few surgeons for the wounded; their food was both scanty and unsuitable, and they suffered for lack of common military shelter and supplies ; yet under it all, the men, even when wounded and dying, displayed heroic patience and courage. To some of the troops Las Guasimas was a first experience. The Rough Riders were among the volunteers for this war. They were men from all ranks of life, recruited by Theodore Roosevelt, CAPT. ROBLEY D. EVVNS. THE WAR WITH SPAIN 285 who resigned his position as Assistant Secretary of the Navy, to go, under Colonel Wood, as Lieutenant-Colonel of the regiment. The army moved to Cevilla, which the Spaniards had left. Scouts were sent out, and again Blue made a circuit about Santi- ago. In a few days, new troops and some field guns having arrived, Lawton's forces were ordered to attack El Caney. In this campaign General Shatter was not in the field, but, owing to illness, was in camp on a hill between the army and the ' shore. In his opinion. El Caney | could be taken easily. After that, ^j^ ^^ the troops engaged were to go to San Jaan, where, meantime, the % other forces were to be held wait- , ing. But El Caney was a strong fort. The Spaniards were under cover there and had their trenches outside. The Americans were in the open hilly country and their cavalry were still fighting with- out horses. In the early morning the battle was begun. It was a day of terrible fighting. The Span-;, iards made most determined re- sistance. The Americans, led by Shaffee, Miles and Ludlow, slowly advanced. Their loss was heavy. The ground was covered with barbed wires, and Spanish sharpshooters were behind the trees ; still by three o'clock Lawton decided to charge the heights. At the moment the order came from Shatter to give up El Caney and go to the help of troops at San Juan ; but Lawton put the order aside and went on. The charge was made, and, in spite of stubborn resistance. El Caney was taken. From this Lawton 's men marched to San Juan, reaching the heights about midnight. In the morning of this same day troops had been stationed below San Juan to wait for orders to advance, and to act as a ADMIRAL PASCUAL DE CERVERA. THE WAR WITH SPAIN 287 reserve, in case of need. From their position it was found that they were exposed to the Spanish fire, both from the trenches and from behind the trees. The officers saw that, though without orders, the men must move. On the right, through an awful fire, General Hawkins led his brigade up the steep hill, with its trenches and entanglements of wire. The first ridge was taken and the troops pressed on to help take the Spanish stronghold at the top. In this bold attack and capture the Sixth and Sixteenth regulars lost heavily. On the other side, the troops under Generals Wheeler and Kent waded the river, and in drenching rain crossed " the open space in full "vi-ew of the enemy — officers and men falling at every step." Colonel Roosevelt led his men forward. They charged over one hill to the crest of another, and, in spite of the bravest efforts of the Spaniards to repulse them, gained the works at the top. As the forces reached the crest of the hill, the whole Spanish force was in retreat down the western side. The Americans, exhausted as they were, spent the night in throwing up earthworks and in burying some of the dead. The fight was renewed by the Spaniards at dawn, but the Americans were able to resist them and to hold the place. Shaffer now asked for the surrender of Santiago. He granted a truce of twenty-four hours for women and children to leave the city, in case of refusal. The surrender was refused, and thousands of old men, women and children came, hungry and shelterless, crowding into the American lines. At the request of the Spanish commander Shaffer extended the truce for a week. Meantime great work had been done at sea — for on this same third of July, the Spanish fleet, obeying Spanish orders, suddenly sailed out of the harbor of Santiago. Admiral Sampson was seven miles away on business with General Shaffer, but his plan, in case of attack, was well known. The United States ships were cleared for action, and quickly clos- ing in, as Commodore Schley signaled, the firing began. The flagship, Maria Teresa, led the Spanish fleet out of the 288 A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE harbor ; the Vizcaya followed ; the Cristobal Colon came next, flying swiftly out to sea ; the Almirante Oquehdo, the last of the great cruisers, was the next in line, and the two torpedo boats, Furor and Pluton, followed, last of all. As the vessels left the harbor they met a fearful fire from the Iowa, Captain Evans ; the Texas, Captain Phillip ; the Indiana, Captain Taylor; the Oregon, Captain Clark; and the Brooklyn, Commodore Schley and Captain Cook, and some other gunboats. The American fire told at once. The Maria Teresa was soon in flames, and many of her men were killed. In a short time her flag was hauled down and she turned to run ashore. The Vizcaya went fifteen miles or more down the coast ; then, "on fire fore and aft," her flag came down, and she too went ashore. The Colon made a race along the coast, pursued by the Brooklyn, Oregon and Texas, until Schley gave orders for the Oregon to fire, after which the Colon surrendered. Admiral Sampson arrived directly after this. The Colon was "pushed by the New York bodily up on the beach," but sank soon after. In the harbor, the Spanish torpedo boats, already injured, were finished by the Gloucester, Lieutenant-Commander Wainwright ; and the Spanish fleet was gone. On the American side, one man was killed and two wounded, and no vessel had been hurt seriously. For Spain the loss was nearly five hundred killed and wounded, with about sixteen hun- dred taken prisoners, including Admiral Cervera and Captain Eulate of the Vizcaya. The work of rescue was quickly begun by all the fleet, and everything possible was done for the relief of the wounded. In this battle the Spanish officers knew beforehand that they could hardly hope to escape. The Spanish gunners had not the skill and training of the Americans. They had to meet the sor- row of defeat, but, as Captain Evans has said : "It should never be forgotten that the Spaniards fought their ships as hard and with as much valor as any men in any ships ever fought." And now we return to Santiago. While Shaffer waited for Toral's answer, new troops had come to increase his force, and the Commander-in-Chief, General Nelson A. Miles, had also joined THE WAR WITH SPAIN 289 him. All these days the Americans lay before Santiago, building trenches and holding themselves ready, in spite of heat and lack of food, to storm the city, if need should be. To prevent the slaughter that would follow such an attack, the United States made the offer that, if Toral would make entire surrender of the city and its forces, all of his command should be sent at once to Spain at the expense of this government. Upon this Toral sur- LANDING STAGE FOR SMALL BOATS, SAN JUAN, PORTO RICO. rendered. The hews went quickly to the American soldiers. The terms of surrender were arranged; the Spanish army left the city for camps outside; the United States flag was raised in Santiago, Colonel Wood was appointed Military Governor, and the fighting for Cuba was over. The harbor was quickly cleared of mines, and the Eed Cross Relief boat came in with its long needed supplies. After this war, over four thousand men lay sick with malarial fever, wounds and exhaustion. Still no move was made to send the soldiers home and, in their behalf, Colonel Roosevelt wrote to General Shatter saying that, to avoid death by thousands, the men should be sent 290 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE to the North at once, there being no more work for the army to do. This letter was followed by a " Round Robin," signed by General Kent, by Wood, and all the officers, to the effect that the army "must be moved at once or perish " from tropical heat and yellow fever. By this irregular raeans many lives were saved, although the troops suffered, on the return, for lack of clean and comfortable transports and proper food and care. The men were sent into camp at Montauk Point, Long Island, and soon began to recover. Even here, however, their coming had not been properly prepared for. In this short war with Spain the telephones, telegraphs and dispatch boats, the newspapers, with their illustrations and letters from correspondents day by day, made it possible for us to hear and know immediately, as no people have ever known before, what was passing at the seat of war. In the hasty undertaking of so great a matter as this war with Spain, many mistakes were made by those who were in charge of affairs, and much suffering was endured in consequence. Men in camps at home sickened and died ; there was mismanage- ment in many departments, and the war has been followed by courts of inquiry, trials and unhappy complaints, public and private. In this war a great service was rendered by the American National Red Cross Society, with Miss Clara Barton at its head. By its care much suffering was lessened and many lives were saved. After the fall of Santiago the United States took Porto Rico. This had been the plan from the first. Spain might not be a kindly neighbor. She might sell the island to England or some other nation, and it was best for us to control it ; also its products and trade would be of use to us. It was considered that Spain had brought the war upon us, that it had cost us many millions, and Porto Rico would be a return for a part of this great loss. The island was not at war with Spain, still the people Avere for the most part happy to be put under the government of the United States. THE WAR WITH SPAIX 291 General Miles and his army sailed from Cuba into the harbor of Ponce. The city surrendered, with welcome to the Americans. Farther inland the Spanish army had made preparation for defense. General Miles directed the American army's advance around and across the island. One town after another sur- rendered gladly, and the Spaniards made but little resistance to THE ADVANCE OF THE BATTERIES. the progress of the Americans. But the chief point to be taken was the cajjital city, San Juan. A fine road ran to this city from Ponce, and on the way, at the pass of Arl)onito, the Spanish army took their stand to oppose the Americans, if not to defeat them. The American army approached this point, but before any attack was made, General Miles demanded the surrender of the Spanish forces. This was refused. General Wilson, of General Brooke's command, advanced with his batteries, and the firing was about to begin, when a messenger from the Signal Corps came galloping down the road with the message : " Peace has been declared." This was the 12th of August. The next steps were to \}q taken without arms. By the terms of the protocol, the United States and Spain 292 A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE were each to send five comniissionei-s to Paris to conclude the treaty. This was done, and after two months of consideration, Spain agreed to the terms of the United States. She ceded the Philippines to the United States for twenty million dollars. She gave up Cuba and Porto Rico and other small islands in the West Indies, and Guam in the Ladrones. The President sent the treaty to the Senate for ratification. But delay arose. Here was the question of land and people — distant lands and foreign people. What was to be done with them \ Until now all lands, except Alaska, had been really a part of the United States, settled quickly by American people and com- ing into the Union, as States, with their representatives in Congi-ess. This could not happen Ts^ith Cuba or the Philippines. What did the government propose to do i If the treaty was signed, were these lands to be given up at once to the Cubans and to the Filipinos, or if, as it was said, these people were unable to set up a strong government, that could protect Americans and provide peaceful conditions of life, were they to be held as colonies and governed by the United States ? In Cuba the Cubans, in revolt against Spain, had not been recognized by the United States as a government. Because of this there was discontent among the Cubans. In the Philippines, the Filipinos, in revolt against Spain, had not been recog*nized as an independent people. In consequence they were showing a hostile spirit. In both of these cases the pohcy of the government was to deal with Spain, dh^ectly and only, until peace should Ije estab- lished ; and after that to consider all questions concerning the relation of the United States to the Cubans and to the Filipinos. But in the Senate a long and serious debate followed. A great sum of money was to be paid for the Phihppines. Was it wise to buy the islands i Would not this expansion — with lands in Asia, and the .subjection of millions of Asiatic people to American authority, compel the government to depart from American ideas of freedom and self-government i Would it not lead to imperialism — the rule of one country over another ? Was there not already danger of war with the Fihpinos ? Some of the Senators wished THE WAR WITH SPAiy 293 STREET OF THE CROSS, SAN JUAN, PORTO RICO. to have these questions answered before the treaty was voted upon. The other party, actmg with the President, held that the treaty should first be signed and all questions settled after that. The treaty was finally voted ujDon by a majority; the President signed it, and the war with Spain was over. All this time there was trouble with the Filipinos. By the terms of the treaty they would become subject to the United States. Before it was signed they sent to America to ask the President to recognize them as an independent people, but McKinley refused to give audience to their messenger, Agoncillo, as the representa- tive of a national government. The President sent a commission to inquire into and report upon the condition of things in the Philippines ; but it was decided that the United States should still assert its authority there. ■:saB I vmia PART X CHAPTER I CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES After the war, Cuba was held, as a territory, under the mihtary control of the United States. Major-General John R. Brooke was made Military Governor. His headquarters, after the Spanish left Cuba, were established at Havana. Colonel Leonard Wood was stationed at Santiago, and other officers were given charge of other districts of the island. In his last message to Congress, the President said that the military government, which had existed in Cuba since its sur- render by Spain, was " to give aid and direc- tion to its people to form a government for themselves ; to assist them to form a government which shall be free and independent. Spanish rule must be replaced by just, benevolent and hu- mane government created by the people of Cuba. Until there is com- plete tranquillity in the island, and a stable government inaugurated, military government must be main- tained." The duty of the military governors in Cuba is to improve the towns ; to see that streets and houses are made clean and healthful; to organize schools and^*J°''-^^^^^*^^°"^_''- «''°°^^- courts ; to use public money for public works ; to appoint suitable officers for police and other town duties ; and to teach the people habits of industry and obedience to town law. The best American officers wish to see military rule give place to civic rule— that is, to the government of the Cubans through 293 296 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE their civil courts and their town laws. This is the American mode of life ; but this, it is said, is yet a long way off in Cuba. Some of the Cubans have found it hard to be held under the military rule of the United States. They wished to take control of their own affairs and make their own plans of government. On the other hand, many have been willing to see the United States in authority; and now there is much talk, both in Cuba and in the United States, of annexing the island and making it a part of this country. While Cuba was thus passing under the government of the United States, trouble was rising in the Philippines. It began in this way: As we have seen, before we undertook the war for Cuba, the Filipinos had been fighting against Spain. When, in our own war, our vessels were sent to Manila, through arrangements made by Admiral Dewey, the Filipinos renewed fighting in the Philip- pines, on land. In this the Filipinos took their part with us in a friendly way, acting as allies of the American navy. The object of the war was the same. as in Cuba — to overthrow the power of Spain. In this the Americans and the Filipinos worked together; still no definite plan was made as to what should be done afterward. This was unfortunate, for, in this war against Spain, the Americans and the Filipinos had two separate ends in view, and these ends were widely different. The Filipinos were fighting for their own freedom. They declared themselves to be an independent people, and wished to be so recognized, especially by the United States. But the United States did not recognize the independence of the Filipinos. Its policy was to demand a complete surrender of the islands, on the ground that, by the terms of the treaty, the Americans had full control and were sovereign in the Philippines. The government sent military commanders to take Manila. They remained with their armies in the islands. The Filipinos were still there, in their own camps, but they held to their desire for independence, and stood apart as a separate people. After the occupation of Manila by the Federal forces, in January y General Otis sent commissioners to meet commissioners CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 297 chosen and sent by Aguinalclo. They met to see what might be done. The Americans, as a grown-up people, are used to government after their own Western methods. These methods they wished to put into practice in the Philippines; taking chief control, and THE ESCOLTA, THE PRINCIPAL THOROUGHFARE OF MANILA. under military rule, teaching the people to live under our laws, as is being done in Cuba. The Filipinos, as a young people, wished to be free to follow their own plan of life, to elect their own officers, and begin to be an independent nation. While making this effort, they wished for the protection of the Americans. The Filipinos claimed that, by their own efforts, they had become free from Spain ; that they were not a subject people, and that they did not, by the treaty of the United States with Spain, pass under our control. But the United States held that the Filipinos were under ^9g A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE American authority, and that this nation was responsible for the safety and protection of the people in the Philippines. The commissioners could not agree. The Eastern people were afraid to agree to American propositions — lest they should lose their independence — and at that time, when things had gone so far, no one was able to bring matters to a reasonable conclusion. After this the United States enforced its authority. General Otis announced the military government of the Philippines. The Filipinos, on their ])art, took up arms to resist this advance of American power. They attacked Manila. Here they were defeated. Aguinaldo then gathered a larger army. As time passed he made requests for an armistice, and for confer- ences to discuss the situation, but General Otis replied that he would consider no proposal except that of unconditional sur- render. To this the Filipinos would not agree, and the war between them and the United States continued. In the Philippines the natives are still making determined resistance, and larger forces are being sent from the United States to compel their submission. Aguinaldo has made an appeal to the Great Powers asking THE TRANSPORTATION OF GRAIN IN THE PHILIPPINES. them to recognize the independence of the Filipinos. If this should be done, the United States would stand as one nation at war with another — not as a nation subduing the rebellion of a people subject to its laws ; while the Filipinos would have the right to buy arms and supplies from European nations to use against us. CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 299 In this country, the people are divided in opinion as to the war pohcy that is being pursued by the government. When Congress closed its last session the President assumed the . control and guidance of the war. This the Constitution gives him power to do. In general the people try to uphold each administration ; that is, to \vork with each Pres- ident during his of office. At times, however, free speech is al- lowed, and, at present, there is m u c h ex- pression of judgment both for and against what is being done. By some tl war against the pinos is held to be the proper means of prog- ress for the United States. By others it is said that peace should not be sought for by bloodshed ; that the war is a mistake and should not be con- tinued ; that it is a war, not for humanity, but for subjection of a foreign people, and that this is contrary to the ideal of Ameri- can life and law. One party thinks it wise for the United States to hold the Philippines as colonies, so that we may have advantage for com- merce in the East equal to that of other nations. It is claimed that, as the islands have come into our possession, we should hold them for our own benefit and for the good of the world ; that, having established ourselves as a great nation, it is time for us to go abroad to educate and uplift other people who are less developed ; that we should teach them our methods of government ; and also COMMON MODE OF PUNISHMENT IN THE PHILIPPINE AND LADRONE ISLANDS. 300 A STOEV OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE that, for our own good, we should now take our place among the nations of the world, even if it leads us to war with them. It is said that the people of the United States need this expansion of land and rule, and that we should not shrink from new duties. On the other hand, it is said that, having destroyed the Spanish fleet, we might have left the Philippines to Spain ; or we might have held Manila only, as a post for commerce in Asia ; that it is contrary to our national principles for us, as a Republic, to hold, as colonists, people who can not take part in the making of our laws. Such a policy is called imperial — having the character of an Empire and not of a Republic. To carry it out will require much money from the people, with a large standing army and navy, and will compel us to have much to do with other nations. As our history shows, the United States has never made one with the great powers of Europe. She has stood alone — a power by herself, growing after her own plan of life, in her own land — refusing to interfere with Old World nations, or to allow any to interfere with her. In this way we have attained independence, prosperity and peace. Still we have much to do. We have the questions of capital and labor, with wages and hours of service ; the control of riots and crime ; the real comfort and care of the people — how to give right help to the Indians ; to teach industry to the negroes ; to improve districts where schools, laws and business are needed — in short, it is said that we need to show a better re- sult of our self-government here before we undertake the uplifting of millions in Asia. In a recent speech President McKinley has said again, that, in the Philip- pines, we must have " peace first : then — for the well-being of the people, a government in which A FILIPINO PEDDLER. CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 301 they shall participate under the Stars and Stripes." Of the Fili- pinos the President said, " They assailed our sovereignty "; and, as to the war, he said there was to be " no pause until all resistance to American authority was sup- pressed." With this policy the war party agree. The tropical climate in the Philippines, the wild country, the long marches and the illness of the soldiers make this war cruel and severe. It has already cost the country many lives, and large sums of money. But be- yond these things, as time passes, many consider that, for the best progress of the country, some way should now be tried to bring the war to a close. The Filipinos are fighting with courage and determination for what they hold to be their rights. They are fighting for land and liberty. By those who oppose the war against them, it is said, that, while it was diffi- cult for a people so different in thoughts and customs, life and laws to come to an understanding with us, at first, or for us to know how to deal with them, better knowledge and judgment might now bring about a settlement of affairs, and that it is time for the proposal of peaceful methods. As matters now stand, it is the duty of the United States to provide a government that shall protect all of the inhabitants of the Philippines, and enable them to carry on their life. In the islands are many Europeans — people from England, Germany and other countries, as well as from Japan, China and other parts of Asia. They, like ourselves, are engaged there in commerce. Who- A NATIVE POL CEMAN OF THE INTERIOR WITH PRISONERS. 302 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE ever has the chief power in the islands must be able to regulate all this business and general life, and to see that it goes on prop- erly under good laws. It is hoped that the Filipinos will be able, eventually, to set up and to maintain this good government for themselves, and that, in the meantime, they may be given and may accept the support and friendly help of the United States. All of these interests and opinions will have great place in the next election, November, 1900. This war with Spain and with the Filipinos seems a great war because we are living in its time. But in history we take the story of the country as a whole, and the story of one country with another, and so we see what each thing means as one part of the history of the great whole, which is world history. The wars of this Eepublic have been : First, the Kevolution, when the country declared itself as a nation, and with it the War of 1812, when, more fully, it proved the same principle of life. In this struggle America was at arms with England only. After that came the Mexican war — a war for conquest of land upon this continent. Next in time came the War of the Eebellion against the government of the United States. In this the nation asserted its unity under its one law, the Constitution, and under its own sign — the flag of the Union. In this unity, the people of the country, in the close of the century, undertook together their latest w^ar — the war with Spain — to liberate Cuba from oppression and give her people independence. In this the United States has been engaged with a foreign Euroi)ean nation ; and thi'ough it the government has been led into connection with people and lands in the East — in Asia, and into a war with the Filipinos which is not yet concluded. During the war the European nations watched us closely to see what skill we should show in warfare ; to see what terms we should make with Spain — whether harsh or liberal ; how we should settle the debts of the conquered countries ; and how we should deal with foreign people — whether by military force, or in peace. All the nations w^ere interested in the results of the war. If the United States should stay in Asia, not merely, as now, for com- CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 303 inerce, but to have rule over colonies there, there would be changes in the world, and new relations to consider — the relation of the Great Powers to America, and her own relation to them. In this England was especially concerned. Having one language and much business with the United States, with Canada in this country as an English possession, giving the English a A ROAD IN THE INTERIOR, PHILIPHINE ISLANDS. direct way across their own lands to the Pacific, and so to Asia, there was every reason for friendliness. For a time the people talked of an alliance between the two countries. But, as history shows, alliances are made only for strength against other nations. At heart each nation loves its freedom, and has the desire to do its own work in its own way and place; and, as a people, we have always chosen to be independent. CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 305 By all these things we see that our history, at the present time, is full of important and wide-reaching interests and questions ; and that the settlement of them all, and the future conditions of the country, depend mostly upon the thoughts and actions of our own people. As we look back we see that our his tory is the story of a people, who, for a short time — a century and a quarter only — have been living, as a nation, among the other powers of the world. It is a short history of gov- ernment and life. As to the work of the nation, its story tells of the wide clearing and occupation of lands, the raising of great and varied crops, with large results from all products of the soil, the quarries and mines. It is the story of industry and skill in labor ; of a great advance in the invention and introduction of machin- ery; in the study and application of many sciences ; in the use of water-power, steam and electricity; in the running of railroads and telegraphs across the country ; and of the establishment of business, of every sort and kind, under one general set of business laws and under the laws of Congress. /in religion our history is that of the separation of the church from the state, with freedom for all sects and creeds to worship God as they think best. In early times in this country there was much teaching of fear, punishment and gloom, under God. This, in general, has changed to ideas of Divine love, the brotherhood of man, and, under God, the power of human thought./ In governraent our history shows how a few people came to .^ J|, 1^ ^ u^- Ml^ jm^H oLJ'S M. 1. 'Htf iIPJ|JPk|p^^^ oTOJifflBfe^'^ HMKjL^k .v^ ^ ^^H^P^^^^ H f '^^^^H MHBn ' ^-^Y ■■" 1^-i^^B Jl ^ vP^^Ti p^^^^Rn^^L V Li V ' ^''^ijl^^^^RSni^ ^mJ l a Si m. ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^S^SbkL'^^^^^^^^^^SBb^HhI ^'^^^^K^kVi ' * "i «^ M^ £jfi!^MK^J^^^^9i^H^^^«^> io^^^B^^^^^^^^^^I IH^ -m^^s^m^^s^s^Bk A TYPICAL LUZON ROAD AND CART. 306 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE this country, how they shook off EngUsh control and worked out their own plan of life. In this growth the United States has been free and independent — a Republic. Our government is an agree- ment. Its power comes from "the consent of the governed." In our towns we have carried out the idea and plan of direct legislation. Every man takes his part in the life and laws of the town. This, Thomas Jefferson said, was " the wisest invention ever devised by the wit of man, for the perfect exercise of self-govern- ment." By some it is thought that the people should now learn to attend still more to their own affairs, and not trust so much to others in the government of cities and the States — that is, that we should have more direct legislation ; and also, as this is one of the great principles of our government and life, it is held by many that we should not take under control foreign people who cannot come into our plan of self-government, and act as American citi- zens ; being, in the words of Lincoln, contrary to "the spirit which prizes liberty as the heritage of all men, in all lands, everywhere." The United States is called a great country. Its plan of life, its ideals and its principles are great and good. We are great in lands and wealth, in commercial power, and in the power of war. We have now to grow to greatness in the arts of peace and life. The real greatness of our history lies in what we have done toward living peaceably and prosperously, as a self-governing people, in our own country. How people shall live together as nations, and how nations shall live together on the earth ; how each man shall work and have such a return for his labor as to enable him to enjoy his work and his life; how sickness, poverty and crime may give place to health, prosperity, self-respect and freedom of life for all people — these are the great questions of the world, and whatever the United States has done to help toward these ideals of peace has been its greatest work. For, as you see, the world now is really all one place, and, in every land, the needs and the hopes of the people are all for these same things — a home and life to live therein. Now that the nations have so much to do with one another CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 307 the world over, what one does is of importance to all. In the fall of 1898 this interesting event occurred. Nicholas 11. , the Czar of Russia, directed his minister of foreign affairs to present to the ambassadors of foreign nations at the Court of St. Petersburg, a proposal for a peace congress. In the manifesto the min- ister said : " The maintenance of general peace and the possible reduction of the excessive arma- ments which weigh upon all na- tions, present themselves in the existing condition of the whole world as an ideal toward which the endeavors of all governments should be directed." It was also stated that the Czar thought that the time had come when the representatives of nations should meet "to seek the most effectual means of in- suring to all peoples the benefits of real and durable peace, and above all, of putting an end to the progressive development of the present armaments " — that is, the growth of armies and navies. It was said farther, that the nations longed for peace ; that for this end, they had strengthened their defenses, yet had never been able to attain their desire. That the labor and capital of nations were still diverted from highest purposes ; that hundreds of millions were given to the support of war; that the armies were a burden to the people ; that to seek a means of warding off the calamities that are threatening the whole world is a supreme duty which to-day is imposed on all states ; and that the con- ference proposed by the Czar would draw together the efforts of all the nations who were seeking to make the great conception of universal peace triumph over the elements of trouble and discord." This call was responded to by China and Japan, Persia, NICHOLAS II., THE CZAR OF RUSSIA. CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 809 Turkey, Servia, Roumania, Bulgaria, Austria-Hungary, Italy, Spain, France, Switzerland, Belgium, Holland, Germany, Eng- land, the United States, Denmark, Sweden and Norway. Dele- gates representing each of these countries were sent by their governments, and the congress met in May in Holland, at the Hague. The delegates sent by the United States were Mr. Seth Low, President of Columbia College; Mr. Andrew D. White, Ambas- sador at Berlin ; Mr. Newell, United States minister at the Hague ; Captain Mahan, of the na\^; Captain Crozier, of the Ordnance Department of the army, and Mr. Frank Holls, secretary. The delegates from each country were men of highest ability, learning and experience in the conduct of national affairs. The president of the conference was the Baron von Staal of Russia. At the opening of the conference he said : "To seek the most effective means of ensuring to all nations the benefits of a real and lasting peace ; that is the chief aim of our deliberations." The general subjects of the conference were arbitration in place of war ; the safety of private property in war, on sea and land ; and consideration of the best means and methods in warfare. The conference closed on the 28th of July, 1899. A statement of the prmcipal work that had been done was drawn up in three resolutions, to the effect that the nations should make laws to govern war on land and sea, and to lessen its losses and suffering ; and that they should establish a i)ermanent court of arbitration to which all nations might carry all subjects and causes of dis- pute. This statement was to be carried by each delegate to his government for its judgment and decision. It is hoped that many of the powers will agree to and sign this treaty or plan. If the nations will agree to establish a permanent tribunal for the settlement of their disputes, it will be the greatest Court in the world. Nations might still go to war if they chose, but there would be a choice. There would be the way of the Court — the way of law — for the peaceful settlement of all national differences; and, once established, this would soon become the most intelligent and the highest way of the world. 310 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE This meeting to consider the use of law in place of warfare, came at an interesting time in the world's history, for Russia, Germany, France and England, are all military nations, as indeed are all the peoples of Europe. The greater the nation, there, the greater the army and navy. These are kept ready for use at any moment. War is expected, and prepared for. The cost of these armaments is great. The people give the money for their support, and if these means of war are to increase, the burden upon the people will be still greater. The United States has never kept a large army or navy. If now this government is to hold foreign colonies in distant parts of the world, it too, with other nations, will need a large standing army and navy to defend its shores and posts. This will impose upon the people a great tax for military purposes, and this, many citizens of the United States object to, as not being the best mode of life. For these, and many reasons, the people of our country and of other nations take interest in the results of the conference at the Hague. For fifty years past these things have been talked of in the United States. For ten years past, here and in Europe, peace con- gresses have been held by men who see that the arts of peace are the true arts of life; that war hinders these, and that, for this reason, war should be controlled and led to cease. The world is always glad when any trouble is settled without war. We are still in dispute with England about the boundary of Alaska. England and Venezuela are still in dispute over their boundary lines in South America ; but all hope for the peaceful settlement of both questions. A WANDERING TRIBE IN EARLY TIMES AT EVENING PRAYER. CHAPTER II THE PAST AND PRESENT As we look back from the days that we hve in, we can see the great steps, that, from ancient times to now, the human race has taken. In early times men lived as tribes. The family was the begin- ning. A group of families closely related were ruled by their chief — the patriarch, or great father of them all. Under this guidance the tribes moved about, for their life was that of shep- herds mostly, and they went from place to place to find pasturage. From this beginning history shows that men have grown into nations. The first nations of which we have the full history, appeared in Asia. From there, as you already know, " Westward the course of empire takes its way." This " way " of the nations leads us finally to ourselves. It leads us, through the centuries, from three thousand years before Christ to now — to two thousand years after Christ. In that time, as you know, history passes from Asia into Europe and then on to America. Here, as a people, we began upon the Atlantic shore, and on the eastern side we now have Cuba under our control. As we grew we settled the lands across to the Pacific, and now beyond that western coast we have Hawaii, and farther still, 311 313 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE IDOLS IN ELEPHANTA CAVE, BOMBAY. across the world, we are holding the Philippine Islands as Ameri- can territory. So the nations now encircle the earth, and the movement of life westward brings us, in history, again into Asia. In this great "course," each of the nations has done its own work ; each has established itself in the world in its own character and power, and on its own ground, has stood as one part of the great world- whole. That whole we call Humanity. And here we shall do well to look back and learn a little more of the history of the nations. People often speak of "the treasures of the past." His- tory tells us what those treasures are. Every great nation, as it has lived its life, has done something that others have not done ; and as each, when it leaves this earth, leaves its story and its work behind, something remains, even from those nations which we call dead, to show what its character was. And, too, whatever has been left as "treasure," from the old life and times, has been left to us who live here to-day. We, who are the youngest people, are the heirs of the whole race ; and history teaches us that our inheritance is truly a great one. India, China and Japan fill our markets to-day with the gifts and produce of their present labor and growth, and we, in turn, fill theirs. But behind all this, lies what has come to us from long ago. In our museums we keep fragments of the industry and art of the old nations, or of the nations in their earlier days, but, above all things that are of value to us, the greatest gift of the past is language. Through the words that people have used we know their THE PAST AND PRESENT 313 thoughts. The thoughts of the past have taken shape, mostly in song and story, in history, and in the hymns and prayers of old religions. For many years the scholars of the world have pondered over and studied the old languages. One ancient book after another has finally been put into English translation, and now, in our libraries, we have many volumes in which we may read thoughts and sayings that were written down two and three thousand years before Christ. It is not always easy for us to know what these old writings mean. Some of them we can never understand, and some of them mean one thing to one person who reads them, and other things to others. But we can not open these books, or even read one of the old songs without feeling that the old people really lived here ; that they loved the earth and sky as we love them, and that their ideas and feelings were very like our own. Here is a word from an ancient Chi- nese book : "Great Heaven is intelligent and is with you in all your doings. G-reat Heaven is clear-seeing and is with you in all your wanderings and indulge n ces "—and here is a word from Confucius, a great teacher in China, who died 479 B.C. : " Hold faithfulness and sin- cerity as first princi- ples. When you have ,,mple of maoura, ,nd,a. 314 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE faults do not fear to abandon them." In India, we find the Rig- Veda, the oldest sacred hyms of the Aryan people, who gave the land its name. In these hymns we see how these people loved nature, and how deeply they thought of life. Here are some lines from a Vedic hymn to the Sun: " Impetu- ously swift, Sun, beheld of all, maker of all, art thou. Thou illuminest all the gleaming sky. Thou risest up before the people A BAMBOO GARDEN IN JAPAN. of the shining gods, before men also, before all, to be seen as pure light; to be thy eye, O pure, bright Heaven, wherewith thou gazest down on l)usy man among all creatures." And a Vedic hymn to Starlit Night: ''Night comes, the shining goddess, who now looks out afar with many eyes, and puts on all her beauties. To rest come the throngs of men ; to rest the beasts ; to rest the birds ; and even the greedy eagles rest. O night, as a conqueror brings a herd of cattle, so do I bring this hymn to thee. Daughter of Heaven, accept it." The books of India are full of thought and poetry. " Not to THE PAST AND PRESENT 315 A JAPANESE COUR- YARD commit any sin, to do good, and to purify one's mind." Many a saying of this kind is to be found in later Indian writings. Farther west in Asia, in the Avesta, the sacred book of the old Medes and Persians, they sing to "Ahura- Mazda — Maker of the material world, thou Holy One— With chanting praises I present all good thoughts, good words and good deeds." And there are praises and prayers to Mithra, who was the wide-spreading light of the sky—" Mithra, the lord of wide pastures— who is truth speaking. " " Should the evil thoughts of the earthly man be a hundred times worse, they would not rise as high as the good thoughts of the heavenly Mithra." In that same great valley in western Asia, where Babylon stood so long, writings have been found that show some of the dark thoughts of the human race. There are copies of prayers and chants that were said by the prietss for the people against the spirits of evil. The priest could cast the spell over the de- mons, and cast them ( )ut of the house, out of the road, out of the air ; still the hearts of the people w ere ruled by fear. "The fiends, the fiends!" they cried. This is what we call superstition — a JAPANESE CHESS. 316 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE belief in things that we do not dare to search into and explain. This belief in the power of things in nature — plants, birds, crea- tures, and even human l^eings— to inflict suffering, ran through Europe. All through the Middle Ages people believed in witches and spells, and finally, even over here, in 1692, in Salem, Massachu- setts, twenty people suffered death for, as it was said, practicing witchcraft upon their neighbors. But some things in history can never be again. With the nations of Asia we think also of Egypt, in Africa. A land of wonders and of beauty for the traveler, the scholar and the artist, Egypt has its own literature. One great writing was "The Book of the Dead." In our museums we have parts of its strange pages. It tells of religious cus- toms, and of the '.!_ thoughts of the Egyp- tians about the life and death of man. Then across the Red Sea, again in Asia, our own Bible was written — the sacred book of the Hebrews. This, with the later New Testament, is the Bible of the Christians of the world. So Asia stands as a treasure house, to which we hold the key. Its battles are well-nigh forgotten, bat its writings are full of life, and full of interest for us all, old and young. When we see how this ancient work was done, with mate- rials, signs and letters so unlike ours, we understand, in part, what skill and patience it has taken for scholars to learn to read and to translate these oldest books of the world. And now we pass into Europe. Here we come to people who are more nearly akin to ourselves — that is, they are more modern, and we come to languages that we study and speak. The old Indian language was Sanscrit. It is studied in our THE PANTHEON, ROME. THE PAST AXD PRESENT 317 universities. It belongs in one great class of human speech with Greek and Latin, and with all Aryan tongues. You have read how, in Europe, Greece, with her chief city, Athens, became a giver of gifts to the whole Avorld. Passing to Rome, you have read a little of the great influences that went out from her. The city was a world-capital, drawing into itself, and sending out to all nations, the force and the char- acter of Eoman life. Through the centuries since then Rome has remained a capital city. Since the early days of the Roman Church it has been the home of the Popes, and they, for four cen- turies and a half, have lived in the famous Vatican Palace. The writings of Greece and Rome are called "classic." They form a class by themselves, of their own kind, complete and finished. Beginning with these, and passing north, Europe is a land overflowing mth books of every possible kind. By themselves they make the study of a lifetime. But, as we go on in Europe, we come to English, the language that we speak ourselves. You have seen how Latin came to be made a part of the languages that grew up afterward. In our own speech, and especially in history, or in speaking of politics, we use many words that grew out of Latin. Words grow from roots, and also words can be altered and made over — as, for instance, unus is the Latin for one. From this we make union, unity and other words of that mean- ing. From re-praesents we make represents ; and legis-lator is a law-giver. The English language is spoken now in many jmrts of the world. This has come to be the case through England's having had colonies in different countries. The language has been used officially — that is, for government purposes, and in trade, and so has taken the first place, although, in these countries, the people have still spoken and do speak their native tongues. In this way Eng- lish has been carried into India, into Egypt, into South Africa, to Australia and many places beside. The American people also have carried English speech about the world, and if now we hold the Philippines as colonies, and establish government there, one language will be still more fully used in Asia, 318 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THEATER OF THESEUS, ATHENS. But before we turn to the present time, while we still are speaking of tlie past and its gifts to us, we should go on, north- ward from the British Isles, to the little country of Iceland, just below the Arctic circle. In this is- land, far from other coun- tries of the earth, the people have a store of tales and songs that are a valuable part of the old literature of the world. Iceland lies high above the water, about six hundred miles west from Norway. It is now subject to the King of Denmark. Over a thousand years ago some of the sons of Norway, those fearless sea-rovers who, in history, have been called the Normans, sailed away from their old home, and went to Iceland. They went to escape from the rule of a king, Harold Haarfager (Fair- hair), whose tyranny displeased them. They went west for liberty. Other northern peojjle from the Hebrides, the Orkneys, and from Ireland, joined these Norwegians, and l)y the middle of the tenth century the island was settled. The land is vol- canic. It has been thrown up by the action of fire from below, and while some parts are grassy and habitable, it is still largely a land of barren r o c k s, with sharp, steep hills and cliffs, with its famous volcano, Mt. Hecla, and with many geysers and THEATER OF BACCHUS, ATHENS, THE PAST AND PRESENT 319 hot springs rising in a land of ice and snow. The Icelanders were a republican people. They soon organized their great meeting, the Althing. In this they made their laws, and there, as an independent people, they lived, having little to do with other nations. The Icelanders carried with them the old speech of the North — the Norse language ; and there, in that far-away place. THE RIVER NILE. where other languages came slowly and seldom, the old tongue was preserved, and in it the old tales of the Teutonic religion of early days were remembered and repeated until at last many of them were put into writing, and so saved as a treasure for the world. This old religion — we call it the Norse mythology now — gave way to the teachings of Christianity about the beginning of the eleventh century; but after that the Icelanders still recited their songs and their sagas — stories of the creation, of the deluge, of the doings of the gods and goddesses, of the ills that befall, and of the final joy that comes to gods and men. The collections of Icelandic prose and poetry are called the THE PAST AND PRESENT 321 Eodas. The singers of these songs were called Skalds. Their songs are all in very short lines, as in this, about the creation: " The sun knew not His proper sphere ; The stars knew not Their proper place ; The moon knew not Where her position was." But the sky was lifted up into its place, and then — *' From the South the sun Shone on the walls ; Then did the earth Oreen herbs pro- duce, The moon went ahead, The sun followed. His right hand held The steeds of heaven." The capital of Iceland is Reykja- vik — a little place of three thousand people. Its people are intelligent, and do all that is possible for education. Coming back now from this high latitude into Europe, we know, from even this little reading of history, that, among the nations now living there, a great and busy life is going on. We look on the map ; we see what land each nation has to dwell in, and we understand two things — that every nation is like a little world, complete in itself, yet every one has relation, more or less, to all the others. As you know, each country has its capital city. Latin, caput, a head. The capitals are the centers of government. In the work that has been done in these historic cities, we read the political GRAND ENTRANCE TO PARIS EXPOSITION IN igoo. 322 A STORY OF TUB WOULD AND ITS PEOPLE I » ** , ?<. -ill-. I ? IJ ^ h ^ "1 i I ^ - ^ ft I' ' -*' "' i» lOQC OP ALEXANDER M FSPLANADE DES INVALIDES. history of the past. Within them have been made the great laws by which the nations have been guided, and in them to-day ar& being made the laws in which lie the hopes of the people in their present and future days. In each of these great national life centers are the goA^ernment buildings, always superior and beautiful ; the palaces of officials^ the public squares and broad, well shaded and brilliant avenues. Dignity and honor, and fine and careful workmanship, belong- naturally to these places, where men have met to organize and direct the life of the people. In many of the capitals of Europe much manufacture and trade gather in the circles of life outside of the governmental department. In Berlin, for instance, the capital of the German Empire, books are published and much work goes on. London,, from its early days, has been a busy port, and to-day is still a THE PAST AND PRESENT 323 ,* is IT : -, f ti -i^ .*# DONie OF MANUFACTURES f ESPLANADE DES INVALIDES— Continued. great commercial center ; while Paris abounds with industries and with every possible kind of life. Fifty years before Christ, Paris was the capital of the Parish, a small tribe of Gauls, who took their part in the wars with the Roman Caesar, and carried their small trade up and down the river Seine. To-day Paris is the capital of the French Republic. Through these eighteen hundred and fifty years, this old town has grown to be what it is now. Its history is long and great, for it has remained as a center through many changes in land, in government, in laws, manners and customs ; and has stood through storms of war with almost every nation that has arisen as its neighbor. Now, as the new century opens, France has invited the world to send its best work and its treasures for exhibition in another Universal Exposition. The idea of these great fairs began in 324 A STORY OF THE WORLD AM) ITS PEOPLE France. The first was held in Paris in 1798. This fair was for the French people only. In 1851 the English enlarged the idea, and invited the nations of the world to take part with her. In 1855 France followed this idea with a Universal Exposition, and within the last twelve years both France and America have held these fairs again. The work of preparation for the coming exposition in France was begun in March, 1897. A new avenne is to be opened for the Fair, which is to remain as a part of the city. It is to l^e called the Avenne Alexandre III. It will give a wide and imposing view. From it a bridge is to lead across the river Seine to the Esplanade des Invalides, and from there the way leads to the Champs Elysees, one of the notable avenues of Paris, and of the world. The bridge is called the Pont Alexandre III. Its corner stone was laid by the Czar of Russia, Nicholas II., during a visit to Paris in 1896. By this you see that Russia has much to do mth France. To see why this is so, we must look, directly, at Russian history. All the latest work of the world will go to this Fair at Paris, and, although it is but seven years since the display at Chicago, there will be many new things to show h(^w, meantime, the world has been working and studying. Among these new inventions will be the cinematograph, the Rontgen, or X rays, automobiles, and the sub-marine ))oat. In this Exi)osition all means for using light and electricity will play a greater part than ever before, and the night scenes will be of greatest beauty. Mr. Peck, the commissioner-general for the United States, has secured a space next largest to that of France and Russia, and with great interest the exhibits of our arts and industries are being i3repared. One event has occurred in France through which it is feared that the success of this Fair will be lessened. An officer of the French army. Captain Dreyfus, was charged with having betrayed to Germany certain facts relating to the affairs of France. This, in a soldier, would be treason. The charge and the trial were military. Captain Dreyfus was con- demned to exile and to the severest imprisonment. He protested THE PAST AND PRESENT 325 THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL PAVILION, PARIS EXPOSITION, 1900. his innocence. After five years he was granted a new trial. The court again declared him guilty. The world in general con- demned this decision of the court, as an act of highest injustice. This judgment of the nations was openly expressed. In a few days the French government overruled the verdict of the court and pardoned Dreyfus, who was then set at liberty. 326 A STORY OF THE WORLD A XI) ITS PEOPLE In the indignation caused by this proceeding of the court in France, some exhibits were withdrawn by peofjle of different nations from the Fair. To some this will seem the proper course ' to pursue. Others will hold that industry /^ and art belong to peace and progress ; that the Exposition is for the good of ,the world ; and that, while cruel in- , justice in the army of a country, or out, must receive the condem- nation of all noble minds, it is 1 the part of wisdom for all good things to go on steadily. And now, Ijeing still in Eu- / rope, we will turn to Eussia and / its history. In the table of races you will N^ ^ifl^^^H^H^^IP^ ^^^ ^^^^ Slavs — an Aryan people PETER THE G?!EAT. They lived, in early times, on the Baltic, to the east and south. While the Slavs lived there, as tribes, there came from Asia other tribes — the Huns, the Cossacks and Cal- mucks. These were a wild, fierce i)eo])le, kin to the Tar- tars of Asia. They belonged to the Yellow, or Mongoloid race. At different times these Asiatics came tearing into Europe. In the fifth century A.D. the Huns appeared. They were, at first, in what is now Hungary. From there they marched westward among the Teutons— the GREEK CHRISTIAN CHURCH AT MOSCOW. THE PAST AND PRESENT 327 Saxons, the Franks, the Ahemanni, or Germans, the Burgundians, .and the Goths. As you know, the Goths went south into Rome and the southern countries. The Burgundians and Allemanni went into Switzerland ; the Franks, in the course of time, got into France ; their kinsmen, the Germans, crowded back the wild Asiatic invaders, and, after a long struggle, drove them from the point of THE PALACE OF THE CZAR AND KREMLIN WALL, MOSCOW. Augsburg, eastward. This was in 955. After that the Huns left the west of Europe to the Teutons. In these restless times the Slavs, Avho were also disturbed in their homes, did not grow into a nation by themselves, but moved eastward with the Huns, or went, some of them, down toward Greece into the lands that are now Servia and Eoumania. During this period Rurik, a Norman, of the tribe of Russ, was invited by Slavs, vv^ho lived on the Gulfs of Finland and Bothnia, to be their prince and rule over them. They went together to Novgorod, on the Yolga River. This was the founding of Russia. Rurik's descendants ruled to the end of the sixteenth century. The Norman and Slavic people took up, with their own life, the THE PAST AXD PRESENT 329 life and language of the aborigines — the different tribes who had drifted over, from Asia mostly. For this reason Russian life and language has a character of its own, that, in some ways, sets Russia apart from the Teutonic nations in the north, west and south of Europe. Late in the tenth century the Russians accepted the teaching of the Greek Christian Church, and this is the church of Russia to-day. With this step, monasteries were established, and learn- ing began to have some place in the life of the people. After this the Tartars, their warlike and restless neighbors, made Russia pay tribute for two hundred years. Still the intruders did not crush out the life of the people. In the last part of the fifteenth century, Ivan Vasilievitch and his soldiers shook them off. Moscow was built, with its Kremlin, or citadel ; and later, Ivan's grandson took the name of Czar — ruler of all the Russians. The standing army of Russia was established, land was taken, southward to the Caucasus Mountains, and Siberia was thought of as a Russian possession. Early in the seventeenth century the Romanoff family came to the throne. The Cossacks, wild troops of Asiatic horsemen, were com- pelled to acknowledge the Russian power, and the nation became well-grown. From 1689 to 1725 Peter the Great was the Czar of Russia. He traveled through Europe, saw civilized customs and regular governments, and studied industries and ways of trade. He then I'eturned to Russia to teach these things to his own people. In this way Russia came into conditions more like those of Europe. Its government was cruel, the peoi)le were coarse and barbaric in many ways, but sailors, artisans, and army officers came into the country and its new civilization began. By the eighteenth century the Russians had become a strong and generally developed people. Its language began to take on its modern form, and its trade with other countries had opened. Russia had a great struggle with Sweden, which had grown to be a strong power. After victory over the Swedish army, Peter founded St. Petersburg, the present capital. Improvements were 330 A STOEY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE made; roads, canals and harbors gave help to trade; English, Dutch and other merchants came into the ports, and new indus- tries were opened for the people — mining and manufactures. In this way Russia took her place and became of importance in Europe. The Russian government wished to extend its lands to the Baltic Sea in Europe, as well as into Siberia, in Asia. In this move- ment Russia took part in the incessant wars, which, as you mil see when you read the history of Europe, raged between the various countries — England, France, Germany, Austria, Prussia, Hungary and the rest. In this period of history, Russia gained the lands to the west, and after fierce wars with the Turks, in 1790, she had also the Crimea and lands upon the Black Sea. In this close of the eighteenth century, the writings and teach- ings of France had great influence in Europe. In Russia, French teachers were employed, French scholars, by the in\dtation of the Empress, Catherine II., visited St. Petersburg, and the French language was spoken there. In the course of Russia's growth, the peasants were enslaved. They were called serfs— being bound to the soil. After three hundred years, by the decision of the czar, these serfs were set free, and were given lands of their own to live upon. This was in 1861. In 1812, when Napoleon Bonaparte was, for a time, master in Europe, he led his army to Moscow, against Alexander of Russia. The campaign was one of the most terrible in history. The French army was destroyed, and Russia remained unconquered. In the present day France and Russia are upon friendly terms, and the bridge at Paris bears the name of the Czar. The history of Europe, as a whole, is, as you see, the history of many nations. In any first study of them only a few points can be seen. But, as we turn to our own home, we should pause to learn something about Switzerland. This little country attracts attention in the world, because of its prosperity, and because it is governed by its own people, as a Republic. THE PAST AND PRESENT 331 To go back to Roman times, this mountainous land in the heart of Europe was the home of Keltic tribes. Among these, the leaders were the Helvetians. These people passed under the rule of the Romans. After that, in the third century after Christ, the Germans from the north pressed into the country and made a home there; and next after that, the Franks came, with their GENERAL VIEW OF BASEL. armies, and held the country under Frankish rule. This made Switzerland French and German. Under Charlemagne the land was a part of his Empire, and the people were aided in peaceful ways. The cities of Basel, Zurich and Geneva had schools and churches, and were well founded. At that time also Switzerland was divided into cantons or districts. After Charlemagne died, his lands fell apart, and the new nations, as you know, began to grow up into modern form. Princes and nol)les strove to rule in Switzerland, but no one became master there. From the first, the little country had a stormy history. Its neighbors, France on the one side, Austria, a growing power, on 332 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE GENEVA, SWITZERLAND. the other, Germany above, and Italy below, were constantly at war, and at times desirous to take the whole, or a part, of Switzer- land, for their own. But the Swiss had a native love of liberty. In the thirteenth century the Forest Cantons, Unterwalden, Schwytz and Uri, formed an alliance — a perpetual league. This was the beginning of the political union of Switzerland. In 1315 the battle of Morgarten was fought. In this the Swiss took a great step toward independence, for they defeated the Austrians, and maintained their land as their own. Through the centuries that have followed, other leagues have been made, and, in spite of wars about them, and in spite of war among themselves, the Swiss have stood together, until, in these later years, they have grown to be one people. The Swiss have always been industrious and intelligent. Their cities have been the homes of scholars, as well as centers of trade, and in them the oppressed and exiled of other nations have found refuge. At present, in this country, much interest is felt in the Swiss government. Thei'e is no President in Switzerland, as in the United States, but each canton has certain powers of its own, while other powers are given to the general government. Two ways are followed by the people that are thought to help THE PAST AND PRESENT 333 the country. One is the Initiative (Latin, inire, to begin). This means that if a man wishes to have a new law made he may begin tlie work himself. He may go before the council with what he wishes to have done. If a certain number of voters can be got to" sign his request, the matter is then sent on to the rest of the voters, and they, together, decide whether it shall be made a law or not. The other method of the government is called the Refer- endum (Latin, re-ferre, to carry back). When any law has been passed by the Federal Assembly, or in the assembly of any one of the cantons, it goes back to be considered by all the voters, and is to be accepted or refused l)y them. In this way the people have direct power in their own gov- ernment; and in connection with this, the Swiss are careful to provide schools, so that every child in the country shall be educated. Again, from the shores of Europe we cross the ocean, going westward. The first time that we made this voyage, it was to find the way. Exploration of the world, was the idea and the hope of men in the days of Columbus. Everything then stood in separation. THE QU'Y AT GFNEVA. 334 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE Tlie oceans were unknown and unmeasured. The North was far from the South ; the East was farther stiU, though always longed for ; the West was a mariner's dream. Men waited for the winds, as they sailed, and trembled before the storm-cloud and the gale. But to-day, as we cross, the seas of the earth are the path- ways of the nations. Here, in their ships, they pass to and fro, flying the colors that tell who they are, going from port to port^ and making a line of connection the whole world round. Here is change, great and complete. By what power has it been brought about ? By the power of human thought ? As we saw in the first pages of this book, when man comes into this world, he brings, within himself, the plan and the power of his human life. This power man is sent here to use, as the seed is sent into the world of nature to grow into flowers and fruit ; and, as history teaches us, this power, working within the heart and mind of man, has led him on to be a master, where once he was but as a child. The working out of this human power, after the plan that guides mankind, has led, everywhere, to the birth and growth of nations. This, history shows us plainly. Man does not live alone. The wish of his heart is unity — to be with his own kind. Led by this wish, men have found their homes, and have lived together in them. Rude, strong and cruel of heart, man has gradually grown to ideas that we call civilized — to ideas of liberty and of justice. This progress of the world brings us to the opening of the twentieth century, and as we look about to see how the old century closes, we discover that what men have wanted, they are wanting still. The ideal of the world, that which it desires most of all and constantly works for, is unity. It is that men shall live together, and use the earth together, carry on business together and in reality l3e one people so far as their work, their interests and their comfortable life is concerned. The history of to-day shows how this is going on. The West has really reached the East. In China, for instance, France, Germany, Italy, England and Russia are asking for room for rail- THE PAST AND PRESENT 835 roads of their own. These will run from the sea up into the land and very soon new industries will be opened — mines of coal, iron, copper, tin and even some gold ; and mills for better use of the products of the country. In this extension of power, Russia has already a railroad giving a fourteen days' journey froiu St. Peters- burg to Vladivostok, on the Japan Sea, just north of China. In Africa, which once was an almost unknown land, the nations of Europe have colonies and trading posts. Great Britain is in the north, and in the south ; Germany is in the east, and France, Holland, Portugal nnd Belgiuin have ku-ge interests hi the country. All over the world the railroad and telegraph g( > where trade goes, and the exchange of goods and products is constantly en- larging, from land to land. As man works on, it is believed that, through this unity of interests and the close connections of business, the world will come to have better liv- ing, better education, and more peaceful enjoyment of life. This freedom, com- fort and safety, is the desire of all men. His- tory sIkjws that what we desire we work for, in the home, the school, the town, the State, the na- tion, and the woi-ld. In this work the youngest reader of his- the matterhorn. Switzerland. 336 A SrORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE tory has his part. It begins at home. It begins with rights and duties, among those who are nearest to us. As we grow older, we come to the rights and duties that belong to us in the world at large. In all this, step by step, history is our teacher. It shows us the mistakes and the sorrow, the progress and the joy of the AYorld. It shows us the excellence of law and order, and points out to us the ideal of justice, the desire for harmony, that rules the heart of man. History teaches us, too, that the way to this highest life lies in the doing of a few things well. "Keep ye the Law — be swift in all obedience, Clear the land of evil — drive the road and bridge the ford. Make ye sure to each his own, That he reap what he hath sown ; By the peace among our peoples let men know we serve the Lord," IMPORTANT EVENTS IN North American History FROM THE EARLIEST DATES TO THE PRESENT TIME CIVIL, POLITICAL AND MILITARY COMPILED BY ALLEN E, FOWLER CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA PRE-HISTORIC RACES Our present American history dates back only about four hundred years. Previous to that period the existence of a pre-historic race may be traced through the ruins of cities, and subterranean habitations, in which skeletons, stone implements of warfare and pieces of pottery and earthen vessels of peculiar design and color are found. In some of these mounds, tools of copper, brass and silver, and precious stones have been dug up. The most marvelous of all the relics of these ancient inhabitants are found in Arizona. Here almost every hill-top within a range of 10,000 square miles is covered with broken pottery, so perfectly glazed that its bright and varied coloring is well preserved. Here, also, are ruins of build- ings four stories in height, reservoirs, irrigating canals, and fortifications, where multitudes of caves are cut in the solid rock, and closed by masonry of stone and cement. These caves are accessible by way of ladders. These subterranean caverns were evidently prepared w^itli a vast amount of labor as asylums against a fierce and invading foe ; and long and cruel must have been the wai-fare w^hich forced them to forsake their villages and cultivated fields and make their homes in the rocky depths of the mountains. Where and how the last of this numerous and wonderful race were blotted out of existence, leaving behind no tradition of its origin, will forever remain a mystery. The ruins of Spanish cathedrals and towns are still scattered over New Mexico and Arizona, but their earliest records give no account of these inhabitants. Neither did the intelligent and semi-civilized Montezumas, nor the vast tribes of Indians subject to them, have any knowledge, or dim tradition even, concerning these monuments of a long-forgotten people. 339 340 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE THE AMERICAN INDIANS The earliest explorers of the American Continent found here a race of inhabitants, which they called Indians, because Columbus and the early adventurers supposed they had discovered the long-sought eastern shores of India. The time of their occupancy of the country or the date of their origin cannot be known. 1403. Oct. 12. Columbus discovered land, lie planted the cross and took pos- session of the island, naming it San Salvador. 1492. Oct. 28. Columbus discovered Cuba, and soon afterwai'd numer- ous other Islands, all of which were inhabited. 1493. Sept. 25. Columbus made a second voyage to the West Indies with a fleet of seventeen ships and fifteen hundred persons. 1497. June 24. John and Sebastian Cabot, Italians, in the service of Henry VII., King of England, dis- covered Labrador and Newfound- land. 1498. May 30. Columbus sailed from Spaiii on bis third voyage to the New AVorld with ten shijis. This time he discovered the continent of South America. 1499. May 16. Americus A'espucius, a Florentine, sailed to explore the New World. He followed the course of Columbus, landed upon the coast of Paria, but proceeded only as far as Cape de Verde. 1502. May 4. The Government of Spain sent Columbus upon his fourth and last voyage, equipped with four ves- sels and one hundred and twenty men. He discovered Honduras, soon afterward the Gulf of Darien and the adjoining coast. 1503. Negro slavery first introduced into the West Indies by the Spaniards. 1506. May 20. Columbus died at Valo- dolid, in his fifty-ninth year. 1512. April 2. Juan Ponce de Leon dis- covered Florida in search of the fabled "Fountain of Perpetual Youth." 1513. Sept. 26. Balboa discovered the Pacific Ocean. 1520. March 31. Fernando Magellan dis- covered Patagonia, and wintered in a harbor on its coast. 1520. Nov. 7. Magellan entered the straits which have since been called by his name. 1520. Nov. 27. Magellan entered the Pacific Ocean, where he sailed over three months 1521. March 6. Magellan discovered the Ladrone Islands. 1521. March 16. Magehan discovered the Philippines. 1522. Sept. 7. Sebastian del Cano, com- mander of the Victory, one of the ships of Magellan's expedition, returned to Spain, having sailed round the world in three years and twenty-eight days, his being the first vessel which circumnavigated the globe. 1522. Bermuda Islands discovered by Juan Bermudez, a Spaniard, who was wrecked upon them. CHE 0X0 LOGY OF NOETII AMEEICA 341 1524. Verazzani explored the coast of 1540. North America, calling it New France. 1534. April 20. James Cartier sailed from St. Malo, France, with two ships of sixty tons, and one hundred 1541. and twenty-two men. 1534. May 10. lie came in sight of Newfoundland. Soon after visited several harbors on the opposite coast of Labrador. 1541. 1534. July. He took possession of the continent for the King of France. Soon afterward he sailed into the river St. Lawrence. 1535. May 19. Cartier sailed on his second voyage with three ships, one 1541. of 120, one of 60, one of 40 tons. He jDursued the same course as the 1543. preceding summer, and sailed up the St. Lawrence. 1535. Oct. 2. Cartier arrived at the Indian town of Ilochelaga. To the hill 1553. under which the town was built he gave the name of Montreal. 1535-1550. Money was coined in Mexico, and a printing-jiress introduced; a university and several colleges founded. 1537. Cortez discovered the peninsula of California, and explored the greater part of the gulf 1539. May 30. Ferdinando de Soto arrived upon the western coast of Florida with 9 vessels, (300 men, 213 horses and a herd of swine, to explore the country and search for gold. 1577 1540. Gonzalo Pizarro, with a force of 340 soldiers, 150 horses, and 4,000 Indians, crosses the Andes to exi^lore the gi'eat unknown world beyond. Enduring incredible hardships from cold and fatigue. 1565. 1572, Aug. 23. Cartier upon his third voyage, with five ships, anchored in the mouth of a small river on the St. LawTence, where ho built a fort. In the sirring Cartier visited New- foundland en route for France, where he found three ships with 200 persons of both sexes, on their way to Canada to found a colony. July. The colony arrived at St, Croix. They passed a tedious win- ter, suffering from sickness, and the following summer they abandoned the enterprise and retiu'ned to France. De Soto discovered the Mississippi Eiver. Alvarado, successor to De Soto, descended the Mississippi from the mouth of Eed River, where De Soto died, to the sea. The entire Indian pojralation in Cul)a became extinct through the cruelty of the Spaniards. Sept. St. Augustine founded by the Spaniards, and the Huguenots massacred. Sir Francis Drake, with three small vessels, entered the coast of New Granada, jilundered the settlements, burnt the shipping, and held the whole region at his mercy. He re- turned to England with enough wealth to make him one of the rich- est private persons in the kingdom. 80. Drake, with six shi2'>s and 164 men, made another expedition to South America. He sailed through the straits of Magellan and entered the Pacific, then sailed along the coast to California, of which he took formal possession in the name of 342 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE the Qiieen of England. Fearing to 160G. meet the Spanish cruisers, he re- solved to sail westward. He accom- plished his purpose, and reached England in 15S0, after an absence of nearly three 3'ears. 1578. Sir Humphrey Gilbert obtained a patent from Queen Elizabeth to discover and appropriate all lands unoccupied by Christian pow- ers in North America, in the name of the crown of England. 1583. Gilbert attempted the settlement of Newfoundland, taking possession in the name of the Queen. He established the cod-fisheries, from which England has derived more profit than though the island had been filled with gold-mines. 1584. The territory from Canada to Florida was granted by Elizabeth, the virgin queen (whence its name, Virginia), to Sir Walter lialeigh. 1584. Raleigh fitted out two vessels and anchored in Roanoke Bay. 1586. Davis' Straits discovered by John Davis, an Englishman. 1586. Tobacco first introduced into Eng- land. 1587. The first child born of English parentage in North America was 1612. named Virginia Dare. 1603. (*hamplain, with two small vessels, 1613. sailed from France and entered the St. Lawrence River. 1614. 1604. Champlain again visited Canada and attempted a settlement on an island in Passamaquoddy Bay. 1614 1604. Settlement established at Port Royal, X. S., by the Huguenots under De Montz, 1604. New Brunswick first colonized. 1608. 1608. 1608. 1609. 1609. 1610. 1610. 1612. April 20. North America, be. tween the 34th and 38th degrees of latitude, granted by James I. of England to the Plymouth Com- pany, and from the 41st to the 45th to the London Company. Jamestown colony, founded 1607, reinforced by 120 men and a large stock of provisions and implements of husbandry. Champlain returned to America and founded the C'ity of Quebec. Pocahontas saved the life of Capt. Smith. Champlain discovered the lake which bears his name. Sept. 21. Henry Hudson, an Eng- lishman, in the employment of the Dutch, discovered the river which bears his name. Lord Delaware visited Delaware Bay, giving it its name. Hudson sailed on his last voyage. After sailing two mouths he en- tered the great bay which has since been called by his name. The nefarious lottery scheme was enacted and put into practice in the Virginia Colony, bringing £29,000 into the treasury of the London Company. Pocahontas was taken prisoner by Capt. Argyl. April. Pocahontas was married to John Rolfe. New York settled by the Dutch on Manhattan Island, now New York City. Two English vessels, under com- mand of Capt. John Smith and Thos. Hunt, prospected the shores of New England from Cape Cod to Penobscot. They drew a map of CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 343 the coast and presented it to Prince Charles, who gave the country the name of New England. 1615. The cultivation of tobacco first in- troduced into Virginia. 1615. Baffin's Bay discovered hy Baffin. 1617. Pocahontas died in England, leav- ing a son, who was educated there. 1620. Nov. 10. The Mayflower anchored in Cape Cod liarbor. 1620. Dec. Landing of the Pilgrims at Plymouth, Mass. 1620. Aug. A cargo of negroes brought from the coast of Guinea by the Dutch, and sold to the Virginia planters. 1620. Ninety young and respectable women were brought over to the Virginia colony and sold as wives. The enterprise proved so success- ful that sixty more came over. The price of a wife was at first esti- mated at 120 pounds of tobacco, which sold for three shillings per pound. Afterward they brought 150 pounds. 1620. Plymouth Company changed to Council of Plymouth, and a new charter granted. 1621. The Dutch made a gi'ant of New Netherlands to a W. I. Company. The W. I. Company built New Am- sterdam (New York), and founded the city of Albany. 1620. Schools for Indians established in Virginia. 1621-25. Unsuccessful attempt by Lord Baltimore to settle Newfoundland. 1622. Indian massacre at Jamestown. Three hundred and forty-seven of the colonists killed in open day. 1625. King James discontinued the House of Representatives in Virginia, and supplied a new form of government to the colonies. 1628. Salem, Mass., settled by a colony of Puritans under John Endicott. 1629. First settlement in New Hampshire. 1629. Charlestown founded by the Massa- chusetts Bay Colony. 1629. Qiiebec taken by the English. 1030. Boston, Cambridge, Roxbury, and Dorchester founded. 1030. John AViuthrop, first Governor of Massachusetts l^ay Colony. 1630. First Ceneral Court held at Boston. 1030. Fifteen hundred Puritans, with a Heet of 17 ships, arrived in New England. 1031. The Puritans passed a law restrict- ing all participation in pnl^lic affairs, and all citizenship to church mem- bers . 1031. First iron works in the IT. S built at Lynn, Mass. 1031. First vessel built in the U. S. 1032. June. James I. granted a charter of land to Lord Baltimore, which, in honor of the Queen, was named Maryland. 1032. Canada restored to the French. 1033. Maryland settled by a Roman Cath- olic colony under Lord Baltimore, whose kind treatment of the Indians won their confidence. 1034. Maryland settled by Leonard Cal- vert. 1634. Roger Williams banished from Massachusetts for preaching dis- senting doctrines. 1030. Hartford, Conn., settled. 1637. Mrs. Anne Hutchinson was ban- ished from Massachusetts for con- tending for freedom of debate in religious meetings. 344 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1637. 1637. 1638. 1638. 1638. 1639. 1639. 1639. 1639. 1639, 1640, 1640, 1642, 1642 1642 1643 1644 1644 Harvard College founded with an appropriation of £400. First Congregational Synod in Massachnsetts. A fleet of 20 ships arrived in Mas- sachusetts from England with' 3,000 emigrants. Another massacre of the colonists at Jamestown. First settlement in Delaware made by the Swedes. First printing-press in North America set up at Cambridge, Mass., by Stephen Day. Corn-planting was enforced by law in Maryland, and a gi'ist-mill erected. First public hospital in America, founded at Quebec. A written Constitution framed and adopted by the people of Connecti- cut. Newport, Rhode Island, founded. ]\Iontreal founded. First jDOwder mills erected in the United States. The English House of Commons, by vote, exempted the New England colonies from duties upon goods, either imported or exported. Oct. 9. The first commencement at Harvard College. 45. Indian War in Maryland. First Union formed by the colonies of Plymouth, Massachusetts, Con- necticut, and New Haven, under the name of the United Colonies of New England. Treaty of peace between the N. E. colonies and the French settlements of Acadia. ■45. Eebellion in Maryland and war with the Indians in Virginia. 1644. Rhode Island obtained a charter, 1044-46. " Blue Laws " passed- blas- phemy, idolatry, adultery, and witchcraft were punished by death^ and for any other crime committed on Sunday, in addition to the regu- lar punishment, catting off an ear was added. 1645. Clayborne's rebellion in Maryland. 1646. Massachusetts passed an act for th& spread of the Gospel among the Indians, and John Elliot preaclied to them ill their own tongue. 1646. The Assembly of Maryland (Romarb Catholic) passed laws tolerating- liberty of conscience in religious- belief. 1647. Arrival at New Amsterdam of Stuyvesant, Dutch director -general of New Netherlands. 1649. English Parliament formed a mis- sionary society for the conversion of Indians in America. 1651. Navigation Act passed by England^ restricting the commerce of the colonies. 1652. The first regular bookseller in America was Hezekiah Usher, of lioston. 1652. First mint established in New Eng- land, in Massachusetts. 1655. Stuyvesant captm-ed the Swedish. settlement in Delaware. 1656. Quakers first arrived in Massachu- setts. Their persecution by the Puritans. 1659. Four Quakers executed on Boston. Common. 1600. Church of England established by Charles II., and no preachers but. those regularly ordained by the Bishops of England were allowed to preach in the colonies. CHROXOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 345 1660. A duty of 5 j^er cent was levied by the English Government upon all merchandise of import or export in the American colonies. 1660. English Navigation Act established. 1660. Supreme authority of the people declared in Maryland. 1662. Three persons hung for witchcraft in Hartford, Conn. 1663. Feb. 5. Earthquake lasting with short intervals for six months, and extending over the greater part of North America. 1663. First settlement in North Carolina. 1661. Aug. 27. New Amsterdam sur- rendered to the English, and Colonel Nichols appointed British Governor. 1664. Elliot translated and printed the Bible in the language of the Ameri- can Indians. 1664. First permanent settlement in New Jersey. 1665. Every town in Massachusetts had a free school. 1665. June 12. New York City incor- porated. 1666-75. Marquette, a Jesuit missionary to the Indians of the Northwest, explored the upper Mississippi Iiiver and adjacent country to Arkansas. 1666. The Virginia colony convened an Assembly. 1666. Act of 1649 confirmed, establishing absolute political equality among all Christian denominations. 1670. First settlement in South Carolina. 1672. First copyright granted by Massa- chusetts. 1672. A mail route established between New York and Boston by way of Hartford. 1673. Mississippi River explored by Mar- quette and Joliet. 1674. First Legislative Assembly met in. South Carolina. 1675. June 24. Commencement of King Philip's War. Attack on Swanzey. 1676. Bacon's rebellion in Virginia. Berkeley attempted to suppress it,, and a civil war was declared. 1676. Jamestown burned and the houses of the loyalists pillaged, and prop- erty destroyed. 1676. Aug. 12. King Philip killed and his tribe scattered. 1679-87. La Salle, the French explored, traversed the great lakes, descended the Ohio River to the falls, and the Mississippi to its mouth. 1680. Foundation of Charleston laid. 1681. March 14. Pennsylvania granted to Wm. Penn. 1682. Penn made a treaty with the Indians. 1682. The city of Philadelphia founded. 1682. La Salle took possession of the country on both sides the Missis- sippi River, naming it Louisiana. 1683. Second Assembly held in Philadel- phia, and a new Constitution, adopted and new laws passed. 1685. Arnold went to Hartford with a body of troops and demanded the surrender of their charter. The Assembly artfully concealed the charter, and refused to give it up. 1686. First Episcopal church formed in. Boston. 1686. Massachusetts deprived of her charter. 1687. First printing-press established near Philadelphia by William Bradford. 1688. New York and New Jersey colonies united to New England . 346 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1688. A woman executed in Boston for witchcraft. 1689. Sir Edmund Andros seized and imprisoned in Boston, and sent home to England. 1689-97. King William's War between the French and their Indian allies, and New England. 1690. Feb. 8. Schenectady burned by the French and Indians. 1690. First paper money issued in Massa- chusetts. 1690. Expedition against Port Royal, Nova Scotia, by Sir Wm. Phipps, of Massachusetts. 1691. Acadia seized and plundered. 1691. Maryland made a royal province. 1692. Massachusetts Bay colony and Plymouth colony united under a new charter. 1692. Sir Edmund Andros appointed Governor of New England by James II. 1692. William and Mary College, Vir- ginia, chartered. 1692. Witchcraft in Salem, and many people put to death. 1692. First printing-press established at New York by William Bradford. 1695. Eice first introduced into Carolina from Africa. 1696. Indian attack on Haverhill. 1697. Close of King William's War. 1699. Louisiana settled by the French at what is now Biloxi, Mississippi. 1700. Lead mines discovered by Le Suer, a French explorer, at Dubuque, Iowa. 1701. Detroit founded by the French. 1701. Commencement of Queen Anne's War. 1701. Yale College founded. 1701. New form of government given to Pennsylvania. 1702. Mobile settled by the French. 1703. Culture of silk introduced into Carolina. 1704. First newspaper (Boston Xeios- Lettei') published at Boston by Bartholomew Green. 1704. French and Indian massacre at Deerfield, Mass. The village was burned, and 47 persons killed. 1710. First colonial post-office at New York. 1712. Indian massacre in North Carolina. 1713. Close of Queen Anne's War. 1713. Slaves transported to South Caro- lina, by British ships, to cultivate rice. 1714. First schooner built at Cape Ann. 1715. New Orleans and Natchez founded by the French. 1717. Spanish Government monopolized the tobacco trade. 1719. First Presbyterian church founded in New York. 1720. Tea first introduced into New Eng- land. 1722. Paper money first used in Pennsyl- vania. 1725. First newspaper in New York (N. Y. Gazette) published by Wm, Bradford. 1727. Earthquake in New England, 1730. Printing-press and newspaper estab- lished at Charleston, S. Car. 1732. Tobacco and corn made legal ten- der in Maryland. 1732. Birth of George Washington. 1732- June Georgia founded by Ogle- thorpe, and a charter granted 1733. Feb. Savannah, Ga., founded. 1733. July 30. First Grand Lodge of Freemasons on the American con- CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 547 tinent, organized by Henry Price, a successful merchant of Boston. 1738. C'ollege at Princeton founded. 1740. First stove (a cast-iron fire2)lace) was invented by Franklin. He refused to accept letters paten c offered him by the Governor of Pennsylvania, Avishing to give the benefit of his discovery to the people. 1741. "General Magazine and Historical Chronicle" published by Franklin.- 1741. July 18. Vitus Behring, a cele- brated Eussian explorer, discovered Alaska. 1742. Faneuil Hall built by Peter Faneuil. 1744. King George's War began. 1746. England and France determined to wage a war of extermination upon each other in their American colo- nies. 1748. New England issued bills of credit. 1749. Moravian Seminary, first eminent school for girls, organized at Bethle- hem, Pa. 1751. Sugar-cane first cultivated in the U. S. on the banks of the Missis- sippi Kiver, above Xew Orleans. 1753. Washington, when only 21 years, sent by Gov. Dinwiddle, of Vir- ginia, went to the French com- mander on the Ohio to effect a set- tlement of territorial claims. Un- successful in his mission, he re- turned on foot, over 500 miles, with but one companion. 1754. Columbia College founded in New York. 1754. April 2. Colonel Frye, with a regiment of Virginia troops, was sent to occupy the fort at the Alle- gheny and Monongahela rivers. Finding the French had already erected a fort, he hastened to attack the French, surprising and defeat- ing them. 1755, July 9. Gen. Braddock put to flight by the Indians near Fort Du Quesne, and over half the army, officers and men, were lost. 1755. Sept. 8. Americans defeated by the French near Lake George. 1755. French also defeated by the Ameri- cans. 1756. May 19, War declared with France by Great Britain. 1756. Aug. 14. The French under Montcalm cajitured Fort Oswego. 1757. Fort William Henry taken by the French. 1758. June 2. Louisbourg, on Caj^e Breton Island, taken by the Eng- lish, together with Island Eoyal and St. Johns. 1758. Aug. 27. Fort Frontignac taken by the English under Col. Bradstreet. 1758. Nov. 25. Fort Du Quesne evacu- ated by the French and taken possession of by the English. 1758. Peace with the Indians was secured between the Ohio River and the lakes. 1758. Gen. Washington elected to the Virginia House of ]5urgesses, 1759, July, Niagara, Ticonderoga, and Crown Point taken by the English, 1759. Sept. 13. Battle of Quebec. A desperate battle was fought, during which Wolfe and Montcalm were slain. 1759. Sept. 18. Surrender of Quebec. 1760. The French surrendered Canada. 1761. March 12, Earthquake in New England, 1762. Louisiana ceded to Spain by France. 348 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1763. Feb. 10. France surrendered all her possessions in North America, east of the Mississippi Eiver, to Great Britain. 1763. Havana restored to the French in exchange for Florida. 1763. Feb. 10. Peace concluded between the English and French at Paris. 1764. March. Authority to tax Ameri- can colonies voted by the House of Commons. 1764. April 5. First act for levying revenue passed by Parliament. 1765. March 2-2. Passage of the Stamp Act, which required the people to purchase for specified sums, stamps and to place the same upon all written documents. 1765. First Medical College established in Philadelphia. 1765. May 20. Virginia resolutions against the right of taxation. 1765. Oct. 7. A Congress of 27 delegates convened at New York, and declared themselves against the Stamp Act. 1766. Feb. Franklin examined before the House of Commons. 1766. March 18. Stamp Act repealed. 1766. First stage route established be- tween Providence and Boston. 1766. Methodism first introduced into America. 1767. June. Taxation laid on paper, glass, tea, and painters' colors. 1767. Non - importation agreements adopted by the colonies. 1768. Feb. Convention of deputies called by Massachusetts at Faneuil Hall, Boston. 1768. The British Government stationed a military force in Boston. Begin- ning of hostilities, which engendered a spirit of resistance in the American, colonies toward the mother country. 1769. Boston refused to receive goods from Great Britain, and sent them back. 1769. Paper-mill erected at Milton. 1770. March 5. The Boston Massacre. A mob composed of citizens of Bos- ton attacked the British soldiers. During the fray three citizens were killed and five wounded. 1771. Rebellion in North Carolina against the Government officers to resist the oppression of the English government and demand redress. 1773. First asylum for the blind at Wil- liamsburg, Virginia. 1773. Dec. 16. Destruction of tea in Boston Harbor. The citizens of Boston threw a cargo of tea into the ocean, sent by Great Britain in open violation of the act of the colonies against receiving merchan- dise subject to tariff. 1774. Shakers founded by Ann Lee, an English woman. 1774. May 13. General Gage arrived in Boston Hai'bor as commander of the royal forces of North America. 1774. The colonies jaroceeded to enlist and di'ill minute-men, and appoint com- mittees of safety and supplies. Massachusetts called for 12,000 men to be equipped for service, 1774. Sept. 14. Second Colonial Con- gress assembled. Eepresentatives from twelve colonies met in Phila- delphia to enact measures for the protection of the people. They prepared an address to the King, declaring their loyalty, but demand- ing redress for their grievances. CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA '.UO 1775. 1 irw-r 1775. 1775. 1775. 1775. 1775. 1775. 1775. 1776. 1776. April 14. First Society for the Abolition of Slavery was formed in Philadelphia, with Franklin as President. Apr. 10. Battle of Lexington. The British met with a loss of 1)3 men killed and taken prisoners, and 185 wounded. The colonists had 50 killed and 28 wounded and missing. May 10. Caj)ture of Ticonderoga. Jnne 17. Battle of Ihmker's Hill. The British lost 1,051 men, among whom were 19 commissioned officers, and 70 more wounded. The loss on the American side was 139 killed, among them the brave Gen. Warren. The wounded and missing numbered 314. July 12. Washington took com- mand of the American army. Gen. Montgomery, with 1,000 men, attacked St. Johns, Canada, captur- ing the town, 600 prisoners and a large numlier of cannon. Col. Ethan Allen taken pris- oner near Montreal and sent to England. Montreal taken with 600 i^risoners. Bombardment of Quebec. A navy of 13 vessels ordered by Congress. Cougress ordered the issuing of $5,000,000 paper money. Benjamin Franklin appointed first Postmaster-General. Jan. 1. Lord Dunmore burned Xorfolk, Va. March 17. The British evacuated Boston with 7,000 men, leaving their barracks standing, and stores to the amount of £30,000. June 28. The British defeated at Charleston, S. C. 1776. 1776. 1776. 1776. 1776. 1776. 1776. 1776. 1777. -I \^mtv i-l t i . 1771. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. The dawn of independence, July 4. The American colonies openly de- clared their independence and free- dom from British sovereignty. Aug. 2 Battle of Lonff Island Discouragements to the American cause. Sept. 16. Battle of Harlem Plains, N. Y. The British took possession of the city. Oct. 28. Battle of White Plains. Nov. 16, 18. Forts Lee and Wash- ington taken by the British. Battle of Trenton, X. J. Congress convened in Baltimore, and resolved upon prosecuting the war, redoubling their energies. Volunteers began to flock to the army from all departments of life. Great Britain established the prison- ship system. Great Britain attempted to create discord among the colonies. Wool-carding machinery invented by Oliver Evans, of Boston. Jan. 3. Battle of Princeton. The British routed, with a loss of 430 men. March 15. Vermont organized as a State. March 23. Destruction of stores at Peekskill. April 26. Tryon destroyed Dan- bury, Conn., with a large amount of military stores. May 23. Expedition against Sag Harbor, Long Island, by Meigs. June. Burgovne invaded New York. June. Burgoyne held a council with the Indians. July 6. Evacuation of Ticon- deroga by Gen. St. Clair. 350 A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1777. 1778. 1778. 1778. 1778. 1778. 1778. 1778. July 7. Battle of Hnbbardton; White Hall taken. July 8. Battle of Fort Auue. July 31. Sympathy of France. Lafayette arrived from France with troops and supplies, and offered his services to the colonies. July 10. Capture of Prescott by the Americans. Aug. 16. Battle of Bennington. Sept. 11. Battle of Brandy wine under Gen. Washington. Sept. 19. Battle of Stillwater. Sept. 26. British troops under Sir Wm. Howe entered Philadelphia. Oct. 6. Capture of Forts Clinton and Montgomery on the Hudson. Oct. 7. Battle of Saratoga. Oct. 14. The fight for German- town. Oct. 17. Defeat and capture of Burgoyne. Nov. 15. Articles of Confedera- tion adopted by Congress and rati- fied by all the States. Nov. 16, 18. British captured Forts Mifflin and Mercer on the Dela- ware. Dec. Suffering of AVashington and his army at Valley Forge. Jan. 5. Capt. Cook explored the coast of Alaska. Franklin, Dean, and Lee were sent as Commissioners to France. Feb. 6. France acknowledged the independence of the United States. March. Lord North's conciliatory bill passed by Parliament. March 7. Nicholas Biddle killed in naval action. June 18. British evacuated Phila- delphia. June 28. Battle of Monmouth. 1778. 1778. 1778. 1778. 1770. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. 1779. Battle of Briar Creek, Norfolk taken by the Capture of Stony Point, July 3 and 4. Massacre at Wyo- ming. July 11. Arrival of a French fleet under Count D'Estaiiig. Nov. 10. Massacre at Cherry \'al- ley, N. Y., by the Indians. Dec. 29. Savannah taken by the British. Jan. 9. Capture of Sunbury, Ga., by the British. Feb. 14. Battle of Kettle Creek, Ga. March 3. Ga. March 3. British. May 31. N. Y. Junel. Capture of Verplanck's Point, N. Y., by the British. June 30. Battle of Stony Ferry. July 5, 7, 8. Fairfield and Nor- walk, Conn., burned by the British. July 5-12. Tryon's raid into Con- necticut. July 16. Storming of Stony Point by Americans under Gen. Wayne. July 16. Recapture of Stony Point by the Americans. Aug. 13. Castine, Me., captured by the British. Aug. 19. Capture of British gar- rison at Paulus' Hook, N. J. Sept. Siege of Savannah, Ga., by the Americans and French. Sept. 3. Paul Jones' great victory off the coast of England. The Bon Homme Richard, his own ship — an old and clumsy vessel of 42 guns — compelled the surrender of a British ma7i-of-war, the Sereins, a new ship of 50 guns. CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 351 1779. 1779. 1779. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. 1780. Dec. Coal first used in America by 1781. Pennsylvania blacksmiths. General war upon the Indians. 1781. Death of Patrick Henry, aged 63. 1781. Feb. 6. Congress called for 35,000 men. 1781. April 14. Battle of Monk's Corner. May 6. Battle on Santee River. 1781. April-May. Charleston, S. C, be- sieged by the British. 1781. May 12. Surrender to Gen. Clin- ton of the American army at 1781. Charleston, S. C. May 19. Remarkable dark day in 1781. New England. The superstitious 1781. regarded it as the "day of doom," 1781. and learned scientists were unable to account for the wonderful phe- 1781. nomenon. 1781. June. 23. Battle at Springfield, 1781. N. J. July 12. Arrival at Rhode Island 1781. of another French fleet and army. 1781. July 30. Battle at Rocky Mount, 1781. S. C. Aug. G. S. C. Aug. 16. Aug. 18. Battle at Hanging Rock, 1781. Battle of Sanders' Creek. 1782. Defeat of Sumpter at 1782. Fishing Creek. Sept. 23. Treason of Maj.-Gen. Benedict Arnold and arrest of Maj. 1782. Andre. Oct. 2. Hanging of Major Andre. 1782. Oct. 7. Battle of King's Moun- tain. 1782. Nov. 20. Battle of Blackstock. Dec. 2. Greene took command of the Southern army. 1782. Dec. 20. "War between England and Holland. 1783. Dec. 30. The First National 1783. Thanksgiving. Bank of North America established at Philadelphia. Jan. 17. Battle of the Cowpens. Feb. 2. Battle of McGowan's Ford. Feb. 16. Battle of Guilford's Courthouse. Jan. and Feb. Gen. Greene's retreat through South Carolina. Ajwil 22. Fort Watson surren- dered to Gens. Marion and Lee. April 25. Battle of Hobkirk's Hill. May 10. Camden evacuated. May 12. Fort Mott taken. May 15. British abandoned Nel- son's Ferry. June 6. Augusta, Ga., capitulated. July 6. Battle of Green Spring. Aug. 3. Arrival of the French fleet under De Grasse. Massacre at Fort Griswold, Conn. Sept. 8. Battle of Eutaw Springs. Oct. 6. Bombardment of York- town. Oct. 19. Surrender of Cornwallis at Yorktown. AVatts invented the rotative engine. The first steamboat was placed upon the Potomac River, by James Eumsey. July 11. Evacuation of the British at Savannah, Ga. Aug. War between the United States and Great Britain closed. Nov. 30. Peace negotiations be- tween the United States and Great Britain signed at Paris. Dec. 14. Evacuation of Charles- ton, S. C, by the British. Fur-trading established in Alaska. April 11. Peace proclaimed by Congress. 352 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1T83. Sept. 3. Treaties of peace between England and the United States, France, Spain, and Holland. 1783. Nov. 25. New York evacuated by the British. 1783. Dec. 23. Washington resigned his commission. 1784. Great distress in the United States owing to scarcity of money. 1784. First agricultural society in the United States at Philadelphia. 1784. Feb. First voyage made from China to New York. 1785. Commercial treaties between United States and Prussia, Denmark, and Portugal. 1785. Thomas Jefferson sent as Minister to France. 1785. John Adams sent as first ambas- sador from the United States to Great Britain. 1786. Financial embarrassment threat- ened the peace of the country. 1786. First cotton mill in the United States built at Beverly, Mass. 1787. Convention held at PhiladeliDhia to form a Federal Constitution. 1787. Organization of the Northwestern Territory. 1788. Thomas Paine made a model for an iron bridge to be built over the Schuylkill, with a single arch of iron of 400 feet span. 1789. March 4. First national Constitu- tional Congress assembled at New York. 1789. Congress passed first tariff bill, and created the departments of State, War, and Treasury. 1789. April 30. George Washington inaugurated as President, with John Adams as Vice-President. 1789. Nov. North Carolina adopted the Constitution. The Judicial system was established. 1789. The first Temperance Society in the United States was organized at Litchfield County, Connecticut. 1790. District of Columbia ceded to Mary- land by Virginia. 1790. Congress moved to Philadelphia. 1790. District of Columbia ceded to the United States by Maryland, for the location of the National Govern- ment. 1790. Rhode Island accepted the Consti- tution. 1790. Oct. 17-22. Gen. Harmer, with a force of 1,453 men, attacked the Indians, and was twice defeated. 1790. First rolling mill introduced into the United States. 1790. April 17. Benjamin Franklin died. 1790. Taking of the first census — popu- lation 4,000,000. 1790. First machinery for siDinning cotton was set up by Samuel Slater. 1791. United States Bank chartered by Congress, with a capital of $10,- 000,000; stock all taken in one day. 1791. Congress laid tax on whisky — the first tax to raise money in the United States for internal use. 1791. First patent issued for threshing- machines. 1791. March 4. Vermont admitted into the Union. 1791. Gen. Wayne appointed Commander- in-chief of the American army. 1791. Vermont adopted the Constitution. 1791. Nov. 4. Gen. St. Clair surprised and defeated by the Indians. Nearly one-half of the army of 2,000 men were slaughtered. CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 353 1792. Kentucky admitted into the Union. ] 792. Law passed for establishing a mint. 1792. May 7. Capt. Gray, commander of the American ship Columbia, discovered the Columbia Kiver, naming it after his ship. 1792. First daily paper established. 1792. Insurance Company of North America established in Philadelphia. 1793. Washington's second inauguration as President; John Adams again Vice-President. 1793. Fugitive Slave Law passed. 1793. John Hancock and Koger Sherman died, 1793. Invention of the cotton gin hy Whitney. 1794. Automatic signal telegraph intro- duced and applied in New York. 1794. Whisky rebellion in western Penn- sylvania, caused by the tax levied upon whisky. 1794, Aug. Gen. Anthony Wayne (nick- named "Mad Anthony," on account of his reckless courage) attacked the Indians upon the Maumee, in Ohio, causing them to sue for peace. 1794, Act passed for building of war- ships, 1794. American vessels prohibited from supplying slaves to other nations. 1794, Thread made from cotton at Paw- tucket, E. I. 1794. Treaty of navigation and commerce with Great Britain. 1795. Treaty of peace with Algiers. 1796. Tennessee admitted into the Union. 1797. Inauguration of John Adams as President, and Thomas Jefferson Vice-President. 1797. Treaty with France revoked by Congress, and authority given for capturing armed French vessels. 1797. Arrangements made for raising a regular army. 1797. First cast-iron plow patented by Newbold, of JS'ew Jersey, who expended $30,000 in perfecting and introducing it. 1797. Commi'vciul Advertiser established in New York. 1798. A direct tax and additional internal revenues levied. 1798. Vessels ordered to sea, in anticipa- tion of war with France. 1798. Washington appointed Commander- in-Chief of the army. 1799. Engagement between American and Frencli ships of war. America victorious, and terms of peace secured. 1799. Enssian-American Fur Company organized. 1799. Dec. 14. George Washington, the first President of the United States, died at Mt. Vernon, Va. 1800. Removal of seat of Ciovernment to Washington, D. C. 1800. General bankruptcy law passed. 1800. May 13. Disbanding of the pro- visional army. 1800. Nov. The Democratic, or old Ee- publican, party elected its first candidate for President. 1801, New York Evening Post estab- lished. 1801. March 4 Inauguration of Thomas Jefferson as President of the United States, with Aaron Burr Vice- President. 1801. June 10. War with Tripoli. 1802. Port of New Orleans closed by the Spanish Government, and United States vessels forbidden to pass down the Mississippi Eiver, 1802. First public Library founded. 35i 1 STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1802. Academy of Fine Arts established 1807. in New York. 1802. First patents issued for making starch from corn and potatoes 1802. Ohio admitted into the Union. 1807. 1803. American fleet sent to punish pi- rates in the Barbary States and North Africa. 1807. 1803. April 30. Louisiana Pnrcliase. Over 1,000,000 square miles — pur- chased of France for $15,000,000. 1804, Feb. 4. Frigate President de- stroyed at Tripoli by Decatur. 1808. 1804. Fort Dearborn, the present site of Chicago, built. 1808. 1804. July 11. Duel between Alexander Hamilton and Aaron Burr. 1804. Aug. Bombardment of Tripoli by 1808. Com. Preble. 1805. Sitka, Alaska, founded by the Eussian-American Fur Company. 1808. 1805. Ice became an article of commerce in the Fnited States. 1809. 1805. Enghuid seized several Armed American vessels and insulted the 1809. national flag. 18O0. 1805. June 4. Peace concluded with Tripoli. 1805. March 4. Thomas Jefferson re- inaugurated as President, with 1810. George Clinton for Vice-President. 1805. Nov. 15. Columbia Piver explored by Clark and Lewis. 1810. 1806. May 16. "British Orders in Coun- cil," which declared the whole coast of Europe in a state of block- 1810. ade. 1806. Total eclipse of the sun at midday. 1810. 1807. British vessels ordered to leave United States waters. 1810. 1807. June 22. Attack on the American frigate Chesapeake by the British 1810. ship Leo2mrcl. Aaron Burr tried for high treason^ also charged with a conspiracy against the Government, but was acquitted. Importation of slaves forbidden by Congress, and the traffic declared to be piracy. Robert Fulton, a native of Pennsyl- vania, built a steamboat called the Clermont and made a trial trip on the Hudson River, from New York to Albany. Jan. 1. Slave-trade in the United States abolished. Bonaparte ordered the seizure of all American vessels arriving on the coast of France. First printing-press west of the Mississippi River established at St. Louis. First Bible Society founded in Phil- adelphia. First woolen mills set up in New York. March 1. The Embargo repealed^ ^larch 4. James Madison, fourth President of the United States, and George Clinton, Vice-Presi- dent, were inaugurated Bonaparte ordered the sale of 132 confiscated American vessels, valued at .§8,000, 000. j\Iarch. Na})oleon issued a decree ordering all American vessels to be seized and condemned. Steel pens first manufactured in Baltimore. First agricultural fair in the United States, at Georgetown, D. C. Porcelain clay discovered in Ver- mont. Hartford Fire Insurance Company incorporated. CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 355 1811. May 16. Engagement between the U. S, frigate President and the British sloop of war Little Belt. 1811. The plating of vessels with iron, as a defense against shot and shell, devised by R. L. Stevens. 1811. The first steamboat on the Missis- sippi, built by Iiobert Fulton. 1811. Nov. 7. Battle of Tippecanoe. Tecumseh defeated by Gen. Harrison. 1811. Great earthquake at New Madrid, Mo., extending nearly 300 miles along the Mississippi. 1811. John Jacob Astor's Pacific Fur Company established at Astoria, Ore. 1811. Breech-loading rifles invented by John Hall. 1812. April 8. Louisiana admitted into the Union. 1812. May. Congress levied a tax of $3,000,000. 1812. June 18. War declared with Great Britain. 1812. July 12. Hull invaded Canada. 1812. July 17. Surrender of Mackinaw. 1812. Aug. 5. Van Home defeated. 1812. Aug. 8. Miller defeated. 1812. Aug. 13. The Essex silenced the Alert, the British ship of war. 1812. Aug. 15. Surrender of Gen. Hull at Detroit before a blow was struck. 1812. Aug. 19. Capture of the British frigate Guerriere by the Coiistitu- tion. 1812. Defeat of the Americans at Queens- town. 1812. Oct. 18. Capture of the British brig Frolic by the U. S. sloop of war Was2i. 1812. Oct. 25. Capture of the British frigate Macednnicoi by the frigate United States. 1812. Dec. 29. Destruction of the Brit- ish frigate Java, off the coast of Brazil, by the Coiisfitnlion. 1813. Massacre by the Indians at French- town of American prisoners left unprotected. 1813. March 4. James Madison le- iuaugurated as President. 1813. The Creek Indians subdued by Gen. Jackson. 1813. liritish blockade of the American coast. 1813. Duel between Gen. Jackson and Col. Benton. 1813. First rolling-mills built at Pitts- bi;rg, Pa. 1813. Stereotyping first introduced in the United States. 1813. Feb. 25. The Hornet captured the British sloop Peacock. 1813. April 27. Capture of York (To- ronto), by Brig. -Gen. Pike, who lost his life by the explosion of the magazine. 1813. May 27. Battle of Fort George. 1813. May 28. British repulsed at Sack- ett's Harbor. 1813. June 1. Capture of the frigate Chesapeal\:e by the British frigate Shannon. 1813. July. Attack of British and Indians upon Fort Meigs and- Fort Stephenson. 1813. Aug. 11 American sliij) Argus taken by the British sloop Pelican. 1813. Aug. 30. Massacre of Fort Mimms, Ala. 1813. Sept. 5. Enterprise captured the Borer. 1813. Aug. 10. Commodore Perry's vic- tory on Lake Erie. 1813. Oct. 5. Battle of the Thames, Canada, between Gen. Harrison and 356 A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE Gen, Proctor, -ivith his Indian allies under Tecumseh. 1813. Nov. 11. Battle of Williamsburg. 1813. Dec. 12. Burning of Newark, Canada. 1813. Dec. 13. Buffalo burned by the British. 1813. Dec. 29. C apt u r e of For t N i agar a, N. Y., by the British. 1814. March 2T. Battle of Ilorse-shoe Bend, by Gen. Jackson and the Indians. 1814. March 28. Capture of the Essex at Yalj)araiso, S. A., by the British frigate Phcehe. 1814. April, 29. Peacock captured the Epervier. 1814. May 5. Oswego l)ombarded and taken by the British. 1814. June 25. The Reindeer captured by the Wasp. 1814. July 3. Fort Erie taken from the British. 1814. July 25. Battle of Lundy's Lane. 1814. Aug. and 11. Stonington, Conn., bombarded by the Britisli. 1814. Aug. 15. Battle of Fort Erie. 1814. Aug. 24. Battle of Bladensburg. 1814. Aug. 25. British burn Washing- ton and all public buildings. 1814. Aug. 29. Alexandria, D. C, taken by the British. 1814. 8ept 1. The Wasp captured the Avon. 1814. Sept. 5. Attack on Fort Bower, Ala. American loss 219. 1814. Sept. 11. McDonough's victory on Lake Champlain. The British loss was over 2,000 men. 1814. Sept. 12. Bombardment of Fort Henry. 1814. Nov. 7. British expelled from Pensacola, Fla., by Jackson. 1814. Dec. 14. Battle on Lake Borgue, La- 1814. Dec. 22. Battle below New Orleans, La. 1814. Dec. 24. Treaty of Peace signed at Ghent, Belgium. 1814. First steel plates for engraving made. 1814. Indian massacre at Fort Dearborn (now Chicago), 111., and the fort burned. 1814. The first Anglo-Saxon settler in California was John Gilroy, who settled in the Santa Clara Valley. 1815. Jan. 8. Battle of New Orleans, the British loss amounting to nearly 2,000, while the Americans lost but 13 men. 1815. Jan. 15. The President captured by a British squadron. 1815. Feb. 17. Treaty of Ghent ratified by the President. 1815. -Feb. 20. Constitution captured the Cijane and Lecant. 1815. March. "War declared with Algiers. 1815. March 23. Hornet captures the Pen [I a in. 1815. June 17. Algerine frigate cap- tured. 1815. Oliver Hunt manufactured the first axes in the L'nited States. 1815. Sept. 23. Great flood in New England. Immense damage done to property. 1816. Dec. 11. Indiana admitted into the Union. 1816. Second United States Bank char- tered with a capital of $35,000,000. 1816. James Monroe elected fifth Presi- dent of the United States. 1817. Pensions gr.anted to Revolutionary soldiers. 1817. Dec. 10. Mississippi admitted into the Union. CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH A ME RIG A 357 New England Asylani for the Deaf and Dumb founded. Corner-stone of United States Cap- itol laid. May 24. Pensacola, Fla., cap- tured from the Spanish by Gen. Jackson. Dec. 3. Illinois admitted into the Union. The American steamship Savaiuiah made the first steam voyage across the Atlantic. Dec. 14. Alabama admitted into the Union. Missouri Compromise agreed to by Congress. March 15. Maine admitted into the Union. Oct. Florida purchased from Spain by the United States for $5,000,000. Monroe re-elected President. Petroleum, springs first discovered in Ohio. Macadamized roads first introduced into the United States. Lithography first introduced by Burnett and Doolittle. Aug. 10. Missouri admitted into the Union. The first mercantile house opened in California, at Monterey, by an English firm from Peru. First cotton-mill, Lowell, Mass. Central America formed into a Federal Republic, and became inde- pendent. 1823. Gas company formed in New York City. Capital, $1,000,000. 1824. Pins made by machinery and patented. 1824. First reformatorv-school founded. 1817. 1818. ,1818. 1818. 1819. 1819. 1820. 1820. 1820. 1820. 1820. 1820. 1831. 1821. 1822, 1822. 1823. 1824. 1824. 1824. 1824. 1825. 1825. 1826. 1826. 1826. 1826. 1826. 1827. 1827. 1827. 1827. 1828. 1828. 1829 March 13. Convention with Great Britain for the suppression of the slave trade. April 5. , Convention with Russia in relation to the northwest bound- ary. Aug. 13. Visit of Gen. Lafayette to the United States. Nov. John Quincy Adams elected sixth President, and John C. Cal- houn Vice-President. First overland journey to California made by Jedediah Smith, a trapper. Sept. 7. Lafayette's departure for France. July 4. Death of John Adams, first Vice-President and second President of the United States. Visit of Baron Alexander von Hum- boldt, the great German naturalist, geologist, and distinguished scien- tist, to the L'nited States. Oct. 26. Opening of the Erie Canal. First pianos manufactured in the United States. Duel between Henry Clay and John Randolph. Feb. Treaty with the Creek Lidians. Treaty with the Kansas Indians. Treaty with the Great and Little sages. First railroad built at Quincy, Mass. Operated by horse power. Baltimore & Ohio Railroad organized. , Gen. Andrew Jackson elected seventh President of the United States, with John C. Calhoun as Vice-President. . Jan. 26. Daniel Webster's speech defending the Constitution. oo8 A STOBY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1829, Feb. 20. Eesolutions passed by the Virginia House of Delegates against the United States 'J^ariff Bill. 1829. First Horticultural 8ociety founded in this country. 1830. South Carolina asserted "State's Rights." 1830. April 6. Mormon Church founded. 1830. Dec. 9. Building of the South Carolina Railroad. 1830. American Institute of Learning founded in Boston. 1830. Great debate in the United States Senate between Webster and Hayne, called the "Battle of the Giants." 1830. First locomotive built in the United States by Peter Cooper, the philan- thropist, after his own design. 1831. Great political excitement over Tariff and Free Trade. 1831. Oct. 1. Free Trade Convention at Philadelphia. 1831. Oct. 26. Tariff Convention at New York. 1831 Manning mowing - machine pat- ented. 1831. Steam knitting-machine first used. 1831, Capture and execution of Gibbs, the most noted pirate of the nine- teenth century. In his confession he stated that he had been con- cerned in robbing over forty vessels. 1832. Congress passed a new protective tariff bill. 1832. President Jackson vetoed secession. 1832. First case of Asiatic cholera in the United States and Canada. The scourge swept over the entire land, hurrying thousands into a- sudden grave. 1832. Aug. Black Hawk War, and cap- ture of Black Hawk. 1832. Andrew Jackson re-elected Presi- dent of the United States. 1832. President Jackson vetoed the United States Bank bill. 1832. Electro-Magnetic Telegraph in- vented by Professor Morse. 1832. Asiatic cholera again appeared in New York City, lasting two months, and resulting in 3,400 deaths. 1832. Dr. Samuel Guthrie first published his discovery of chloroform. 1832. Patent granted to E. & T. Fair- banks for "Hay Scales." 1833. March 4. Andrew Jackson inau- gurated President for a second term. 1833. Jackson closed the United States Bank. 1833. The Southern States held a "State's Eights" Convention. 1833. May 3. Congress j^assed Henry Clay's compromise tariff law. 1833. Yellow fever again visited tlie United States in a more virulent form. 1833. First practical safe invented. 1833. Removal of many Indian tribes beyond the Mississippi. 1833. First double-cylinder printing-j^ress constructed by Hoe & Newton. 1833. First useful reapers patented. 1833. Caloric engine invented by John Ericsson. 1833. The first newsboy in America ap- peared when the New York Sun was printed, and sold for one cent per copy. 1833. Nov. 13. Great meteoric shower known as the "falling stars." It created a great sensation all over the country. 1834. March. Vote of censure by the Senate against the President for re- CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 559 moving the Bank deposits, but was soon after expunged. 1834. The whole United States debt paid 1836 off. ■ 1836. 1834. Lucifer matches first made in America. 1836, 1834. First sewing-machine invented by Walter Hunt, of New York. 1834 Raised alphabet invented by Dr. Howe for the use of the blind. 1834-35. Remarkably cold winter all over the United States — snow falling in the Southern States one foot deep ; orange and fig trees 100 years old killed. 1835. Congress established branch mints in Georgia, North Carolina, and Louisiana. 1835. The Cherokees sold their land to the Government for 65,200,000. 1835. May. New York Herald estab- lished by James Gordon Bennett. 1835. Renewal of war with the Seminole Indians, which lasted seven years longer, and cost the Government $15,000,000. 1835. Dec. 16. Fire in New York City; $22,000,000 worth of property burned. 1835. Illuminating gas first introduced into the city of Philadelphia. 1836. Arkansas admitted into the Union. 1840. 1836. April 21. Battle of San Jacinto, in Texas. Santa Anna defeated 1840. and taken prisoner. 1840. 1836. Tlie Smithsonian Institute at Wash- ington founded with the proceeds of a bequest by James Smithson of 1841. $515,169, for the "general diffusion of knowledge among men." 1841. 1836. Nov. ]Martin Van Buren elected eio-hth President of the United 1836, 1837, 1837. 1837. 1837. 1837. 1838. States, and Richard M. Johnson Vice-Presidents Texas declared independent. First National Temjjerance Con- vention, held at Saratoga, N. Y. John Quincy Adams' eleven days' conflict for the right of petition, in Congress. Single - handed and alone, he fought this battle, and achieved for the American j^eople a great victory. Wm. Crompton, of Worcester, Mass., invented the "fancy loom," which produced figures in weaving. Jan. 26. Micliigan admitted into the Union. Financial crash and panic. Eight States failed, and the United States unable to pay its debts. March 4. Inauguration of Martin Van Buren. The express business originated in the United States with Wm. T. Iliirnden, who carried parcels from IsQw York to Boston in a satchel. Commencement of the Canadian rebellion. Oct. 5. United States Bank sus- pended specie payment, followed by the suspension of the majority of the banks in the United States, causing a great jianic. John Ericsson, a Swedish engineer, perfected the first steam fire-engine. Adams' Express Company founded. Nov. Gen. Harrison elected ninth President, and John Tyler Vice- President. March 4. Inauguration of Gen. Harrison as President. April 4. Death of William Henry Harrison, the ninth President of the United States. 360 A STORY OF TEE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1841. April G. Inauguration of John Tyler as President. 1841. Webster's Dictionary first published. 1841. Upper and Lower Canada united in one Government. 1841. Xew York Trihine established by Horace Greeley. 1842. Lucifer matches first made by machinery. 1843. Congress voted SoO,000 to Samuel F. B. Morse to establish his tele- graph lines — first in the world. 1844. Feb. 28. Explosion of a large gun on board the Princeton, killing the Secretary of State, Abel P. Usher, and Secretary of the Navy, Thomas W. Gilnian. 1844. Treaty with China, negotiated by Caleb Cushman, the first treaty made by China with any Christian nation. 1844. First telegraph lino extended from Washington to Baltimore. Tlie message sent was, "Behold what God hath wrought." 1844. The Midas, a small schooner, was the first American steamboat that went round the Cape of Good Hope. 1844. James K. Polk elected tenth President of the United States, and George M. Dallas Vice-President. 1845. Lake Superior copper mines opened. 1845. Texas admitted into the Union. 1845. March 3. Florida admitted into the Union. 1845. March 4. Liaugi. ration of James K. Polk as President. 1845. June 8. Death of Andrew Jack- son, seventh President of the Uni- ted States. 1845. Xaval School at Annapolis opened. 1845. Great fire in Pittsburg, Pa. 1845. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1846. Aug. Gen. Zachary Taylor ad- vanced with 4,000 soldiers to Cor- pus Christi, the western boundary of Texas. March 28. Gen. Taylor marched with 3,500 men to the Gio Grande, and built a fort opposite Matamoras, the headquarters of the Mexicans . May 8. Battle of Palo Alto. The American forces numbered but 2,000 men, and fought against 6,000 Mexicans and forced them to retreat. May 9. Battle fought at Eesaca de la Palma. The Mexicans again outnumbered the Americans, but the Americans gained the victory. Congress authorized the President to accept of 50,000 volunteers, 300,000 offering their services. May 13. Proclamation of war with Mexico. Aug. 8. The President called upon Congress for $3,000,000 to nego- tiate a treaty Avith Mexico. Boundary between Oregon and British possessions settled. Gun-cotton invented. Ether first used as an anaesthetic by Dr. Charles Jackson, of Bos- ton. Aug. 18. Gen. Kearney took possession of Santa Fe, New Mex- ico, M'ithout a blow, having marched from Fort Leavenworth, a distance of 'JOO miles. Sept. Gen. Taylor advanced to Monterey Avith 6,000 troops. The city was strongly fortified and garrisoned with 10,000 men. Sept. 23. Surrender of ^Monterey. Nov. 14. Commodore Conner took Tampico. CHE 0X0 LOOT OF NORTH AMERICA 361 1846. Dec. 6. Gen. Kearney defeated tlie Mexicans at San Pasqual. 1846. Dec. 25. Col. Doniphan defeated the Mexicans at Brazito, near El Paso. 1846. Dec. 28. Iowa admitted into the Union. 1846. Lonis Agassiz visited the United States. 1847. Jan. 8-0. Battles of San Gabriel and Mesa, in California, under Ge-u. Kearney. The enemy were de- feated. 184T. Jan. 8. Mexican Congress resolved to raise $15,000,000 on the prop- erty of the clergy to carry on the war. 1847. Jan. 14. Revolt of the Mexicans in New Mexico against the United States authorities. 1847. Jan. 24. Battle of Canada, in New Mexico — Americans, under Col. Price, victorious. 1847. Feb. 22-23. Battle of Buena Vista. The Mexicans led by Santa Anna with greatly superior num- bers, were obliged to retreat. 1847. Feb. 28. Battle of Sacramento. Col. Doniphan, with 024 Ameri- cans, defeated 4,000 Mexicans. 1847. March 20. Vera Cruz taken by (ien. Scott and Commodore Perry. 1847. April 2. Alvarado taken by Lieut. Hunter. 1847. April 18. Battle of Cerro Gordo. Tlic Mexicans abandoned their works and beat a retreat. 1847. Tuspan taken by Commodore Perry. 1847. Aug. 20. Battles of Contreras and Churubusco. 1847. Sept. 14. The American army entered the City of Mexico, sweep- 1847. 1847. 1847. 1847 1847 1848. 1848. 1848. 1848. 1848. 1840. 1849. ing every obstacle before them. Night alone saved the destruction of Santa Anna's army. At sunrise tlie American army entered the city, and the Stars and Stripes were soon floating above the Halls of the Montezumas. Sept. 13 to Oct. 12. Siege of Pnebla. The Mexicans repulsed. Oct. 0. Iluamantla laken by the Americans under Gen. Lane. Oct. 20. Port of Guayamas bom- barded and captured by the Amer- icans. War with Mexico ended. Voyage of the United States ship Jamestown, with a cargo of food for the starving in L'eland. Feb. 2. Treaty of Guadaloupe Hidalgo, by which New Mexico and Upper California were ceded to the L'nited States, and the western boundary of Texas fixed at the Eio Grande. This war cost the United States nearly 25,000 men and $160,000,000. May. Gold was discovered in Cali- fornia, at Sutter's Mill, near Sacra- mento. May 20. Wisconsin admitted into the Union. Zachary Taylor elected twelfth President of the United States, with Millard Fillmore as Vice-Presi- dent. Corner stone of Washington Monu- ment laid. United States gold dollar first coined. Parliament Houses in iMontrcal, Upper Canada, burned down by a mob. 362 A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 1840. 1850. 1850. 1850. 1850. 1850. 1850. 1850. 1850. 1851. 1851. 1851. June 15. Death of Jumes K. 1851. Polk, eleventh rresideut of the United States. Congress passed the Donation Law, 1852. giving every bona fide settler of 1852. Oregon 320 acres of land and the same amount to a wife, upon con- ditions of settlement upon it within a given time and remaining four 1852. years. 1852. "Uncle Tom's Cabin," a novel written npon slave-life in the South, and published, caused great 1853. excitement all over the North and South. It wns translated and sold in every civilized country on the 1853. globe. Passage of the notorious "Fugitive Slave Law," introduced by Henry 1853. Clay in his great "Omnibus Bill." July 1». Death of Zachary Taylor, 1853. twelfth President of the United 1853. States. Grinneirs Expedition to the Arctic 1854. Seas, under command of Lieut. E. J. Dellaven. Sept. 9. California admitted as a Free State. 1854. Sept 9. New Mexico and Utah organized as Territories. 1854. Sept. 12. Jenny Lind, the "Swed- ish Nightingale," gave her first 1854. concert in the United States at Castle Garden, New York. The recei])ts were -$30,000, and the en- 1854. thusiasm exceeded anything ever witnessed at a public concert. April. Erie Railroad completed. 1854. July 4. Corner-stone of Capitol extension laid, Daniel Webster ij^ki delivering the oration. First asylum for idiots in the United States, established in New 1854. York. Lopez heads anotlier expedition to Cuba with 500 armed men, among them Col. Crittenden. Oct. 24. Death of Daniel Webster. Expedition to Japan under Com. Perry, resulting in the opening of the ports of that empire to Ameri- can trade and commerce. First street railway in '^ew York. Treaty of commerce between Chili, France, Great l^ritain. United States, and Sardinia, (irand International Industrial Ex- hibition in New York, lield in the Cr3'stal Palace. March 4. Franklin Pierce inau- gurated President of the United States. Treaty Avith Mexico for the pur- chase of Arizona. Exploration for a Pacific Eailroad. Yellow Fever again visited the United States. Loss of the steamship Arctic through collision with the iron steamer Vesta, during a fog. Hundreds of lives lost. ]\Iarch 31. Treaty between United States and Jaj^an signed. Stephen A. Douglas' Kansas- Nebraska Bill passed. The Ivock Island Kailroad built from Lake Michigan to the Missis- sippi. Aug. 2. Peciprocity treaty with Great Britain ratified, regarding the Newfoundland fisheries. Invention of the iron tower for iron-clad vessels by Ericsson. Completion of Niagara Suspension Bridge. United States Conrt of Claims established. run 0X0 LOGY of NonTii America O /• o 1855. Great emigration to Kansas. 185T 1855. Sejit. T. First Hebrew Temple in the Mississij^ipi A'alley consecrated at St. Lonis. 1S5T 1856. Hoosac Tnnnel begnn. 185G. Jolm Brown's raid at Ossawat- 1857 toniie. 1856. Eepnl)lican party established. 1857, 1856. Type-setting machine invented l)y Timothy Alden. 1856. April 11. Great bridge ficross the Mississippi at Eock Island com- jileted. 1857. 1856. April 15. Affray at Panama be- tween the passengers of the Ameri- can Transit Company and the 1857. natives. Thirty passengers killed and twenty wonnded. 1856. May. Brutal assault of Preston S. Brooks upon Charles Sumner in the Senate, occasioned by his sijeech, "Crime against Kansas." 1858. 1856. President Pierce, in his Message, declared tlie creation of a free State 1858. Government in Kansas an act of rebellion. 1858. 1856. June 17. First Pepublican Conven- tion held at Philadelphia. John C. 1858. Fremont nominated for President, and William L. Dayton, Vice-Presi- dent. The two important planks 1858. in the new platform were anti- slavery and anti-jjolygamy. 1856. July. Raising by a diver, of the American Express Company's safe, 1859. which was lost on the steamer Afhoifle in 1852. 1859. 1856. Aug. 10. Lost Island, a summer resort on the Louisiana coast, sub- merged during a violent storm; 173 persons lost. 1859. 1856. Aug. 21. Famous Charter-oak at 1859. Hartford blown down. March 1. Inauguration of James Ikichanan as President, with John C. Breckenridge as Vice-President. First attemjit to lay the Atlantic Cable. Patent issued to Charles Alden for condensed milk. A great financial "crash," caused by wild speculation and "stock gambling." The effects were felt the whole length and breadth of (he land. Foundering of tlie steamer Central America off Cape Ilatteras. Over 400 lives and $2,000, 000 lost. Sept. 15. Brigham Young forbade any armed force from entering Salt Lake City on any pretense; he ordered the Mormon troops to hold themselves in readiness, and de- clared martial law. April 30. Congress passed a bill admitting Kansas into the Union. Lincoln and Douglas' campaign in Illiriois. May '[S. Minnesota admitted into the Union. Aug. 16. First message across the Atlantic by cable was sent by Queen Victoria to President Buchanan. Sept. Burning of the steamship Austria, en route from Hamburg to New York. ()f the 538 persons on board, only 67 were saved. Feb. 14. Oregon admitted into the Union. Great flood extending over the en- tire Middle and part of the North- ern and Southern Slates. Im- mense loss of property and lives. Worcester's Dictionary published. Oct. 16. John Brown's capture of Harper's Ferry. 364 A STOliY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 1860. 1860. 1860. 1860. 1860. 1860. Grand embassy from Japan, with a treaty of peace and commerce, to the United States, being the first ambassadors ever sent to any nation by that empire. Prince of Wak^s made a tour through the United States. Expedition of Charles Francis Hall to the Polar Sea in search of Dr. Franklin. May 19. Republican Convention met in Chicago, and nominated Abraham Lincoln for President and Hannibal Hamlin for Alce-Presi- dent. June 18. Democratic Convention met, and nominated Stephen A. Donglus for President and Herschel Y. Johnson for Vice-President. June 28. Arrival at New York of the English iron steamship Great Eastern^ the largest vessel ever con- structed, and capable of carrying 10,000 soldiers, besides her crew of 400. The Great Eastern was used for laying the Atlantic Cable, and proved to be of indispensable value. 1860. July. Death of Charles (Joodyear, the inventor of the process of hardening india-rubber. 1860. Oct. 12. Grand reception and ball given in honor of the Prince of Wales at the Academy of Music, New Y^ork. 1860. Nov. 6. Election of Abraham Lincoln as President, with Hanni- bal Hamlin for Vice-President. Great excitement prevailed all over the Union. Threats of secession and fears of civil war caused great depression in business. 1860. Dec. 3. President Buchanan, in his j\Iessage, advised an amendment of 1860. 1860. 1860. 1861. 1861. 1861. 1861. 1861. 1861. 1861. the Constitution — first, in favor of recognizing the rights of slave- holders to hold property; second, in favor of their protection by Con- gress ; and, third, in favor of the right of the master to capture slaves Avho had escaped to another State. Great agitation Avas caused in Con- gress by this Message, both pro- slavery and anti-slavery members denouncing it. Dec. 20. Convention met in Charleston, S. C, passed an ordi- nance of secession, and ordered the seizure of the Federal property within the limits of the State. Dec. 29. Major Anderson trans- ferred his command from Fort Moultrie, in Charleston Harbor, to Fort Sumter, the principal fort of defense. Jan. The following States passed a secession ordinance : Florida, Mis- sissippi, Alabama, Georgia, and Louisiana. Jan. The first act of the Eebellion was the firing upon the Government steamboat Star of the West by the South Carolina State troops. Feb. 1. Texas joined the seceding States. Feb. 4. Peace Convention as- sembled in Washington. Dele- gates from all the Northern States assembled. Feb. 4. Delegates from the seced- ing States assembled at Mont- gomery, Ala., and established a Provisional Government. Feb. 14. Jefferson Davis made President of the Confederate States. Feb. 26. "West Virginia admitted into tbe Union. CHR 0X0 LOGY OF XOUTH AMEIUCA 3G5 1861. March 4. Lincoln iiiauguruted as President, attended by the I'nited States troops. 1861. March 11. The seceding States met at Montgomery and adopted a Constitution, with slavery as the corner-stone. 1861. March 11. Kansas, Colorado, and Dakota organized into Territories. 1861. The South seized most of the de- fensive fortifications within their borders, some 30 in number, mounting over 3,000 guns, and costing $30,000,000. 1S61. April 12. Bombardment of Fort Sumter. 1801. April 15. President Lincoln issued a call for 75,000 troops to suppress the Rebellion in the South, and was answered by 300,000 volunteers eager to enlist. 1801. April 17. President Lincoln issued a proclamation announcing the blockade of the Southern jjorts. 1861. April 17. Virginia resolved to secede from the Union, and steps were taken to secure the Federal property. ISGl. April 10. I'he 6th Massachusetts Iicgiment, in passing through Balti- more, were fired upon by a mob; a company of the regiment returned fire, and 11 of the mob were killed and four v.ounded. Three of the soldiers were slain and eight wounded. This was the first blood shed in the Rebellion. 1861. May 3. Government called for 4'2,000 additional volunteers for three years, and ten regiments were added to the regular army. 1861. May 6. Tennessee passed an ordi- nance of secession. 1861. 18G1. 1861. 1861. 1801. 1801. 1861. 1861. 1861. 1801. 1861. 1861. 1861. Arkansas seceded from the I'nion. May 20. Xorth Carolina resolved to secede and Join the Confed- erates. May 22. Gen. Butler protected some fugitive slaves, and refused to surrender them to the order of their master, declaring all Confederate property contraband. June 3. Stephen Arnold Douglas, an American statesman, died at Chicago, in the midst of a splendid political career and at the beginning of the great Civil AVar. June 11. Battle at Romney, Va. June 11. Johnson evacuated Har- per's Ferry. June. Battle at Fairfax Court- house; the Confederates driven out. July 5. Battle near Carthage, Mo. July 11. Battle at Rich ]\Iountaiu, Va.^ July 18. Battle near Centreville, \^'. July 21. Battle of Bull Run. The Xorth, impatient of delay, were crying, "On to Richmond!" Gen. McDowell, with 3<),000 troops, mostly volunteers, attacked the main body of the Confederates at Bull Run, but was defeated. In this battle Gen. T. J. Jackson received the name which he carried through- out the war — "Stonewall Jackson" — given him by one of his officers, who said, "There stands Jackson, like a stone wall," facing the enemy. Destruction of the Petrel, a rebel privateer, by the LTnited States frigate St. Lawrence. July. Battle of Laurel Hill. 366 A STORY OF THE M'ORLD AXP ITS PEOPLE ISGl. 1861. ISOI. 180-2. 1802. iso-2. 1802. 1801. Sept. 10. ]iiittle of Carnifex 1^01. Ferry. 1801. Sept. 20. Col. Mulligan surren- dered Lexington, Mo., to Gen. Price after 50 hours without water. Loss, 2,500 prisoners and a large amount of gold. 1801. Oct. 3. Battle of Green Brier, Va. Confederates defeated with considerable loss. 1801. The Savannah captured by the U. S. Brig Perry. 1801. Escape of Slidell and Mason from Charleston. 1861. Oct. 21. Battle of Fredericktown, :mo. 1801. Oct. Lexington, Mo., recaptured by Vnion troops. 1801. (ien. AV. T. Sherman appointed to the command of the Kentucky forces over Gen. Anderson. 1801. Oct. 21. Battle of Ball's Bluff. 1801. Oct. 20. Confederates defeated at Springfield, Mo., by Zagonyi. 1861. Nov. 0. Gen. Grant attacked Gen. Polk, burniug his camp, capturing the guns, and driving the enemy to the river. Gen. Polk, reinforced, took possession of Columbus, and caused the retreat of Grant. Vnion loss, 400; Confederate loss, 800. 1861. Xov. 7. Port Pioyal bombarded and taken by Gen. Sherman. 1801. Battle of Belmont, Mo. Gen. Grant attacked the Confederates, damaging them seriously. 1801. Nov. 10. Missouri passed an ordi- nance of secession. 1861. Dec. 4. John C. Breckenridgo expelled from the United States Senate by a unanimous vote. 1861. Dec. 0. Beaufort taken by Gen. Sherman. 1802. 1802. 1802. 1802. 1802. 1862. 1862. Dec. 15. Gen. Pope roui-ed the Confederates from Lexington, cap- turing TO supply wagons and 30O prisoners. Gen. Pope defeated the Confeder- ates with great loss, at Shawnee Mound, Mo. Dec. 20. Battle of Drainsville. Gen. McCall defeated the Con- federates. Dec. 31. Battle of Huntersville. Lidian massacre in Minnesota. Jan. 8. Battle of Blue Gap. Con- federates defeated. Jan. 18. John Tyler, tenth Presi- dent of the United States, died in Richmond, Va. Jan. 10. Gen. Thomas attacked by Gen. Crittenden. A desperate conflict raged, resulting in the retreat of Crittenden's army, with the loss of nearly 300 men, 12 guns and 1,500 horses. Feb. 2. Com. Foote, with seven gunboats, and Gen. Grant, with 15,000 men on steamboats, attacked Fort Henry and captured it. Feb. 7-8. Battle of Roanoke Island. Burnside took the island, with 2,500 prisoners. Feb. 10. Surrender of Fort Donel- son and 3,000 prisoners to Gen. Grant, after 84 hours' fighting. Feb. 18. Confederate Congress assembled at Richmond. Feb. 22. Cumberland Gap aban- doned to the Unionists. Feb. 22. Advance toward Rich- mond ordered by President Lincoln. Feb. 22. Jeff. Davis inaugurated President of the Confederate States for six years. CHR 0X0 LOGY OF XORTH AMERICA 367 1862. Feb. 2-4. Nashville surrendered to 1862. Gen. Buell. 1862. March T. Battle of Pea Kidge, 1862. lasting three days, and resulting in victory of the Union forces. 1862. 1862. March 8. 'J1\\q Cumberland ViW^Con- gress destroyed by the Merrimac. 1862. March 0. The Merrimac disabled 1862. and put to flight by the Moiiifor. 1862. March 10. Confederates evacuated 1862. Manassas Junction, and Union forces occui^ied it. 1862. March 13. New Madrid evacuated 1862. by the Confederates, who left 1862. thirty-three cannon and several thousand small arms. 1862. 1862. Battle of Newbern, N. C, Gen. Burnside capturing 69 cannon, 1862. two steamboats with large quantities of munitions, and 500 prisoners. 1862. 1862. March 23. Battle of Winchester, Ya. 1862. 1862. April 6-7. Battle of Shiloh. 1862. April 7. Surrender of Gen. Mc- Call, with 3 generals, 273 officers, 6,700 soldiers, 123 pieces of heavy 1862. artillery, 7,000 stand small arms, and a quantity of ammunition. 1862. April 11. Surprise and capture of 1862. Iluntsville, Ala. 1862. 1862. April 11. Fort Pulaski surren- dered by the Confederates after thirty hours' bombardment. 1862. 1862. April 16. Slavery abolished in District of Columbia. 1862. April 24. Com. Farragut ran the batteries on the Mississippi Eiver 1862. at Fort Jackson, destroying that fort and Fort St. Philip, also 1862. twelve Confederate gunboats. 1862. April 24. Surrender of Fort Henry and Fort Donelson to Com. Foots and Gen. Grant. April 25. Fort Macon, N. C, taken by the Unionists. April. Surrender of New Orleans to Com. Farragut. April 29. Gen. Mitchell defeated the Confederates and captured Bridgeport, Ala. May 4. McClellan entered York- town. May 5. Battle of "Williamsburg. Confederates evacuated in the night. May 7. Battle of West Point, Ya. May 10. Norfolk surrendered to Gen. Wool. May 31. McClellan badly beaten at Fair Oaks by Gen. Hill. June 1. Battle of Fair Oaks re- newed. June 4. Fort Pillow and Fort Randolph evacuated. June 6. Surrender of Memphis to Com. Davis after a desperate fight. Not a man was killed on the Union fleet. Jutie 8. Attack on Springfield, Mo., by Gen. Marmaduke, with 4,000 men. June 8. Battle of Crosskeys, Ya. June 14. Union troops repulsed, with much loss, on James' Island, near Charleston. June 17. Surrender of the power- ful iron-clad Atlanta to Capt. John Rogers, of the Weehawken, after 15 minutes' engagement. June 19. Slavery abolished by act of Congress in all the Territories. June 23. Gen. Dick Taylor cap- tured Brashear City, the Unionists losing 1,000 prisoners, 10 heavy- guns, and 82,000,000, and many thousand negroes, liberated by 368 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE Banks, were forced back into slavery. 1862. June 36. Cen. Pope placed in command over the army of A"ir- ginia, 50,000 strong. 1862. June 26. Battle of Mechanicsville between Fitz John Porter and Jackson. Heavy losses on both sides. 1862. June 27. Battle of Gaines Mills. The Union forces were compelled to retreat after a desperate struggle, 1862. June 27. Hooker occupied Fred- eric City. 1862. June 27. Meade placed in com- mand of the Army of the Potomac. 1862. June 28. Hooker superseded by Meade. 1862. June 29. Longstreet and Hill marched toward Gettysburg and ordered Ewell to meet them there. 1862. June 20. Battles of Savage Station and Peach Orchard. 1862. June 30. Battles of White Oak Swamp and Charles City Cross- roads. 1862, June 30. Battle upon the James Elver, with Com. Porter's fleet and Heintzelman upon the field. Mc- Call captured, and the Union forces retreated to Malvern Hill. 1862, July 1. President Lincoln called for 600,000 volunteers. 1862. July 1. Attack of the Confeder- ates on Malvern Hill ; decided vic- tory of the Union forces. 1862. July 2. Evacuation of Malvern Hill by order of Gen. McClellan. Loss to the Union forces during the seven days' battles, 15,249 men. 1862. July 13. Murfreesboro, Tenn., taken by the Confederates. 1862. July 15. Battle of Fayetteville, Ark. 1862. July 24. Death of Martin Van Bnren, the eighth President of the United States. 1862. Aug. 3. Confederate Gen. Jeff. Thompson defeated with great loss near Memphis. 1862. Aug. 6. Col. John McNeil, with a force of 1,000 cavalry and 6 guns, attacked a band of Missouri partisans at Kirkville, Mo., defeat- ing them. Aug. 9. Battle of Cedar Mountain. Aug. 11, Gen. Buell surrendered the garrison at Independence, Aug. 26. Skirmish at Lewisburg. Aug. 28. Union victory at Centre- ville. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. Aug. 29. Surrender of Memphis. Aug. 29, Buell attacked Bragg, and a desperate battle was fought at Perryville. Bragg retreated by night, taking an immense quantity of plunder. 1862, Sept. 1. Battle of Chantilly, Ya. Union army victorious, with the loss of Gen. Phil. Kearney and Gen. Isaac Stevens. 1862. Sept. 11. Battle of South Moun- tain. 1862. Sept. 15. Surrender of Harper's Ferry to the Confederates by Gen. Miles. 1862. Sept. 16-17. Battle of Antietam, between (ien. McC'lellan and Gen. Lee. Nearly 100,000 men engaged on each side. The Union arms were victorious. 1862. Sept. 19. Battle at luka. 1862. Sept. 22. President Lincoln issued a proclamation abolishing slavery in CHROXOLOGT OF NOB Til AMEBIC A 369 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862, 1862, 1862, 1863 all the States that should be in rebellion on the 1st of January. Oct. 3-4. Battle at Corinth. The Confederates fled in disorder. Oct. 8-9. Battle at Perryville, Ky. IS'ov. 8. Gen. Biirnside assumed command of the Army of the Potomac. Gen. Bm-nside, with 11,000 troops, conducted an expedition against Eoanoke. He destroyed the Con- federate fleet, captm-ed the forts, and gained command of the whole coast of Xorth Carolina. Dec. 13. Battle at Prairie Grove. Battle of Fredericksburg; 100,000 men engaged on the Union side, and 80,000 on the Confederate. The Union army nearly destroyed the city, but failed to gain any advantage, and finally withdrew from action, having lost during this day 13,771, including killed, wounded and missing. The Con- federates lost 5,000. Dec. 20. Col. Murphy surrendered Holly Springs with 2,000 men, including a large hospital filled with sick and wounded, and $4,000,000 worth of property. Dec. 27-28. Sherman attacked Vicksburg by land, with a loss of 1,734 men. Dec. 31. Battle of Murfreesboro. Union loss, 1,533 killed, 7,243 wounded, 2,800 missing. The killed and wounded of the Con- federates amounted to 14,560. Jan. 1. Great Emancipation Proc- lamation announced to be in force. By this act more than 3,000,000 slaves were made free. 1863. Jan. 11. (ien. Banks attacked the Confederates at Carney's Bridge, defeating them and destroying the gunboat Co/ fan. 1863. Jan. 28. Gen. Hooker succeeded l)urnside over the Army of the Potomac. 1863. Feb. Soldiers' Home established in Louisville by the Kentucky Ikanch Commission. 1863. March. Soldiers' Home estab- lished in Cairo by the Chicago Branch Commission. 1863. April 7. Unsuccessful attempt by Com. Dupont to take Fort Sumter, with serious slaughter to his fleet. 1863. May 2-5. Battle of Chancellors- ville, under Hooker and Lee. Union forces engaged, 70,000; Confederate forces, 50,000. Pte- sult undecided, but losses heavy on both sides. 1863. May 10. Death of Stonewall Jack- son, 1863. May 15. Battle of Edwards Sta- tion. Enemy defeated by Grant, and pursued to Black River. 1863. May 15. Battle of Jackson, Miss. 1863. May 16. Battle of Baker's Creek. 1863. May 17. Battle of Black River Bridge. Grant captured 18 guns and 1,500 prisoners. 1863. May 18. Gen. Grant closed in on Vicksburg and began siege. 1863. June 11. Fort llindman surren- dered to Gen. McClernand with 17 cannon, 3,000 stand of arms, 5,000 prisoners, and large quantities of munitions. 1863. Henry Ward Beecher visited Eng- land in behalf of this government. 1863. July 1-4. Battle of Gettysburg, the most bloody and hard-fought battle 370 A SrORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE of the war. The armies were each about 80,000 strong. They fought desperately for three days, but 1864. finally victory crowned the Union arms. Total Union loss, 23,186, 1864:. The Confederate loss was 18,000 killed and wounded, and 10,000 1864. unwounded prisoners. 1863. July 4. Surrender of Vicksburg. The Gibraltar of the Mississippi, 1864. with 31,000 men, suriendered to (ien. (irant. 1864. 1863. July 8. Surrender of Port Hud- son, with 7,000 men, to Gen. Banks. 1864. 1863. July 10. Maximilian declared Emperor of Mexico. 1863. Sept. 0. Surrender of Cnmberland Gap to Burnside, with 2,000 men. 1864. 1863. Sept. 10-20. Battle of Chicka- mauga. 1863. Oct. 1. Gen. Sherman, with his whole army, moved from Vicksburg 1864. south into Alabama. 1863. Oct. 17. President Lincoln called for 300,000 more men. 1863. Oct, 18. Gen. Grant assumed command of the Department of the Ohio. 1863. Oct. 28. Gen. Hooker captured Lookout Mountain. 1863. Nov. 24. Battle of Chattanooga. 1864. At midnight the Confederates re- treated, leaving 6,000 soldiers, 40 1864. pieces of artillery, and 7,000 stand of small arms in the hands of the 1864. L^nionists. 1864. 1863, Nov. 29. Erection of the Great 1864. Organ in the Boston Music Hall, 1864. the largest and most perfect instru- ment of its kind in America. 1864, Jan. 25. Congress gave thanks to Cornelius Vanderbilt for his gift of the steamer Vioiderhilt to the United States, worth $800,000, Feb. 1. Draft of 500,000 men ordered. March 2, Gen, Grant made Lieu- tenant-General of the L^idon armies. March 15. The President called for 200,000 more men to be drafted April loth. March 16. Arkansas voted to become a free State. March 17. Gen. Grant assumed entire command of all the armies of the L'^nited States. May 1. Sherman began his marcli to the sea through the heart of the South, swee2:)ing everything before him. May 1. (icn. Sherman, with 100,- 000 men, together with 554 pieces of artillery, began his campaign against Atlanta. May 5. The Battle of the Wilder- ness. This was the longest and most terrible engagement of the war, lasting from the 5th to the 21st, with great loss to both armies. The weather Avas intensely hot and stilling. The Union loss, 39,791; the Confederate loss, not ascer- tained. May 15. Battle of New Market, W. Va. May 19. Death of Nathaniel Hawthorne, at Plymouth, N. H. June 2-8. Battle at Cold Harbor. June 15. Battle of Pine Moiintair.. June 18. Siege of Petersburg, June 19. Naval fight between the Confederate cruiser Alabama, com- manded by Capt. Semmes, and the United States gunboat Jicarsarge, commanded by Capt. Winslow, off riinoxoLOGY of north America 371 18G4. IS 04. 1864. 18(34. 1804. 18(J4. 1804. 1804. 1804. 1804. Cherbourg, France. After an 1804. hour's engagement the Alabama ran up the white flag. Capt. 1804. Semmes, jumping overboard, was 1804, taken on board the British yacht 1804. Deerhound. Tlie Alabama sank immediately. The Kearsarge did not lose a man in the action, and but one was mortally wounded. June 30. Salmon 1*. Chase re- signed his post as Secretary of the Treasury, after a faithful discharge of the duties of the office. July 20. Hood, with his entire army, assailed Sherman five miles from Atlanta, and was vigorously repulsed, with a loss of 5^000, including several generals. Union loss, 2,500. July 22. Hood made a grand attack upon Sherman at Atlanta, without success, losing 12,000 men, 18 stand of colors, and 5,000 small arms. Union loss, 3,722. Aug. 3. Com, Farragut silenced the Confederate forts at the entrance of Mobile Bay. Aug. 18. I)attle at Keams' Sta- tion, AVarren holding his jjosition on the railroad. Aug. 31. Hood evacuated Atlanta, blowing up magazines and stores, 1805, destroying seven locomotives and 81 cars, and a large amount of cotton. Sept. 19. Battle on the Opequan 1805. Creek, near Winchester. Sept. 27. Price attacked Gen. Ewing at Pilot Knob with a force 1805. of 10,000. Ewing, having but 1,200 men, stoutly resisted him till night, when he blew up his works and retreated to Rolla. 1804. 1804. 1805. Oct. 9. Battle of Pound Top Mountain. Oct. 19. Battle of Cedar Creek. Oct. 19. Sheridan's famous ride. Nov. 8. Abraham Lincoln was elected by an overwhelming ma- jority to a second term in the President's Chair, with Andrew Johnson, of Tenn., as Vice-Presi- dent. Nov. 11. Sherman sent his last message by the telegraph connect- ing with the Xorth, severed the last wire, and moved from Atlanta. Dec. 0. The Thirteenth Amend- ment to the Constitution passed, abolishing and forever prohibiting slavery throughout the United States. Dec. 19. The President ordered a draft of 300,000 more men unless prevented by volunteers. Dec. 22. Sherman entered Savan- nah with his army, and captured 20,000 bales of cotton, 150 cannon, and large quantities of ammunition. Jan. 22. Wilmington, N. C, sur- rendered to Gen. Terry, after suffering a terrible fire for three days. The next morning the magazine blew up, killing 200 Unionists and wounding 100 more, Feb, 17, Columbia, the capital of South Carolina, surrendered to Sherman by Gen, Beauregard. Feb. 18. Surrender of Charleston by its Mayor, with all its surround- ing forts, to (Jen. Gilmore. April 2. Last grand assault of the Army of the Potomac upon the Confederate forces under Gen. Lee. A telegram the same day from Gen. Lee to Jeff. Davis reached 373 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE him while in church, stating that Kichmond must be evacuated that evening, sent consternation through- out the city, and Davis fled to the South. 1865. April 3. liiclmiond, the capital of the Confederate States, surrendered. 18(i5. April 5. Selma, Ala., captured with large stores, "2.700 prisoners, and 32 guns, Forrest and Ehoddy escaping in the night. 1805. April 6. Sheridan attacked a por- tion of Lee's forces near Sailor's Creek, capturing 16 pieces of artillery, and a train of 400 wagons. 18()5. April 7. (Jrant demanded a sur- render of the Southern army. 1865. April 9. Lincoln's address, in Washington, to a vast concourse of people, on The Eeconstruction of the Government. 1865. April 9. Surrender of the South- ern army under Gen. Eobert E. Lee to Lieut. -Gen. U. S. Grant at Appomattox. 1865. April 12. Montgomery surren- dered to Wilson. 1865. April 13. President Lincoln in- structed the Secretary of War to issue an order putting a stop to further drafting, receiving of or purchase of war material ; and announced the speedy removal of restrictions upon trade and com- merce. 1865. xVpril 14. The anniversary of the surrender of Fort Sumter to the Con- federates; its old flag was again raised over the battered walls by the brave and gallant Anderson, who had so valiantly defended it in 1861. 1865. April 14. Assassination of Abra- ham Lincoln by John Wilkes Booth, while witnessing a play from a private box in Ford's Theater, AYashington, D. C. 1865. April 14. Attempted assassina- tion of Secretary Seward by Payne, Booth's confederate. 1865. April 15. Inauguration of Andrew Johnson as President of the L^nited States. 1865. April 21. Surrender of Macon by Gen. Howell Cobb. 1865. April 25. Capture of Booth in a barn in Virginia. He refused to surrender and was shot. 1865. April 26. Surrender to Gen. Sher- man and disbandment of John- ston's army. 1865. April 28. Steamer Sultana burned near Memphis. Fifteen hundred men lost. 1865. May 4. Surrender of Gen. Dick Taylor to Gen. Canby. 1865. May 9. Lincoln's assassins put upon trial at Washington. 1865, May 11. Capture of Jefferson Davis. 1865. May 23-24. Grand review of the Army at Washington. 1865. May 26. Surrender of Gen. Smith, with his entire command, to Gen. Canby, in Texas. 1865. May 27. Last land conflict of the war on the Eio Grande. 1865. May 30. Second Sanitary Fair at Chicago; $200,000 raised. 1865. June 10. Fire at Xashville burned ten million dollars' worth of L"^. S. Stores and property. 1865. June 15. Galveston, the last Con- federate fort, yielded. 1865. Trade restrictions removed and blockade ended. CHRONOLOGY OF XORTH AMERICA 3:3 18G5. July 7. Hanging of Lincoln's 18GG. assassins. 1865. Aug. 15. Mississippi nnllified seces- sion and accepted emancipation. 18G5. Sept. 12. Alabama declared the ordinance of secession null and void, abolished slavery, and repu- diated the Confederate debt. 18G5. Sept. 14. Rebel Indian chiefs signed treaty of loyalty with the United States. 18G5. Sept. 15. South Carolina repealed the secession ordinance and de- clared slavery abolished. 1865, Sept. 23. Alabama Convention recognized emancipation. 1865. Sept. 29. Gov. Sharkey, of Mis- sissipjDi, recognized by proclamation the rights of the negro. 1865. Oct. 7. North Carolina declared secession null and void, prohibited slavery in the State forever, 1865. Oct. 7. Earthquake shock in Cali- fornia. 1865. Oct. 12. Martial law declared ended in Kentucky by the Presi- dent. 1865. Oct. 25. Florida annulled the secession ordinance. 1865. Dec. 2. Alabama ratified the Anti-slavery Amendment. 1865. Dec. 4. Georgia declared slavery abolished, and nullified her war debt. 1865. Dec. 6. Florida declared slavery abolished. 1865. Dec. 18. Sec. Seward officially declared slavery abolished through- out the United States. 1865. Dec. 28. Florida ratified the Thir- teenth Amendment. 1866. 1866. 1866. 1866. 1866. 1866. 1866. 1867. 1867. 1867. 1867. 1867. 1867, 1867. 1867. 1867 1867 April 2. Proclamation of the President declaring the insurrection ended in the rebellious States. April 2. Civil Pights bill passed. May 29. Death of Brevet Lieut. - Gen. "Winfield Scott. July 4. Burning of Portland, Maine. July 27. Successful laying of the Atlantic cable. July 30. New Orleans Massacre. Visit of Queen Emma, of the Sand- wich Islands, to the United States. Indians massacred 93 soldiers near Fort Kearney, Neb. The Nonpareil^ or American Life- Eaft, with three men, crossed the Atlantic Ocean, from New York to Southampton. Jan. 18. Samuel Downing, the last Pevolutionary soldier, died in Edinburgh, N. Y., aged 105. Jan. 20. Death of N. P. Willis. Feb. 7. Mr. Peabody gave $2,- 100,000 for education at the South. March 1, Nebraska made a State —the 37th, March 3. Alaska ceded to the LTnited States in consideration of the sum of $7,200,000. May. By an Act of British Parlia- ment the Canadian provinces of Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, Prince Edwards Island, and Nova Scotia were federally united into one Dominion of Canada. Canada purchased the Territory be- longing to the Hudson's Bay Co. May 13. Jefferson Davis bailed for $100,000. May 15. Surrender of Maximilian and his army to the Republicans, brought about by the treachery of 374 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE Lopez, the bosom friend of Maxi- milian, who, it was said, received the snm of $48,000 as the price of his treason. 1867. June 13-14. Trial of Maximilian and his leading generals, Miramon and Meja, all of whom were sen- tenced to be shot. 1867. June 10. Execution of Maximilian and his two leading officers. 1867. Negotiations opened for the settle- ment of the Alabama Claims. 1867. July 1. "Xew Dominion of Can- ada" inaugurated at Ottawa. 1867. Yellow fever in New Orleans; 1,673 died in the month of Sep- tember. 1867. Oct. 13. Death of Elias Howe, inventor and patentee of the sewing machine. 1868. May 22. Republican Convention at Chicago nominated Gen. Grant for President and Schuyler Colfax for A'ice-President. 1868. May 22. Daring robbery on a night-exjwess train, at Marshfield, Ind. 1868. May 23. F.revet Brig. -Gen. Christopher t* arson, better known as "Kit Carson," a famous moun- taineer, trapper, and guide, died at St. Lynn, Col. June 6. Death of James P)uch- anan, fifteenth President of the United States. June 23. Matthew Yassar, founder of Yassar College, died in Pough- keepsie, N. Y. He donated an aggregate of 6800,000 for the bene- fit of the college. 1868. July 4. The President issued a full pardon and amnesty proclama- tion. 1868. 1868. 1868. July 22. Wyoming Territory organized. 1868. Aug. 16. Great earthquake and tidal wave. 1868. Cornell University, Ithaca, K". Y., opened for pupils of both sexes. 1868. Oct. 21. Severe earthquake in California. 1868. Nov. 3. Gen. Grant elected Presi- dent and Schuyler Colfax Yice- President. 1869. Feb. Andrew Johnson, President of the United States, tried for mis- demeanors, but was acquitted. 1869. Feb. 6. Prosecution of Jefferson Davis ended. 1869. Feb. 25. Passage of the Fifteenth Amendment bill, enfranchising the colored man. 1869. March 4. Inauguration of Gen. Grant as President. 1869. March 27. Death of James Har- per, an American jDuhlisher. 1869. May 10. Pacific Railroad com- pleted. 1869. Coal mine disaster in Pennsylvania. More than 100 men suffocated before help could reach them. 1869. June 15-20. Peace Jubilee held in Boston in honor of the restoration of the L'nion of the States. Ten thousand singers and an orchestra of 1,000 instruments were in at- tendance. 1869. Eight-hour system with ten hours pay for government emj^loyes or- dered by President Grant. 1869. Colored People's Convention iu AYasbington, Frederick Douglas presiding. 1869. Aug. 1. National Labor Convention met in Pbiladelphia, re-affirming the eight -hour system. CHRONOLOGY OF XORTH AMERICA 375 1869. 1861). 1869. 1869. 1869. 1869. 1869. 1870. 1870. 1870. 1870. 1870. 1870, Aug. 7. Total eclipse of the sun. Temperance and Prohibition Con- vention met in Chicago. Sept. Destructive flood in Vir- ginia. Sept. 21. Black Friday, or the terrible ^'all Street panic. Oct. 1. Explosion at Indian- apolis of a portable engine on the fair -ground. Between twenty and thirty persoiis killed. Oct. 8. Death of Franklin Pierce, the fourteenth President of the United States. Xov. 4. Death of George Pea- body, the eminent and loved bene- factor of Europe and America. Nov. 25. National Woman's Suf- frage Convention, Rev. Henry Ward Beecher presiding. Feb. 11. Death of Wesley Harper. Aug. 11. Death of David Glascoe Farragut, Admiral of tho United States Navy, and one of the most illustrious of naval commanders. Aug. 22. Admission of Revels, the first colored Senator, to Congress. National Labor Convention held in Cincinnati, which voted for- mation of an independent polit- ical organization known as the National Labor Reform party. Au2. 22. Proclamation of neutral- ity issued by President Grant, enjoining American citizens not to take any part in the Franco-Ger- man conflict. Oct. 12. Death of General Robert Edward Lee. First narrow-gauge railway in the world built— the Denver and Rio Grande. 1870. Manitoba made into separate prov- ince. 1871. Congress passed an Act creating a public park near tho head-waters of the Yellowstone, known as Yellow- stone Park. 1871. Feb. 12. Death of Alice Gary. 1871. July 16. First exposure of "Tam- many Ring," in the New York Times. 1871. July -31. Death of Phebe Gary. 1871. Oct. 8-9. Burning of the City of Chicago, the most destructive con- flagi'ation recorded in tho history of civilized nations, sweeping over 2,124 acres of ground, destroying 17,450 buildings with a loss of $200,000,000 and hundreds of human lives. 1871. Oct. 9. Great fires in the forests of Northern Michigan and Wis- consin. 1871. Oct. 9. Burning of Peshtigo, with nearly every one of its inhabitants. 1871. Oct. 26. Maj. -Gen. Robert Ander- son died at Nice, France. 1871. A'isit of the Grand Duke Alexis, son of the Emperor Alexander of Russia, to the United States. 1871. Visit of Henry M. Stanley, of the '■'•Herald Expedition," to Africa, in search of the lost traveler, Dr, Livingstone. 1872. Samuel F. Morse, LL.D., the inventor of the electric telegraph, died. 1872. Northwestern Boundary Question settled by the Emperor of Ger- many. 1872. Feb. Labor Reform party held a Convention in Columbus, Ohio. 376 A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 1872. March. A ship-caiuil successfully surveyed across the Isthmus of Panama. 1873. June 1. Death of James Gordon Bennett, a noted and remarkable journalist. 1872. Final settlement of the Alabama Claims. 1872. Sept. 30. First appearance of the epizootic in America. 1872. Nov. (). Death of George Gordon Meade, LL.D.,Maj. -Gen. U. S. A. 1872. Organization of the national Grange. 1872. Not. 0. Great Boston fire. 1872. Nov. 20. Death of Horace Greeley, an American reformer, and founder of the New York Tribune. 1872. Death of William H. Seward. 1872. Book-sewing machine patented by Henry Thomjison, of Connecticut. 1873. April 1. "Wreck of the ocean steamer Aflantic; 535 lives lost. 1873. April 11. Gen. R. A. Canby murdered by the Modoc Indians in the Lava Beds of North California. 1873. Massacre of over 100 negroes at Colfax, Grant Parish, La., by the 'White League." 1873. May 7. Death of Hon. Salmon P. Chase, LL.D., an American states- man, Governor of Ohio, Secretary of the Treasury, and Chief -Jiistice of the United States. 1873. Falling of the bridge at Dixon, 111., and 100 lives lost. 1873. Aug. A great storm along the Atlantic coast. One hundred ves- sels went down in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and 170 sailing vessels and 12 steamers lost in tlie Gulf of Mexico. 1873. Sept. 19. The great financial crash. 1873. Nov. Loss of the steamship Ville du ILd'rc, enroute to New York;. 220 lives lost. 1873. Dec. 1-4. Death of Louis Agassiz^ the most eminent of modern sci- entists, at Cambridge, Mass. 1873. Automatic signal telegraph intro- duced and applied in New York. 1873. The free postal delivery adopted in all cities containing 20,000 inhabit- ants, and the penny postal cards introduced. 1874. March 11. Death of Charles Sum- ner, the eminent American states- man, scholar, and author. 1874. Death of Millard Filmore, thir- teentii President of the United States. 1874. :\ray 10. Mill River disaster at Williamsburg, Mass. ; 147 persons lost their lives and 1,200 were left destitute. 1874. Great devastation caused by th& grasshoppers throughout the North- west. 1874. July 1. The abduction of Charlie Boss. 1874. July 27. Great flood at Pittsburg - about 200 lives lost. 1875. ]\Iarch. Colorado admitted to the Union as a State. 1875. March 20. Destructive tornado in Georgia. Great loss of life and property. 1875. April 25. Burning of three steam- ers at the New Orleans levee; 50 lives lost. 1875. April-May. Great floods in the South. Large portions of Arkansas, and Louisiana inundated. CHROXOLOGY OF NOBTH AMERICA 37^ 1875. May. Extensive forest fires in Michigan, Pennsylvania, New York, and Canada, with great loss of property. 1875. May 30. Loss of the steamer Vic/isburf/, from Montreal to Liverjiool, in a field of ice; 83 lives lost. 1875. July 31. Death of Andrew John- son, seventeenth President of the United States. 1875. Aug. 20. Sudden suspension of the great California Bank. Intense excitement in San Francisco, re- sembling "Black Friday" in New York. 1875. Sept. 17. Arrival of the first fast mail train in Chicago. 1875. Sept. 28. Terrific gale at Charles- ton, S. C. ; damages, $250,000. 1875. Nov. 4. Steamship Pacific foun- dered between San Francisco and Portland; nearly 200 lives lost. 1875. Nov. 24. Death of William B. Astor, eldest son and principal heir of John Jacob Astor. 1875. Dec. 17. Burning of the Pacific mail steamer Japan^ from San Francisco to Yokohama; a great number of lives lost. 1875. Beginning of the great revivals con- ducted by Moody and Sankey. 1875. Great inundation in Texas. Four hundred lives were lost. 1876. Apiil 10. Death of Alexander T. Stewart, the proprietor of the larg- est retail dry-goods house in the world. 187G. May 25-2G. Massacre of Gen. Custer and his entire company by the Indians of Big Little Horn River, Yellowstone country. 1870. Indian war between Sitting Bull with his hostile bands and Gen. Cook with his command of 2,000 men. 1870. Grand Centennial Exposition, cele- brating the one hundredth birthday of the United States Republic, in Philadelphia. 1870. Sept. 7. Bold attempt of the Younger brothers to rob a bank, in open day, in Northfield, Minn. 1870. Sept. 22. Disaster on the Pan- Ilandle Railroad near Columbus, 0. Four cars rolled down an embank- ment. Over 30 persons seriously injured and 4 killed. 1870. Oct. 12. Boiler explosion in Pitts- burg, Pa. Sixty persons buried in the ruins ; fifty -seven killed and wounded. 1870. Nov. 30. Gen. Diaz officially announced as Provisional President of Mexico. 1870. Dec. 5. Burning of the Brooklyn Theater. 1870. Dec. 29. Ashtabula disaster. A passenger-train of eleven cars, bearing 100 human beings, went down with the bridge into a chasm 70 feet in depth, the WTeck taking fire. 1877. Jan. 4. Death of Cornelius Yan- derbilt, a great capitalist and rail- road king. 1877. Jan. 13. Heavy earthquake in Southern California. 1877. May 0. Surrender of 000 hostile Indians under Crazy Horse, at the Red Cloud Agency. 1877. May. Land-slide in St. Genevieve, Canada; 10 persons buried alive. 1877. May 11. Rockford disaster. Fall of the dome of the new courthouse, 0( b> A STORY OF TUB WORLD AJVD ITS PEOPLE 1 Qiyiy isrr, isrr. isrr, 1877, isrr. 1877, killing nine men and wounding eleven more. May 18. P. T. Barniim offered a reward of $1 (),()()() for the restora- tion of Charlie Ross to his parents. May 30. Great forest fires in Wis- consin and Michigan; over 1,500,- 000,000 feet of standing j^ine logs burned. June 20. Destructive fire in St, John, N. B. July- Aug. Extensive labor strikes occasioned by a general reduction in wages. Aug. 29. Death of Brigham Young, the great Mormon leader. Nov. 1. Death of Oliver Perry Morton, United States Seiuitor and "War Governor" of Indiana. Nov. 13. Fishery Commission at Halifax, X. S., gave a verdict against the United States, and awarded Great Britain the sum of $5,500,000. Jan. 13. Wreck of the steamer Metropolis, from Philadelphia to Brazil, on the coast of Xortli Carolina; 100 lives lost. 3Iarch. Disastrous flood in Cali- fornia. March 18. Riot in Toronto, Can- ada, between Orangemen and Catholics. 1878. Invention of the telephone by Thomas A. Edison, of Menlo Park, N. J. Death of William Tweed, the great "Tammany Ring" leader, in the jail in ISTew York City. April 21. Cyclone in Iowa. ]May 25. Cyclone in Wisconsin. 1878. 1878. 1878. 1878. April 12 ]878 1878 1878. June 12. Death of William Cullen l'>ryant. 1878. July. Indian outbreak in Wash- ington Territory. Battle of Wil- low Springs ; 43 soldiers killed. 1878. July. National Hebrew Conven- tion in 3Iil\vaukee, AVis. . 1878. C*ompletion of the Sutro Tunnel, connecting the Comstock and Sav- age silver mines in Nevada. 1878. July 12. Panic in Montreal caused by a threatened riot upon the contemplated gi'and parade of the Orangemen. 1878. July 29. Total eclipse of the sun, visible in a path IIG miles wide, extending through the Western Territories, from the British Pos- sessions to the Gulf of ^Mexico. 1878. Aug. -Sept. Chinese Embassy, among Avhom were several Chinese ladies, visited the United States. 1878. Sept. 12. Silver bill passed both Houses of Congress by more than a two-thirds vote. 1878. Sept. 15. Railroad disaster at Tariffville, Conn. Excursion train fell through a trestle-bridge, killing sixteen persons. 1878. Aug. -Oct. Visitation of yellow fever in the South. There were 3,0()0 deaths in New Orleans in one month. 1879. Jan. 1. Resumption of specie payments. 1879. Eel). 2. Death of Richard Henry Dana, editor, poet, and essayist. 1879. May 7. The new Constitution was adopted by the people of California. 1879. May 7. The New York Legis- latnre passed a bill fixing the legal rate of interest at G per cent. CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 379 1870. 1879. 1879. 1879. 1879. 1880. 1880. 1880. 1880. 1880. 1880. 1880. 1880. May 30. A tornado swept over Missouri, Kansas, and Nebraska. More than 40 persons were killed and 80 wounded. June 28. Collision of the steam- ship City of Neiv Tori- with the Scotch bark Helen^ the latter sink- ing with her captain and four of her crew. Oct. 28. Schooner Pt'/yc? wrecked; 15 lives lost. October 31. Death of Gen. Joseph Hooker, Commander of the Army of the Potomac. Xov. I. Death of Zachariah Chandler. Jan. 10. Death, in Xew York City, of Frank Leslie, editor and publisher, aged 59 years. Jan. 20. Steamer C}n(rmer\)\\x\\QA^ 15 miles above the mouth of the Ked River. Eight lives lost. Feb. 20. Spanish Cortez j^assed a law providing for gradual abolition of slavery in Cuba. A})ril 2. Death of Eev. George Piinchard, author, and founder of the Evenincj Traveler. April 18. Tornado swept over parts of "Western and Southern States, killing scores of people. June 12. The steamers Narra- gaiiseff and Stonirifjfon. collided on Long Island Sound. The former took fire and was burned to the water's edge. Fifty lives were lost. June 28. The steamboat Semvan- l-aJia, on her passage from Xew York to Glen Cove, with 300 pas- sengers on board, took fire and burned to the water's edge. Fifty lives were lost. Xov. 2. James A. Garfield, Re- publican nominee, elected Presi- dent. 1880. Nov. 17. Government concluded treaty with China restricting im- migration of Chinese laborers. 1880. Dec. 31. Year of great foreign immigration; 1:5(),000 immigrants arrived during the year. 1881. March 1. Jame.-j A. Garfield inaugurated President. 1881. May. Civil . service promises of Republican party carried out by Garfield; bitter contest over this question in Republican party. 1881. July 2. President Garfield assas- sinated by Charles J. Giteau at B. ti 0. depot in AVashington. 1881. Sept. 19. President Garfield died at Long Branch, N. J. 1881. Sept. 19. Chester A. Arthur took oath of office as President. 1881. Oct. 10. Centennial celebration of surrender of Lord Cornwallis at Yorktown, A'a. 1881. Dec. 20. ' Survivors of Jeannette crew, which left San Francisco July 9, 1879, for North Pole, heard from. 1882. Standard Oil Trust organized. 1882. March 21. Henry W. Longfellow, America's best-known poet, died, at the advanced age of 75. 1882. April 17. Ralph Waldo Emerson, the sage of Concord, essayist, lec- turer and litterateur, died. 1882. Educational division of the Depart- ment of Indian Affairs organized for the purpose of making Indians self-supporting, manual training being the main feature. 1882. Aug. St. Gothard Tunnel com- pleted, connecting Germany and Italv. 380 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1883. Jan. 4. Civil Service Bill passed Congress allowing majority of Gov- ernment employes to hold their positions as long as competent, and providing for promotion based on competency. ]883. May 24. Brooklyn Bridge opened for traffic, paving the way for a nnion of Brooklyn and Xew York. 1883. Jniy 19. Great strike of Brother- hood of Telegraphers occurred. 1883. Sept. 8. Northern Pacific Eail- road opened for traffic, followed by rapid development in northwest. 1883. Oct. 1. Rednction in two-cent letter postage throughout United States, one ounce being carried for two cents instead of one-half ounce. 1884. Feb. 22. Bodies of Jean net te ex- plorers reached Xew York. 1884. July. Great riots in Cincinnati. 1884. Nov. Grover Cleveland, Demo- cratic nominee, elected President. 1885. March 4. Grover Cleveland in- augurated President. 1885. May. Struggle of politicians for offices under the Government. President Cleveland stood for civil service and party pledges. Serious dissensions in Democratic party. 1885. July 23. Gen. Ulysses S. Grant died at Mt. McGregor, N. Y. Entombed at Riverside Park, Aug. 8th. 1885. Oct. 28. Death of Gen. George B. McClellan. 1885. Dec. IT. Presidential Succession Bill passed by Senate, providing for members of Cabinet becoming President in case of death of Presi- dent and Vice-President. 1885. Inter-State Commerce Bill passed by Congress and approved by President. 1885. Mormons practicing polygamy dis- franchised by act of Congress. 1880. Jan. 20. Earthquake shocks felt in Catskill Mountains, New York. 1880. Feb. 9. Death of Gen. Winfield Scott Hancock. 1880. Feb. 18. Death of John B. Gough, noted temperance advo- cate. 1880. March 13. Edison patented a de- vice for telegraphing from moving trains. 1880. April 7. Rhode Island adopted a prohibitory amendment. 1880. April 18. Great street-car strike in New York; all but two lines tied up. 1880. April 29. Sixty-seventh anni- versary celebrated by the Odd Fel- lows in America. 1880. May 4. Anarchist riots in Chi- cago. Seven jiolicemen killed, 00 wounded by dynamite bomb. 1880. May 5. Labor riots at Bay View, Wis., at Detroit, Mich., and Chi- cago, 111. 1880. May 0. Fourteen hundred miners struck in Ohio and West Virginia. 1880. May 20. Governor of New York Gigned bill permitting women to practice law in that State. 1880. June 2. President Cleveland married to Frances Folsom, at Washington, D. C. 1880. June 17. Statue of Daniel Web- ster unveiled at Concord, N. H. 1880. Jaly 11. C. D. Graham passed over Niagara Falls and through the whirlpool in a barrel. 1880. Aug. 20. Chicago Anarchists' trial ended; seven sentenced to be CHR 0X0 LOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 381 I hanged, one imiDrisoned for fifteen years. 188G. Aug. 31. Earthquake at Charles- ton, 8. C. Many lives lost and much damage done. "1880. Sejjt. 4. Large meteor appeared in southern Kentucky. 188(i. Sept 20. First one-dollar silver certificate issued by the Treasury, 1880. Oct. 28. Bartholdi's statue, Lib- erty Enlightening the World, un- veiled at New York. 1880. Nov. 18. Ex-President Chester A. Arthur died. 1887. Feb. Interstate Commerce Bill passed. Heavy winter floods in Susquehanna Kiver. 1887. March 8. Death of Hein-y Ward Beecher, at Brooklyn. 1887. March 31. Death of John G. Saxe, the poet, at Albany. 1887. April 5. Earthquake shock felt in Central Xew Hampshire. 1887. Aug. 0. Unveiling of the statue of Albert Sydney Johnson, at New Orleans. 1887. April 14. Remains of Abraham Lincoln and wife interred at Spring- field, 111. 1887. May 12. Unveiling of statue of President Garfield at Washington, D. C. 1887. May 12. Building trades' strike in Chicago; 15,000 men quit work. 1887. May 20. Marshfield, Wis., de- stroyed by fire; 2,000 people ren- dered homeless. 1887. July 0. Revolt in Sandwich Islands, and the king deposed. 1887. Sept. 15. Centennial celebration of birth of the Constitution of the United States. 1888. Jan. 12. Fierce blizzard in Iowa, Minnesota and Dakota; 200 people perished. 1888. Feb. 17. United States Consul at Tangiers, Africa, had trouble with Sultan. Two shijis sent to protect American interests. 1888. Feb. 25. Engineers and firemen on Chicago, Burlington and Quincy struck. 1888. March 23. Death of Chief -Justice Morrison R. Waite. 1888. April 18. Ex-Senator Roscoe Conklin died at Xew York. 1888. April 30. .Alelville W. Fuller ap- pointed Chief-Justice of Supreme Court. 1888. May 13. Sultan of Morocco apologized to American Consul; amicable settlement of differences. 1888. June 15. French Chamber of Deputies declared in favor of a standing treaty with the United States providing for the settlement of all disputes between the two nations by arbitration. 1888. Aug. 0. Death of Gen. Philip H. Sheridan, U. S. A. 1880. Jan. 4. Chicago, Burlington and Quincy officials reached an agree- ment with strikers. 1880. Jan. 9. Heavy storm in the East. Old Suspension Bridge blown down. 1880. Feb. 2. Street-car strike in Xew York ended. 1889. Feb. 22. President Cleveland signed bill admitting Xorth and South Dakota, Montana and Wash- ington as States. 1889, March 4. Benjamin Harrison in- augurated, twenty-third President of the United States. 382 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1889. March 8. Pennsylvania, Delaware 18!)0. and Maryland shaken by an earth- quake. 18!i0. 1889. April 7. The Pensncola, IT. S. N., sank at the dock, Portsmouth, Va. 1890. 1889. April. 29. Centennial of Washing- ton's inauguration celebrated in 1890. New York. 1889. May 25., Expedition sailed from New York to commence 02:)erations 1890. on Nicaragua Canal. 1889. June 1. Terrible flood at Johns- town, Pa. ; nearly 5,000 people 1890. killed; vast amount of property destroyed. 1889. Oct. 10. International Marine 1890. Congress met at Washington. 1889. Oct. Pan-American Congress con- 1890. vened at Washington. 1889. Oct. War threatened between 1890. Germany and America because of local difficulties in the Samoau Islands. 1890. 1890. Jan. 25. Nellie Bly completed her trip around the globe; time, 72 days, hours, 11 minutes. 1890. 1890. Feb. 5. Destructive flood in Oregon, caused by melting snow. 1890. 1890. Feb. 7. Slight earthquake shock felt in New Jersey. 1890. 1890. Feb. 11. Sioux Eeservation, South Dakota, opened to settlers ; avail- able land quickly taken. 1890. 1890. March 10. Levees on Mississippi River broke in Arkansas ; great damage done. 1890. March 27. Tornadoes in southern parts of Indiana and Illinois, and in northern Kentucky; large loss of 1890. life and property. 1890. April 1-11. Building trades' strike 1890. in Chicago' and New York; 9,000 men went out. April 21. WorUFs Fair Bill passed by Congress. April 24. Earthquake shock felt for two hours on the Pacific coast. ]\Iay 29. Monument to Robert E. Lee unveiled at Richmond, A'a. May .30. Garfield Memorial dedi- cated at Lakeview Cemetery, Cleve- land. June 4. Great parade of Sunday school children in Brooklyn; 60,- 000 in line. July 1. Monument to Thomas A. Hendricks dedicated at Indian- apolis. July 2. Burning of Peabody Insti- tute at Danvers, Mass. July 2. President Harrison signed bill admitting Idaho as a State. July 10. President Harrison signed bill admitting Wyoming as a State. Aug. G. First legal execution by electricity, William Kemmler, at Auburn, N. Y., being the victim. Aug. 30. First legislature met in Oklahoma. Oct. 1. President Harrison signed the McKinley Tariff Bill. Oct. 31. Census Bureau published the population of the United States as 62,480,540. Dec. 15. Indian outbreak at Standing Rock, North Dakota; Sit- ting Bull arrested by Indian police; rescue attempted ; four policemen killed; Sitting Bull and seven others killed. Dec. 24. President Harrison issued World's Fair Proclamation. Dec. 28. Indian battle at Pine Ridge, South Dakota; several sol- diers killed. Indians lost 300. CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 383 1891. Jan. 3. Battle with Sionx Indians near Gordon, Neb. 1891. Jan. 7. Delegates to International Monetary Conference met at Wash- ington. 1891. Jan. 12. Gen. Miles met the Sionx tribes at Pine liidge Agency to adjust trouble. 1891. Feb. 5. President Harrison an- nonnced reciprocity between Brazil and the United States. 1891. Feb. 11. Business men of New York protested against free coinage of silver. 1891. Feb. 14. Gen. W. T. Sherman died at New York. 1891. March G. Secretary of War authorized enlistment of not more than 2,000 Indians in U. S. Army. 1891. March 11. Eleven Italians lynched in New Orleans; Italy demanded reparation and recalled her minister. 1891. March 17, First telephone mes- sage sent between Paris and Lon- don. 1891. March 21. Death of Gen. Joseph E. Johnston. 1891. April 2. Conflict between coke workers and depnty sheriffs in Pennsylvania; 11 strikers killed, 40 wounded. 1891. April 7. P. T. Barnura, the great showman, died. 1891. Aprils. Patent Centennial opened at Washington, D. C. 1891. May 5. Governor Boyd, of Ne- braska, removed from office by decision of State Supreme Court. 1891. May 20. President Harrison opened 1,000,000 acres of land for settle- ment in Fort Berthold Reservation, North Dakota. 1891. May 23. Commercial Congress at Denver declared for unlimited coin- age of silver. 1891. June 3. Unveiling of statue of General Grant at his old home, Galena, 111. 1891. June 20. Russia and England joined United States to stop seal catching in Bering Sea for one year. 1891. July 4. Death of Hannibal Ham- lin, Vice-President with Lincoln. 1891, July 21. Statue of Stonewall Jackson dedicated at Lexington, Va. Aug. 12. Death of James Eussell Lowell, the poet. 1891. 1891. Aug. 19. Experiments at rain 1891. making:. Auff. 28. First re-union of surviv- ors of Black Hawk AVar, at Lena, 111. 1891. Sept. 22. Home-seekers' rush in Oklahoma. 1891. Sept. 22. Germany and Denmark withdraw their prohibition of American pork. 1891. Oct. 23. Italy and France with- draw their prohibition of American pork. 1892. Feb. 13. Aurora Borealis display. Most magnificent in years. 1892. Mar. 10. Illinois contributed 12,- 000 bushels of corn to Russian sufferers. 1892. March 15. Commercial treaty signed between United States and France. 1892. April 15. Sissiton Indian Reserva- tion thrown open for settlement. •1892. June 27. The Peary rescue party embarked for Polar seas. 1892. July 12. Avalanche from Mont Blanc destroyed 2,000 lives. J84 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1802. 1893. 1892. 1898. 1893. 1893. 1893. 1893. 1893. 1893. 1893. 1893. 1893. 1893. 1894. 1894. 1894. July 21. Cyrus W. Field, founder of Atlantic cable, died. Oct. 1. University of Chicago ojjened; 500 students in attend- ance. Oct. 21. World's Fair dedicated at Chicago. Jan. 4. Amnesty Proclamation issued by President to Mormons liable to prosecution for polygamy. Jan. 11. Death of James G. Blaine. March 4. President Cleveland in- augurated. April 6. Dedication of Mormon temple at Salt Lake City. May 1. President Cleveland opened the "World's Fair. June 24. Dr. Nansen sailed for North Pole from Cliristiana. Mints of India closed to the free coinage of silver. June 30. President called extra session of Congress, to meet Aug. 7th, Aug. 15. Bering Sea arbitration award. Sept. 16. President Cleveland opened Cherokee strip; 100,000 settlers rush in. K^ov. 20. Supreme Court decided the term "high seas" applies to Great Lakes. Jan. 30. American shipping fired upon in harbor of Pio Janeiro by insurgents' warships: Admiral Benham returned fire and com- pelled Da Gama to ask for quarter. Feb. 2. United States ship Kear- sarge wrecked in Caribbean Sea. Feb. 22. Salvation Army bought 200,000 acres of land in Mexico for colonizing purposes. 1894. April 10. Bering Sea proclamation issued by President Cleveland. 1894. April 21. Great coal-miners' strike declared. 1894. June 22. American Railway Union boycotted Pu'- ■ cars ; great strikes follower. United States troops called out to move mails and protect property. 1894. Aug. 7. President recognized the Republic of Hawaii. 1894. Aug. 27. Wilson Tariff Bill be- came a law without signature of President. 1894. Oct. 7. Oliver Wendell Holmes died. 1894. Dec. 9. New Treaty between Japan and United States. 1895. Feb. 2. Delaware Indians in Indian Territory decided to abandon tribal relations. 1895. March 24. France prohibited im- jiortation of American cattle. 1895. May 5. West Virginia militia called out to suppress strikes in coal mines, 1895. May 20. Income-tax law decided unconstitutional by United States. 1895. May 30. Monument to Confeder- ate dead dedicated at Chicago. 1895. June 12. President forbade Amer- ican citizens to aid Cuban insur- gents. 1895. June 13. "Soo" Canal opened be- tween Lakes Superior and Huron. 1895. July 1. Electric Power trans- mitted from Niagara Falls to shops one mile distant. 1895. Sept. 18. Cotton States' Interna- tional Exposition opened at Atlanta, Ga. 1895. Nov. 15. Jose Maceo began active warfare in Cuba. CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 385 I \ 1895. Nov. 23. Spain embarked 42,000 additional troops for Cuba. 1895. Dec. Cuban insurrection gained rapidly; American sentiment with the Cubans. 189G. Jan. 4. ezuela Boundary Com- mission in Washington. 1806. Jan. 6. Utah admitted as a State. 1896. Jan. 22. Clara Barton sailed for Armenia with Red Cross expedi- tion. 1896. Feb. 1. Coinage of silver dollars resumed at United States mint. 1896. March 10. Spanish students at Salamanca burn American flags. 1896. April 22. International Arbitra- tion Congress convened at Wash- ington. 1896. May 6. Thirty thousand Govern- ment employes placed on "Civil Service" list by order of President. 1896. June 7. United States and Mexico agreed to allow troops of either to cross border in pursuit of hostile Indians. 1896. July 1. Death of Harriet Beecher Stowe. 1896. Aug. 18. Battle between United States cavalry and Yaqui Indians; three soldiers killed. 1896. Aug. 29. President Cleveland re- ceived Li Hung Chang at New York. 1896. Sept. 1. President placed 10,000 employes of War Department on "Civil Service" list. 1896. Dec. 3. President proclaimed ton- nage tax on German shipping in retaliation for German taxes on American ships in German ports. 1807. Jan. 28. Liliuokalani, ex-queen of Hawaii, arrived at Washington. 1807. Jan. 30. A treaty providing for settlement of boundary line between Alaska and Canada signed at Washington. 1897. March 4. William McKinley in- augurated President. 1807. March 15. Congress convened in extra session. 1807. April 7. Germany protested against differential sugar duties under new tariff law. 1807. Apr il 2 . " Log " book of th e May- Jfower delivered to Minister Bayard by the Bishop of London, for the State of Massachusetts. 1807. June 25. Queen's Diamond Jubi- lee celebrated; United States cruiser Brooklyn taking part in naval parade at London. 1807. July 17. First Large gold shipment received from Alaska; great excite- ment followed, and thousands of gold -seekers embarked for Alaska. 1807. July 24. The "Dingley" Tariff Bill went into effect. 1807. Oct. 2. Death of Neal Dow, the "Apostle of Prohibition." 1897. Oct. 8. First successful attempt with "wireless telegraphy" by Prof. Slaby, in Germany. 1897. Oct. 9. First beet-sugar factory established east of the Mississippi River, at Rome, N. Y. 1807. Oct. 0. Gen. Weyler recalled from Cuba. 1807. Nov. 13. United States Court of Appeals decided boycotts illegal. 1808. Jan. 1. Consolidation of city of New York and Brooklyn under Greater New York. 1808. Jan. K*. Extensive strikes in cot- ton mills of Massachusetts and Ver- mont against wage reductions. 386 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 1898. Jan. 20. President Dole from Hawaii reached Washington to con- fer with this Government concorn- iug annexation. 1898. Feb. 12. Attorney-General of Missom'i decided that the reading of the Bible and the repetition of the Lord's Prayer as ojiening exer- cises in the public schools was a violation of State law. 1898. Feb. 15. United States Battleship Maine blown up in Havana Harbor ; 26G men killed. 1898. Feb. 20. Board of Inquiry ordered to Havana. 1898. Feb. 23. Cruiser Montgomery ordered to Havana. 1898. March 4. Nicaragua Canal Com- mission finished its labors. 1898. March 5. Spain asked that Gen. Fitziiugh Lee, United States Con- sul at Havana, be recalled. 1898. March 8. Congress voted $50,- 000,000 for defenses. 1898. March 14. Admiral Cervera's fleet sailed for Cuba. 1898. March 17. Flying Squadron organized. Spain refused to pay indemnity for the Maine. 1898. March 21. California visi ted by an earthquake; serious damage done at Miiie Island Navy Yard. 1898. March 25. Official report said the Maine was blown up l)y a mine. War ships painted for war. 1898. March 29. Congress introduced resolutions in both Houses declar- ing war with Spain and recognizing Cuba's independence. 1898. March 30. President McKinley asked Spain to grant armistice, and that he might relieve suffering among Cubans. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1898, April 3. One hundred and fifty people perished in Chilkoot Pass, Alaska, by avalanche. April